david/alc-english
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

sources: stage OCR book text, tape transcripts, and ST text per lesson (reviewer check-source tool)

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
david
2026-08-19 14:46:59 +08:00
parent 79d7ec2dd5
commit a7b6aae860
186 changed files with 104970 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

399
sources/book-12/lla-1A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
<!-- source file: 002 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 1A.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 1A
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. Answer the questions. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm, and the wind blows softly. This place would have a warm climate and little humidity.
2. I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
---
### Figure 2
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Where would you like to live?
2. Do you ever expect to live in this place?
---
### Figure 3
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. He lives in New York City.
2. It lasts about six months. Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
3. Well, they can be dangerous. Last year he slipped on the ice and hurt his leg.
4. He likes living there except in the winter.
---
### Figure 4
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Where does your brother live?
2. How long does winter last there?
3. Are the winters unpleasant?
4. Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
---
### Figure 5
**Repeat the sentences.**
1. If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
2. Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before eight o'clock.
3. Gregg will hurt his back if he slips on the ice.
4. If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
5. Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
---
### Figure 6
**Match the phrase you hear with its completer.**
**Write the number on the line.**
**Repeat the sentences.**
______ a. if the car is in the garage?
______ b if he studies hard.
______ c. if it stops raining.
______ d. we'll go out on the boat.
______ e. if you move that bookcase.
______ f. if the water is too deep.
______ g. if his mother is going to get angry.
______ h. if he gets a vacation.
---
### Figure 7
**Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.**
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 016 - SCRIPTS.md -->
# SCRIPTS
## Book 12 Language Laboratory Activities
### Audio Scripts
#### Table of Contents
| | |
|---|---|
| Lesson 1A | 67 |
| Lesson 1B | 73 |
| Lesson 1C | 79 |
| Lesson 1D | 87 |
| Lesson 2A | 93 |
| Lesson 2B | 99 |
| Lesson 2C | 105 |
| Lesson 2D | 109 |
| Lesson 3A | 117 |
| Lesson 3B | 125 |
| Lesson 3C | 131 |
| Lesson 3D | 137 |
| Lesson 4A | 143 |
| Lesson 4B | 149 |
| Lesson 4C | 155 |
| Lesson 4D | 159 |
- USER NOTES -
<!-- source file: 017 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1A
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1A. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat these words and sentences. Be ready to answer the questions. (pause long enough after each question for students to answer)
calm...calm
If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
Can we take the baby on the boat? (pause)
We can take the baby on the boat if the sea is calm.
beach...beach
The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
Where did the Wilsons go on their vacation? (pause)
They went to the beach.
wind...wind
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
When do you like to be on the beach? (pause)
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
slip...slip
Joey spilled some water on the floor. His mother slipped and fell down.
Joey spilled some water on the floor. His mother slipped and fell down.
What happened to Joey's mother? (pause)
She slipped on some water and fell down.
clear...clear
There are no clouds in the sky. It's a beautiful, clear day.
There are no clouds in the sky. It's a beautiful, clear day.
Is it a cloudy day? (pause)
No, it's a clear day. There are no clouds in the sky.
deep...deep
Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Does Alice swim in the deep part of the lake? (pause)
No, she never swims in the deep part of the lake.
frightened...frightened
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
When were the children frightened? (pause)
They were frightened when the lights went out.
(4) Now, listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
(voice 1) Where would you like to live?
(voice 2) I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm, and the wind blows softly. This place would have a warm climate and little humidity.
(voice 1) Do you ever expect to live in this place?
(voice 2) I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Ready? (pause 10 sec after the first line, pause 5 sec after the other lines)
script voice: Where would you like to live?
script voice: Do you ever expect to live in this place?
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(6) Now look at Figure 2. You read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your second line after that. Go ahead. (pause 10 sec)
script voice: I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm, and the wind blows softly. This place would have a warm climate and little humidity. (pause 5 sec)
script voice: I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
---
(7) Listen to another dialog.
(two voices, both male)
(voice 1) Where does your brother live?
(voice 2) He lives in New York City.
(voice 1) How long does winter last there?
(voice 2) It lasts about six months. Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
(voice 1) Are the winters unpleasant?
(voice 2) Well, they can be dangerous. Last year he slipped on the ice and hurt his leg.
(voice 1) Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
(voice 2) He likes living there except in the winter.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(8) Now we are going to do the dialog in parts again. Look at Figure 3. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Let's begin.
script voice: Where does your brother live?
script voice: How long does winter last there?
script voice: Are the winters unpleasant?
script voice: Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(9) Now look at Figure 4. Our roles are changed. You begin this time.
script voice: He lives in New York City.
script voice: It lasts about six months. Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
script voice: Well, they can be dangerous. Last year he slipped on the ice and hurt his leg.
script voice: He likes living there except in the winter.
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(10) Look at Figure 5. Repeat the sentences.
If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before eight o'clock.
Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before eight o'clock.
Gregg will hurt his back if he slips on the ice.
Gregg will hurt his back if he slips on the ice.
If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(11) Look at Figure 6. Read the phrases you see. (pause 10 sec) You will hear part of a sentence. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. You will hear each sentence part twice. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each sentence)
Number 1: We will go to the beach. . . .
We will go to the beach. . . .
Number 2: Jeff's going to Miami. . . .
Jeff's going to Miami. . . .
Number 3: Sgt Gates will pass the test. . . .
Sgt Gates will pass the test. . . .
Number 4: You'll hurt your back again. . . .
You'll hurt your back again. . . .
Number 5: Sam won't move to New York. . . .
Sam won't move to New York. . . .
Number 6: How will Henry get to work . . . ?
How will Henry get to work . . . ?
Number 7: Mother won't let us swim there. . . .
Mother won't let us swim there. . . .
Number 8: If the weather clears up, . . . .
If the weather clears up, . . . .
(12) Now let's check your answers. (pause at / long enough for students to repeat)
Letter A is Number 6: How will Henry get to work if the car is in the garage? Repeat: How will Henry get to work / if the car is in the garage?
Letter B is Number 3: Sgt Gates will pass the test if he studies hard. Repeat: Sgt Gates will pass the test / if he studies hard.
Letter C is Number 1: We will go to the beach if it stops raining. Repeat: We will go to the beach / if it stops raining.
Letter D is Number 8: If the weather clears up, we'll go out on the boat. Repeat: If the weather clears up, / we'll go out on the boat.
Letter E is Number 4: You'll hurt your back again if you move that bookcase. Repeat: You'll hurt your back again / if you move that bookcase.
Letter F is Number 7: Mother won't let us swim there if the water is too deep. Repeat: Mother won't let us swim there / if the water is too deep.
Letter G is Number 5: Sam won't move to New York if his mother is going to get angry. Repeat: Sam won't move to New York / if his mother is going to get angry.
Letter H is Number 2: Jeff's going to Miami if he gets a vacation. Repeat: Jeff's going to Miami / if he gets a vacation.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(13) Look at Figure 7. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time, listen carefully. Listen.
(read at normal speed)
Sara Jones had a big dinner for her family at her home. Her grandmother was the only one who couldn't come. Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews don't live far, so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, came with his parents. Her married brother came with his wife and their new baby. It was a very pleasant dinner.
(14) Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. (pause 30 sec at each /)
Sara Jones had a big dinner / for her family / at her home. / Her grandmother / was the only one / who couldn't come. / Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews / don't live far, / so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, / came with his parents. / Her married brother / came with his wife / and their new baby. / It was a very pleasant dinner.
(15) Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
(read at normal speed)
Sara Jones had a big dinner for her family at her home. Her grandmother was the only one who couldn't come. Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews don't live far, so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, came with his parents. Her married brother came with his wife and their new baby. It was a very pleasant dinner.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1A, BOOK 12.
<!-- source file: 030 - ANSWERS.md -->
# ANSWERS
## Book 12 Language Laboratory Activities
### Answer Key
### Table of Contents
| Lesson | Page |
|---|---|
| Lesson 1A | 167 |
| Lesson 1B | 167 |
| Lesson 1C | 167 |
| Lesson 1D | 168 |
| Lesson 2A | 168 |
| Lesson 2B | 169 |
| Lesson 2C | 169 |
| Lesson 3A | 170 |
| Lesson 3B | 171 |
| Lesson 3C | 171 |
| Lesson 3D | 172 |
| Lesson 4A | 173 |
| Lesson 4B | 173 |
| Lesson 4C | 174 |
| Lesson 4D | 174 |
- USER NOTES -
---
<!-- source file: 031 - Lesson 1A.md -->
# Lesson 1A
### Figure 6
a. 3
b. 3
c. 1
d. 8
e. 4
f. 7
g. 5
h. 2
### Figure 7
Sara Jones had a big dinner for her family at her home. Her grandmother was the only one who couldn't come. Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews don't live far, so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, came with his parents. Her married brother came with his wife and their new baby. It was a very pleasant dinner.
6. No, I haven't seen him for two weeks.
7. Yes, I've been listening to the recording since it started.

308
sources/book-12/lla-1B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
<!-- source file: 003 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 1B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 1B
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
**Listen to the dialog. Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Yes, and I was very frightened. It was about an hour before it stopped.
2. Yes, it got very quiet. But the water in the streets was very deep, and it was slippery.
3. No, I didn't. None of us did. We were all very glad when it cleared up.
---
### Figure 2
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Were you ever in a bad storm before?
2. Then did it clear up?
3. Did you remain calm during the storm?
---
### Figure 3
**Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.**
*Example:* Gina's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. happy
b. tired
c. sad
1. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. tired
b. happy
c. sick
2. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. sad
b. happy
c. angry
3. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. sick
b. tired
c. careless
4. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. late
b. sick
c. hungry
5. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. tired
b. sick
c. hurt
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY.** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 4
**Answer the questions. Check your answers on the answer page.**
*Example:* five years
<u>I've known Captain Jackson for five years.</u>
1. no
_________________________________________________________________
2. no, Italian
_________________________________________________________________
3. no, last Wednesday
_________________________________________________________________
4. yes, two years
_________________________________________________________________
5. no, since he bought the car
_________________________________________________________________
6. no, two weeks
_________________________________________________________________
7. yes, since it started
_________________________________________________________________
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 018 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1B
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition)
remain. . . remain
Tim remained in France after his family left.
Tim remained in France after his family left.
belong. . . belong
This jacket belongs to Martha; it's hers.
This jacket belongs to Martha; it's hers.
humid. . . humid
The weather in London is very humid; it rains a lot.
The weather in London is very humid; it rains a lot.
no longer. . . no longer
Nina no longer wants to study French; she doesn't think it's interesting.
Nina no longer wants to study French; she doesn't think it's interesting.
occasionally. . . occasionally
I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
like. . . like
There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington D.C., to see in the United States.
There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington D.C., to see in the United States.
heat. . . heat
The sun gives us a lot of heat; it keeps us warm.
The sun gives us a lot of heat; it keeps us warm.
(4) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both males)
(voice 1) Were you ever in a bad storm before?
(voice 2) Yes, and I was very frightened. It was about an hour before it stopped.
(voice 1) Then did it clear up?
(voice 2) Yes, it got very quiet. But the water in the streets was very deep, and it was slippery.
(voice 1) Did you remain calm during the storm?
(voice 2) No, I didn't. None of us did. We were all very glad when it cleared up.
(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of a dialog. Listen to a sentence; then say yours. Ready? (pause 5 sec after each item)
script voice: Were you ever in a bad storm before?
script voice: Then did it clear up?
script voice: Did you remain calm during the storm?
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(6) Now look at Figure 2. You read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your second line after that. Okay, you begin. (pause long enough for students to say their lines)
script voice: Yes, and I was very frightened. It was about an hour before it stopped.
script voice: Yes, it got very quiet. But the water in the streets was very deep, and it was slippery.
script voice: No, I didn't. None of us did. We were all very glad when it cleared up.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(7) Look at Figure 3. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best shows the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example.
*(two voices, 1 female voice, 1 small girl voice)*
**(voice 1)** What's wrong, Gina?
**(voice 2)** My dog ran away.
Gina's . . . . *(pause 5 sec)*
(8) The answer is "Gina's sad." Now listen to the other dialogs and make your selections. *(pause 8 sec after each dialog)*
Number 1:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** Hello, Sir. Long day?
**(voice 2)** Yes, I was very busy all day.
He's . . . .
Number 2:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** Look at that big smile!
**(voice 2)** I made a ninety-five on my quiz.
He's . . . .
Number 3:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** Hi, Phil. How are you today?
**(voice 2)** My stomach hurts, and I have a fever.
He's . . . .
Number 4:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** Hey, Jack. Where are you going?
**(voice 2)** It's 11:30, time for lunch.
He's . . . .
Number 5:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** What happened to your leg?
**(voice 2)** I fell down outside the door.
He's . . . .
(9) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is a; he's tired. Repeat: He's tired.
Number 2 is b; he's happy. Repeat: He's happy.
Number 3 is a; he's sick. Repeat: He's sick.
Number 4 is c; he's hungry. Repeat: He's hungry.
Number 5 is c; he's hurt. Repeat: He's hurt.
(10) Repeat the following sentences. *(pause at / long enough for students to repeat)*
Betty hasn't seen her sister for five weeks.
Betty hasn't seen her sister for five weeks.
Lt Martin has eaten here every Friday / since nineteen eighty-four.
Lt Martin has eaten here every Friday / since nineteen eighty-four.
Peter's lived in San Francisco for three years.
Peter's lived in San Francisco for three years.
Tom hasn't exercised for two months.
Tom hasn't exercised for two months.
The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
Sgt Peterson has walked to work / since his car has been in the garage.
Sgt Peterson has walked to work / since his car has been in the garage.
Mike hasn't studied French for fifteen years.
Mike hasn't studied French for fifteen years.
Sandy has had that job since Mr. Adams left.
Sandy has had that job since Mr. Adams left.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(11) Look at Figure 4. Listen to some questions. Then write answers like the example. You will hear each question twice.
*EXAMPLE:* How long have you known Captain Jackson?
How long have you known Captain Jackson?
And the answer is "I've known Captain Jackson for five years."
(12) Let's begin. *(pause 30 sec after second reading of question)*
Number 1: Have you ever driven to Boston?
Have you ever driven to Boston?
Number 2: Has John ever studied German?
Has John ever studied German?
Number 3: Has Ted exercised in the gym?
Has Ted exercised in the gym?
Number 4: Has Ms. Wilson taught English for a long time?
Has Ms. Wilson taught English for a long time?
Number 5: Has your brother been saving his money?
Has your brother been saving his money?
Number 6: Have you seen your brother?
Have you seen your brother?
Number 7: Have you been listening to this tape?
Have you been listening to this tape?
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1B, BOOK 12.**
--- USER NOTES ---
<!-- source file: 032 - Lesson 1B.md -->
# Lesson 1B
### Figure 3
1. a
2. b
3. a
4. c
5. c
### Figure 4
1. No, I've never driven to Boston.
2. No, he hasn't, but he has studied Italian.
3. No, he hasn't exercised since last Wednesday.
4. Yes, she has taught for two years.
5. No, he hasn't been saving money since he bought the car.

414
sources/book-12/lla-1C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
<!-- source file: 004 - LESSON 1C.md -->
# LESSON 1C
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear.
There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
| Match the phrase you hear with its completer. Write the number on the line. Repeat the sentences. |
|---|
_____ a. would you tell her I said goodbye?
_____ b. if the traffic's not bad.
_____ c. my grandfather will be able to fly his plane today.
_____ d. if she doesn't wear her jacket.
_____ e. if we can change their reservations.
_____ f. he should go to the dentist.
_____ g. if we plan dinner for seven o'clock.
_____ h. if you drive in Texas.
---
### Figure 2
| Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer. |
|---|
*Example:* She's his ______.
a. nephew
**b.** niece
c. daughter
1. He's driving ______.
a. carefully
b. carelessly
c. slowly
2. They're going ______.
a. to a movie
b. to dinner
c. shopping
3. He's ______.
a. early
b. late
c. angry
4. He's ______.
a. happy
b. hungry
c. upset
5. She's ______.
a. unhappy
b. angry
c. happy
---
### Figure 3
| Listen to the dialogs. Write the answers to the questions you hear. |
|---|
1. _________________________________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 4
| Read the paragraph. Listen to the question. Underline the answer. Write the number of the question under the answer. |
|---|
*Example:* Jack bought <u>a new house</u>. He also bought <u>a new sofa</u> for the living
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2
room, <u>a stove</u> for the kitchen, and <u>a bed</u> for the bedroom.
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;4
#### Paragraph 1
Jack Robertson's occupation is selling cars. He sells both American and Japanese cars. The American cars he sells are Chevrolet, Pontiac, and Oldsmobile. The Japanese cars are Nissan and Toyota. He also sells trucks. He is the biggest car dealer in St. Louis.
#### Paragraph 2
Lailani lives in Hawaii. Hawaii has beautiful beaches. People enjoy swimming and fishing there. The climate is warm and humid. It's occasionally windy. She thinks it's a wonderful place to live.
#### Paragraph 3
Nick lives in Chicago. The winters there can be unpleasant. They are windy, snowy, and the temperature is often below freezing. During these months, Nick remains inside. He reads a lot of books, watches a lot of TV, and listens to a lot of music.
---
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 019 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1C
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1C. *(pause 6 sec)*
(3) Repeat the sentences. *(pause at / long enough for students to repeat)*
If I finish my homework, can I go to the game?
If I finish my homework, can I go to the game?
Does Jim have to work late tonight / if he doesn't finish?
Does Jim have to work late tonight / if he doesn't finish?
Dorothy should take the baby to the doctor / if she still has a fever tomorrow.
Dorothy should take the baby to the doctor / if she still has a fever tomorrow.
If Jean gets home in time, can she go with us?
If Jean gets home in time, can she go with us?
You must have some identification / if you want to cash a check.
You must have some identification / if you want to cash a check.
Would you drive the kids to school this week / if I do it next week?
Would you drive the kids to school this week / if I do it next week?
Kevin will be able to drive next week / if he passes the driver's test.
Kevin will be able to drive next week / if he passes the driver's test.
If you see Kim, would you tell her to call me tonight?
If you see Kim, would you tell her to call me tonight?
(4) Look at Figure 1. Read the phrases you see. *(pause 10 sec)* You will hear part of a sentence. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. You will hear each sentence twice. *(pause 15 sec after the second reading of each sentence)*
Number 1: Ted could be there by noon. . . .
Ted could be there by noon. . . .
Number 2: If you talk to Jill before she leaves. . . .
If you talk to Jill before she leaves. . . .
Number 3: If the weather stays clear. . . .
If the weather stays clear. . . .
Number 4: They won't have to leave today. . . .
They won't have to leave today. . . .
Number 5: Jeff might be able to eat with us. . . .
Jeff might be able to eat with us. . . .
Number 6: Sara might get cold. . . .
Sara might get cold. . . .
Number 7: You must wear your seatbelt. . . .
You must wear your seatbelt. . . .
Number 8: If his tooth keeps hurting. . . .
If his tooth keeps hurting. . . .
(5) Let's check your answers. *(pause long enough at / for students to repeat)*
Letter A is Number 2: If you talk to Jill before she leaves, would you tell her I said goodbye. Repeat: If you talk to Jill before she leaves, / would you tell her I said goodbye.
Letter B is Number 1: Ted could be there by noon if the traffic's not bad. Repeat: Ted could be there by noon / if the traffic's not bad.
Letter C is Number 3: If the weather stays clear, my grandfather will be able to fly his plane today. Repeat: If the weather stays clear, / my grandfather will be able to fly his plane today.
Letter D is Number 6: Sara might get cold if she doesn't wear her jacket. Repeat: Sara might get cold / if she doesn't wear her jacket.
Letter E is Number 4: They won't have to leave today if we can change their reservations. Repeat: They won't have to leave today / if we can change their reservations.
---
Letter F is Number 8: If his tooth keeps hurting, he should go to the dentist. Repeat: If his tooth keeps hurting, / he should go to the dentist.
Letter G is Number 5: Jeff might be able to eat with us / if we plan dinner for seven o'clock. Repeat: Jeff might be able to eat with us / if we plan dinner for seven o'clock.
Letter H is Number 7: You must wear your seatbelt if you drive in Texas. Repeat: You must wear your seatbelt / if you drive in Texas.
AUDIO TRACK 2
(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example.
(two voices, one male, one female)
voice 1: Mary, I want you to meet my sister's daughter.
voice 2: Hi. Your uncle and I work together.
She's his.... (pause 5 sec)
(7) The answer is b, "She's his niece." Now listen to the other dialogs and make your choice.
Number 1:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Mr. Sampson, you're driving too fast.
voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry.
He's driving.... (pause 8 sec)
Number 2:
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: I'm going to the mall. I need blouses, skirts, and shoes.
voice 2: Sounds like fun. Can I go with you?
They're.... (pause 8 sec)
Number 3:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Bob, why are you running?
voice 2: I have a meeting.
He's.... (pause 8 sec)
Number 4:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Tom, why aren't you smiling?
voice 2: My wife just hit my truck with her car.
He's.... (pause 8 sec)
Number 5:
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Betty, why are you crying?
voice 2: My best friend is moving to another city.
She's.... (pause 8 sec)
(8) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is b: He's driving carelessly. Repeat: He's driving carelessly.
Number 2 is c: They're going shopping. Repeat: They're going shopping.
Number 3 is b: He's late. Repeat: He's late.
Number 4 is c: He's upset. Repeat: He's upset.
Number 5 is a: She's unhappy. Repeat: She's unhappy.
AUDIO TRACK 3
(9) Turn to Figure 3. Listen to a dialog. You will hear it twice. Write the answer to the question when you hear it.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Sam, is that a new watch?
voice 2: Yes, it is. I got it for my birthday.
voice 1: Was it expensive?
voice 2: Yes, it was. It's gold.
(10) Listen again.
voice 1: Sam, is that a new watch?
voice 2: Yes, it is. I got it for my birthday.
voice 1: Was it expensive?
voice 2: Yes, it was. It's gold.
What did Sam get for his birthday? (pause 15 sec)
The answer is: "He got an expensive, gold watch." Repeat: He got an expensive, gold watch.
(11) Listen to the next dialog.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Have you seen the Robinsons' new house, Betty?
voice 2: Yes, I have. It's very nice.
voice 1: How far from town is it?
voice 2: It's about forty miles from town.
(12) Listen again.
voice 1: Have you seen the Robinsons' new house, Betty?
voice 2: Yes, I have. It's very nice.
voice 1: How far from town is it?
voice 2: It's about forty miles from town.
Where do the Robinsons live? (pause 15 sec)
The answer is: "They live about forty miles from town." Repeat: They live about forty miles from town.
AUDIO TRACK 4
(13) Look at Figure 4. Read the paragraph; then listen to the questions. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. Look at the example in Figure 4. (pause 15 sec) Listen to the question. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. (pause 8 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did Jack buy?
Number 2: What did he buy for the living room?
Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen?
Number 4: What did he buy for the bedroom?
(14) Let's check your answers. Number 1 goes under "a new house"; "a new house" is underlined. Jack bought a new house.
Number 2 goes under "a new sofa"; "a new sofa" is underlined. He bought a new sofa for the living room.
Number 3 goes under "a stove"; "a stove" is underlined. He bought a stove for the kitchen.
Number 4 goes under "a bed"; "a bed" is underlined. He bought a bed for the bedroom.
(15) Let's begin. Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 15 sec)
(16) Now listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. You'll hear each question twice.
Number 1: What is Mr. Robertson's occupation?
What is Mr. Robertson's occupation? (pause 5 sec)
Number 2: What kind of cars does he sell?
What kind of cars does he sell? (pause 5 sec)
Number 3: Which American cars does he sell?
Which American cars does he sell? (pause 5 sec)
Number 4: Which Japanese cars does he sell?
Which Japanese cars does he sell? (pause 5 sec)
Number 5: What else does he sell?
What else does he sell? (pause 5 sec)
(17) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What is Mr. Robertson's occupation?" You should have "selling cars" underlined.
Number 2, "What kind of cars does he sell?" You should have "American and Japanese" underlined.
Number 3, "Which American cars does he sell?" You should have "Chevrolet, Pontiac, and Oldsmobile" underlined.
Number 4, "Which Japanese cars does he sell?" You should have "Nissan and Toyota" underlined.
And, Number 5, "What else does he sell?" You should have "trucks" underlined.
(18) Now read the second paragraph. (pause 15 sec)
(19) Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers.
Number 1: Where does Lailani live?
Where does Lailani live? (pause 5 sec)
Number 2: What can people do at the beach?
What can people do at the beach? (pause 5 sec)
Number 3: What is the climate like?
What is the climate like? (pause 5 sec)
(20) Now let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where does Lailani live?" You should have "in Hawaii" underlined.
Number 2, "What can people do at the beach?" You should have "swimming and fishing" underlined.
And, Number 3, "What is the climate like?" You should have "warm and humid" and "windy" underlined.
(21) Read the last paragraph. (pause 15 sec)
(22) Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers.
Number 1: Where does Nick live?
Where does Nick live? (pause 8 sec)
Number 2: How are the winters?
How are the winters? (pause 8 sec)
Number 3: What does Nick do during the winter months?
What does Nick do during the winter months? (pause 10 sec)
(23) Now let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where does Nick live?" You should have "Chicago" underlined.
Number 2, "How are the winters?" You should have "unpleasant", "windy, snowy, and the temperature is often below freezing" underlined.
And, Number 3, "What does Nick do during the winter months?" You should have "reads a lot of books, watches a lot of TV, and listens to a lot of music" underlined.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1C, BOOK 12.
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 033 - Lesson 1C.md -->
# Lesson 1C
### Figure 1
a. 2
b. 1
c. 3
d. 6
e. 4
f. 8
g. 5
h. 7
### Figure 2
1. b
2. c
3. b
4. c
5. a
### Figure 4
**Paragraph 1**
Jack Robertson's occupation is <u>❶selling cars</u>. He sells both <u>❷American and Japanese cars</u>. The American cars he sells are <u>❸Chevrolet, Pontiac, and Oldsmobile</u>. The Japanese cars are <u>❹Nissan and Toyota</u>. He also sells <u>❺trucks</u>. He is the biggest car dealer in St. Louis.
**Paragraph 2**
Lailani lives <u>❶in Hawaii</u>. Hawaii has beautiful beaches. People enjoy <u>❷swimming and fishing</u> there. The climate is <u>❸warm and humid</u>. It's occasionally <u>❹windy</u>. She thinks it's a wonderful place to live.
**Paragraph 3**
Nick lives <u>❶in Chicago</u>. The winters there can be <u>❷unpleasant</u>. They are windy, snowy, and the temperature is often below freezing. During these months, Nick remains inside. He <u>❸reads a lot of books, watches a lot of TV, and listens to a lot of music</u>.

555
sources/book-12/lla-1D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
<!-- source file: 005 - LESSON 1D.md -->
# LESSON 1D
### Figure 1
| Take notes. Answer the questions you hear. Use <u>if</u> in your answers. Repeat the answers. |
|---|
NOTES: ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
1. _________________________________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________________________________
3. _________________________________________________________________________________
NOTES: ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. _________________________________________________________________________________
5. _________________________________________________________________________________
6. _________________________________________________________________________________
NOTES: ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. _________________________________________________________________________________
8. _________________________________________________________________________________
9. _________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 2
| Write the numbers you hear. |
|---|
#### Paragraph 1
A. ____________________
B. ____________________
C. ____________________
D. ____________________
E. ____________________
F. ____________________
G. ____________________
#### Paragraph 2
H. ____________________
I. ____________________
J. ____________________
K. ____________________
L. ____________________
M. ____________________
N. ____________________
---
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2A
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
> **Listen to the dialog.**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
2. I've got to make a decision about college. My parents and I talked it over last night. Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
3. You're right. Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
---
### Figure 2
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Hi, Mark. What's wrong?
2. About what?
3. You don't have to make a choice today. You've got plenty of time to think it over. You're only in your second year of high school.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 3
> **Write the answers to the questions you hear.**
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
### Figure 4
> **Write the missing word. Repeat the sentences.**
| still | yet | no longer | already | any longer | anymore |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1. Frank studied French for three years. He \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ knows how to speak that language.
2. Major Gunther moved last month. He \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ lives here.
3. It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
4. Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. He doesn't work at this base \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
5. My daughter got married three weeks ago. She doesn't live here \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
6. Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. The doctor is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ waiting.
---
### Figure 5
> **Listen to the question. Use the words to answer the question. Write your answer. Repeat the sentences.**
| already | no longer | yet | anymore | any longer | still |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1. (yes) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. (no, no longer) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. (yes, every month) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. (yes, every Friday) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5. (yes) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
6. (no) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
- USER NOTES -
<!-- source file: 020 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1D
AUDIO TRACK 5
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1D. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a dialog and take notes. Listen carefully to the "if" part of the sentence. You will hear the dialog three times. Then you will hear questions. Use your notes to answer the questions. Ready? (pause 15 sec after each dialog)
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: There's a soccer game at three-thirty today, and we need another player, Roger.
voice 2: If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
voice 1: Start on your homework right after class.
voice 2: Okay, I will. But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. I don't have a car.
voice 1: I'll drive if you can go.
voice 2: Okay, I'll see you at two-forty-five if I can go.
Listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: There's a soccer game at three-thirty today, and we need another player, Roger.
voice 2: If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
voice 1: Start on your homework right after class.
voice 2: Okay, I will. But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. I don't have a car.
voice 1: I'll drive if you can go.
voice 2: Okay, I'll see you at two-forty-five if I can go.
Listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: There's a soccer game at three-thirty today, and we need another player, Roger.
voice 2: If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
voice 1: Start on your homework right after class.
voice 2: Okay, I will. But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. I don't have a car.
voice 1: I'll drive if you can go.
voice 2: Okay, I'll see you at two-forty-five if I can go.
(4) Now write answers to the questions. Use "if".
Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at three-thirty?
Can Roger play soccer at three-thirty? (pause 30 sec)
Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
How will Roger get to the game? (pause 30 sec)
Number 3: What time will they meet?
What time will they meet? (pause 30 sec)
(5) Now let's check your answers.
(6) Number 1, "Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?" The answer is: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework. Repeat: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
Number 2, "How will Roger get to the game?" The answer is: His friend will drive if he can go. Repeat: His friend will drive if he can go.
And, Number 3, "What time will they meet?" The answer is: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45. Repeat: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
(7) Now listen to this dialog. Take notes and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 15 sec after each dialog)
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Are you still packing, Henry?
voice 2: Yes. If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at seven-thirty tomorrow morning.
voice 1: Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
voice 2: You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
voice 1: That's great! Okay. Tell me if I owe you any money.
voice 2: Sure, no problem.
Now listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: Are you still packing, Henry?
voice 2: Yes. If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at seven-thirty tomorrow morning.
voice 1: Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
voice 2: You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
voice 1: That's great! Okay. Tell me if I owe you any money.
voice 2: Sure, no problem.
Now listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: Are you still packing, Henry?
voice 2: Yes. If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at seven-thirty tomorrow morning.
voice 1: Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
voice 2: You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
voice 1: That's great! Okay. Tell me if I owe you any money.
voice 2: Sure, no problem.
(8) Now, write answers to the questions. Use "if" in your answers.
Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
Why must Henry finish packing tonight? (pause 30 sec)
Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? (pause 30 sec)
Number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
What will Henry tell Pete? (pause 30 sec)
(9) Now, let's look at your answers. (pause slightly at / for students to repeat)
(10) Number 4, "Why must Henry finish packing tonight?" The answer is: If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30. Repeat: If he doesn't finish tonight, / he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
Number 5, "Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?" The answer is: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap. Repeat: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money / if the things for the children are cheap.
And, Number 6, "What will Henry tell Pete?" The answer is: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money. Repeat: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
(11) Listen to the last dialog. Do the same thing. Take notes, and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 15 sec after each dialog)
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Why are you still here, Sara?
voice 2: I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
voice 1: What are you going to do tomorrow?
voice 2: If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
voice 1: That sounds like fun. Have a good time.
voice 2: I will if I finish my work today.
Listen again.
voice 1: Why are you still here, Sara?
voice 2: I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
voice 1: What are you going to do tomorrow?
voice 2: If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
voice 1: That sounds like fun. Have a good time.
voice 2: I will if I finish my work today.
Listen again.
voice 1: Why are you still here, Sara?
voice 2: I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
voice 1: What are you going to do tomorrow?
voice 2: If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
voice 1: That sounds like fun. Have a good time.
voice 2: I will if I finish my work today.
(12) Write answers to the questions. Use "if". (pause 30 sec after each question)
Number 7: Why does Sara have to stay late?
Number 8: What will Sara do tomorrow? Write two answers for this question.
Number 9: Will Sara have fun?
(13) Let's check your answers.
(14) Number 7, "Why does Sara have to stay late?" The answer is: "She has to stay late if she wants leave tomorrow." Repeat: She has to stay late / if she wants leave tomorrow.
Number 8, "What will Sara do tomorrow?" The answers are: "If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake." and "If it rains, she's going to the mall." Repeat: If the weather is nice, / she's going to the lake. / If it rains, she's going to the mall.
Number 9, "Will Sara have fun?" The answer is: "Yes, she will if she finishes her work." Repeat: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
AUDIO TRACK 6
(15) Look at Figure 2. You will hear a paragraph. Listen for the numbers. Write the numbers as you hear them.
My brother was born in 1947. He has spent the last fifteen years in the United States Navy. Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, four years in Guam, and three years in Spain. He will be in the Navy for five more years. After that, he'll probably spend twenty more years in another job.
(16) Listen to the paragraph again. Write down the numbers.
My brother was born in 1947. He has spent the last fifteen years in the United States Navy. Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, four years in Guam, and three years in Spain. He will be in the Navy for five more years. After that, he'll probably spend twenty more years in another job.
(17) The numbers you should have written down are 1947, 15, 3, 4, 3, 5, and 20.
(18) Listen to the next paragraph. Remember, write down only the numbers.
March 27th is my grandfather's birthday. He will be 72 years old. We are having a party for him. His three sisters, two brothers, five children, and ten grandchildren will be there. There will also be at least fifteen other people there. It will be a wonderful party.
(19) Listen to the paragraph again. Write down the numbers.
March 27th is my grandfather's birthday. He will be 72 years old. We are having a party for him. His three sisters, two brothers, five children, and ten grandchildren will be there. There will also be at least fifteen other people there. It will be a wonderful party.
(20) You should have written 27, 72, 3, 2, 5, 10, and 15.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1D, BOOK 12.
---
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2A
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat these words and sentences. (pause at / for student repetition)
Number 1: educate...educate
Teachers educate children; / they teach them many things.
Number 2: turn down...turn down
That job did not pay enough money. / I turned it down.
Number 3: education...education
Sgt Franklin wants his children / to have a good education. / He wants them to go to a good school.
Number 4: university...university
Keith studied French / when he was at the university.
Number 5: diploma...diploma
Debbie received her diploma yesterday; / she finished school.
Number 6: already...already
Roger's not hungry. / He already ate dinner.
Number 7: instead...instead
I don't want chicken. / I'll eat fish instead.
Number 8: instead of...instead of
Jim bought the blue shirt / instead of the yellow one.
Number 9: discussion...discussion
Col Jones and Col Roberts had a discussion / about the new mess hall. / They talked about it for thirty minutes.
Number 10: discuss...discuss
Captain Peterson wanted to discuss / his score with his teacher. / He wanted to talk to her about it.
(4) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hi, Mark. What's wrong?
voice 2: Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
voice 1: About what?
voice 2: I've got to make a decision about college. My parents and I talked it over last night. Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
voice 1: You don't have to make a choice today. You've got plenty of time to think it over. You're only in your second year of high school.
voice 2: You're right. Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Ready? Let's begin. (pause 12 sec after each item)
voice 1: Hi, Mark. What's wrong?
voice 1: About what?
voice 1: You don't have to make a choice today. You've got plenty of time to think it over. You're only in your second year of high school.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(6) Now look at Figure 2. Read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your lines. Okay, you begin. (pause long enough for students to say their lines)
voice 2: Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
voice 2: I've got to make a decision about college. My parents and I talked it over last night. Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
voice 2: You're right. Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(7) Look at Figure 3. You will hear questions on the dialog. You will hear each question twice. Write the answers to the questions.
(pause 20 sec after the second reading of each question)
Number 1: Is Mark happy?
Is Mark happy?
Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
Does he have to make a decision about work?
Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
Does he have to make a choice today?
Number 4: Is he in college now?
Is he in college now?
(8) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Is Mark happy?
No, he's confused.
Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
No, he has to make a decision about college.
Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
No, he's got plenty of time to think it over.
Number 4: Is he in college now?
No, he's in his second year of high school.
(9) Repeat the following words and sentences. (pause at / for students to repeat)
already...already
Lt Adams already knows Captain Jones. / He met him last night.
no longer...no longer
Mr. Flores no longer works here. / He retired last month.
yet...yet
Ms. Samson hasn't typed that letter yet. / She's been very busy.
anymore...anymore
I don't go to Lee High School anymore. / I graduated last year.
any longer...any longer
Jim's not going to technical school any longer. / He finished and got a job.
still...still
Beth is still living in Chicago. / She's lived there for six years now.
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(10) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the sentence. Then choose the correct word to complete the sentence. (pause 3 sec at each blank line before continuing the sentence; pause 10 sec after reading the sentence)
Number 1: Frank studied French for three years. He _____ knows how to speak that language.
Number 2: Major Gunther moved last month. He _____ lives here.
Number 3: It's nine-thirty, and I haven't eaten dinner _____.
Number 4: Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. He doesn't work at this base _____.
Number 5: My daughter got married three weeks ago. She doesn't live here _____.
Number 6: Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. The doctor is _____ waiting.
(11) Let's check your answers. (pause at / for student repetition)
Number 1 is "already". Repeat: Frank studied French for three years. / He already knows how to speak that language.
Number 2 is "no longer". Repeat: Major Gunther moved last month. / He no longer lives here.
Number 3 is "yet". Repeat: It's nine-thirty, / and I haven't eaten dinner yet.
Number 4 is "any longer" or "anymore". Repeat: Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. / He doesn't work at this base any longer.
Number 5 is "any longer" or "anymore". Repeat: My daughter got married three weeks ago. / She doesn't live here any longer.
Number 6 is "still". Repeat: Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. / The doctor is still waiting.
### AUDIO TRACK 5
(12) Look at Figure 5. Listen to the questions. Use the words to answer the questions. Write the answers. You will hear each question twice. (pause 30 sec after the second reading of each question)
Number 1: Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
Number 2: Does Fred live here anymore?
Does Fred live here anymore?
Number 3: Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
Number 4: Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
Number 5: Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
Number 6: Does Lt Richards work for you anymore?
Does Lt Richards work for you anymore?
(13) Now, let's check your answers. (pause 5 sec after each answer for student repetition) For Number 1, you should have written "Yes, she has already eaten lunch." Repeat: Yes, she has already eaten lunch.
Number 2, "No, he no longer lives here."
Repeat: No, he no longer lives here.
Number 3, "Yes, she still writes every month."
Repeat: Yes, she still writes every month.
Number 4, "Yes, they still eat here every Friday."
Repeat: Yes, they still eat here every Friday.
Number 5, "Yes, they've already been there."
Repeat: Yes, they've already been there.
And, Number 6, "No, he no longer works for me."
Repeat: No, he no longer works for me.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2A, BOOK 12.
- USER NOTES -
---
<!-- source file: 034 - Lesson 1D.md -->
# Lesson 1D
### Figure 1
1. Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
2. His friend will drive if he can go.
3. If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
4. If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
5. Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap.
6. Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
7. She has to stay late if she wants to leave tomorrow.
8. If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake. If it rains, she's going to the mall.
9. Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
### Figure 2
| Paragraph 1 | Paragraph 2 |
|---|---|
| A. 1947 | H. 27 |
| B. 15 | I. 72 |
| C. 3 | J. 3 |
| D. 4 | K. 2 |
| E. 3 | L. 5 |
| F. 5 | M. 10 |
| G. 20 | N. 15 |

28
sources/book-12/lla-2A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
<!-- source file: 035 - Lesson 2A.md -->
# Lesson 2A
### Figure 3
1. No, he's confused.
2. No, he has to make a decision about college/school.
3. No, he's got plenty of time to think it over.
4. No, he's in his second year of high school.
### Figure 4
1. Frank studied French for three years. He <u>already</u> knows how to speak that language.
2. Major Gunther moved last month. He <u>no longer</u> lives here.
3. It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner <u>yet</u>.
4. Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. He doesn't work at this base <u>any longer/anymore</u>.
5. My daughter got married three weeks ago. She doesn't live here <u>any longer/anymore</u>.
6. Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. The doctor is <u>still</u> waiting.
### Figure 5
1. Yes, she has already eaten lunch.
2. No, he no longer lives here.
3. Yes, she still writes every month.
4. Yes, they still eat here every Friday.
5. Yes, they've already been there.
6. No, he no longer works for me.

399
sources/book-12/lla-2B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
<!-- source file: 006 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 2B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2B
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
> **Listen to the dialog.**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. I'm in the medical field.
2. No, I'm going to be a nurse.
3. Yes, my degree will be in nursing.
---
### Figure 2
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Hey, Mike, what courses are you taking now?
2. Are you going to be a doctor?
3. Will you get a degree?
4. It sounds like an interesting career.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 3
> **Match the phrase you hear with its completer. Write the number on the line. Repeat the sentences.**
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ a. so we didn't go to the lake.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ b. or he can retire.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ c. so his mother picked him up.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ d. or do you need to think it over?
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ e. or he can take the bus.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ f. so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ g. or she can stay in a motel.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ h. so he'll take courses in the field of education.
---
### Figure 4
> **Listen to the dialogs. Write the answers to the questions you hear.**
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
### Figure 5
**Choose the correct answer.**
*Example:*
a. Margaret and Joe work together.
b. Margaret and Joe are brother and sister.
**(c.)** Margaret and Joe are married.
1.
a. A coach teaches people sports.
b. A coach is a policeman.
c. A coach is a soldier in the Army.
2.
a. Sally thinks she can come.
b. Sally doesn't think she can come.
c. Sally doesn't want to come.
3.
a. The school needs a place to eat.
b. The school needs a quiet place to study.
c. The school needs a place to play sports.
4.
a. Henry ate lots of cake.
b. Henry got lots of gifts.
c. Henry spent lots of money.
5.
a. Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry.
b. Mary Lou bought lots of clothes.
c. Mary Lou bought lots of food.
---
### Figure 6
**Write the punctuation in the correct place. Check your answers from the answer key.**
#### COLUMNS
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **R<br>O<br>W<br>S** | **1** | | | | |
| | **2** | | | | |
| | **3** | | | | |
| | **4** | | | | |
| KEY |
|---|
| . = period |
| " " = quotation marks |
| ? = question mark |
| , = comma |
---
<!-- source file: 021 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2B
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2B. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the words and sentences. (pause at / for students to repeat)
took...took
Larry took six math courses at the university. / He studied six math courses.
Larry took six math courses at the university. / He studied six math courses.
accept...accept
That new job is a promotion. / I'm going to accept it.
That new job is a promotion. / I'm going to accept it.
offer...offer
The Navy made John a good offer. / They'll help pay for his education.
The Navy made John a good offer. / They'll help pay for his education.
refuse...refuse
The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. / I refuse to go there again.
The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. / I refuse to go there again.
retire...retire
Next year, James is going to retire. / He plans to travel all over the United States.
Next year, James is going to retire. / He plans to travel all over the United States.
just...just
I don't know where Captain Highland is. I just got here.
I don't know where Captain Highland is. I just got here.
offer...offer
I think Mr. Moore is going to offer me that teaching job.
I think Mr. Moore is going to offer me that teaching job.
profession...profession
Don is a doctor; he is part of the medical profession.
Don is a doctor; he is part of the medical profession.
(4) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hey, Mike, what courses are you taking now?
voice 2: I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. I'm in the medical field.
voice 1: Are you going to be a doctor?
voice 2: No, I'm going to be a nurse.
voice 1: Will you get a degree?
voice 2: Yes, my degree will be in nursing.
voice 1: It sounds like an interesting career.
(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Let's begin. (pause 10 sec after each item)
voice 1: Hey, Mike, what courses are you taking now?
voice 1: Are you going to be a doctor?
voice 1: Will you get a degree?
voice 1: It sounds like an interesting career.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(6) Now look at Figure 2. Read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your lines after that. You begin. (pause 10 sec after each item)
voice 2: I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. I'm in the medical field.
voice 2: No, I'm going to be a nurse.
voice 2: Yes, my degree will be in nursing.
(7) Repeat the following sentences. (pause at / for student repetition)
The movie was boring, / so we went home.
The movie was boring, / so we went home.
We can go to dinner, / or we can go to the movies.
We can go to dinner, / or we can go to the movies.
Fred was sick, / so he didn't go to Al's party.
Fred was sick, / so he didn't go to Al's party.
You can give it to me, / or you can give it to my secretary.
You can give it to me, / or you can give it to my secretary.
It was snowing, / so we stayed at home.
It was snowing, / so we stayed at home.
I can fly, / or I can take the train.
I can fly, / or I can take the train.
Jim had a fever and a bad cough, / so he went to the doctor.
Jim had a fever and a bad cough, / so he went to the doctor.
You can have chicken soup, / or you can have a chicken sandwich.
You can have chicken soup, / or you can have a chicken sandwich.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(8) Look at Figure 3. Read the answers. (pause 20 sec) You will hear part of a sentence. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. You will hear each sentence part twice. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each item)
Number 1: The baby was crying ....
The baby was crying ....
Number 2: Fred can ride with me ....
Fred can ride with me ....
Number 3: Sgt Richards can work three more years ....
Sgt Richards can work three more years ....
Number 4: Joanne wants to be a doctor ....
Joanne wants to be a doctor ....
Number 5: Can you accept my offer ...?
Can you accept my offer ...?
Number 6: Bob chose teaching as a career ....
Bob chose teaching as a career ....
Number 7: It was raining very hard ....
It was raining very hard ....
Number 8: Julie can stay with her sister ....
Julie can stay with her sister ....
(9) Let's check your answers. (pause at / for student rep)
Letter A is 7. It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake. Repeat: It was raining very hard, / so we didn't go to the lake.
Letter B is 3. Sgt Richards can work three more years, or he can retire. Repeat: Sgt Richards can work three more years, / or he can retire.
Letter C is 1. The baby was crying, so his mother picked him up. Repeat: The baby was crying, / so his mother picked him up.
Letter D is 5. Can you accept my offer, or do you need to think it over? Repeat: Can you accept my offer, / or do you need to think it over?
Letter E is 2. Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus. Repeat: Fred can ride with me, / or he can take the bus.
Letter F is 4. Joanne wants to be a doctor, so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses. Repeat: Joanne wants to be a doctor, / so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses.
Letter G is 8. Julie can stay with her sister, or she can stay in a motel. Repeat: Julie can stay with her sister, / or she can stay in a motel.
Letter H is 6. Bob chose teaching as a career, so he'll take courses in the field of education. Repeat: Bob chose teaching as a career, / so he'll take courses in the field of education.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(10) Look at Figure 4. You will hear a dialog twice. Listen; then write the answer to the question.
(2 voices, both male)
voice 1: Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam?
voice 2: I sure did, Bob.
voice 1: What profession did you decide on?
voice 2: I decided on a career in the military.
(11) Listen again.
voice 1: Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam?
voice 2: I sure did, Bob.
voice 1: What profession did you decide on?
voice 2: I decided on a career in the military.
What career did Sam choose? Write your answer. (pause 30 sec)
The answer is: Sam chose a career in the military.
(12) Listen to the next dialog and answer the question.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Where are you going on your vacation, Sally?
voice 2: I want to go to the beach.
voice 1: It's rainy and windy today.
voice 2: I hope it clears up before I go.
(13) Listen again.
voice 1: Where are you going on your vacation, Sally?
voice 2: I want to go to the beach.
voice 1: It's rainy and windy today.
voice 2: I hope it clears up before I go.
Where does Sally want to go on her vacation? Write your answer. (pause 30 sec) The answer is: Sally wants to go to the beach.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(14) Now, look at Figure 5. Listen to a sentence. Choose the answer that has the same meaning as the sentence you hear. The first one is an example.
Margaret and Joe make a nice couple.
Margaret and Joe make a nice couple. (pause 10 sec)
The answer is c. Margaret and Joe make a nice couple. Margaret and Joe are married. Listen to some more sentences, and choose the best statement. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each sentence)
Number 1: The coach said they have to practice again on Wednesday.
The coach said they have to practice again on Wednesday.
Number 2: Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. She's not feeling well.
Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. She's not feeling well.
Number 3: That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games.
That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games.
Number 4: Henry got several presents for his birthday. He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks.
Henry got several presents for his birthday. He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks.
Number 5: Mary Lou bought three necklaces, four rings, and two pairs of earrings.
Mary Lou bought three necklaces, four rings, and two pairs of earrings.
(15) Let's check your answers. (pause for student rep)
Number 1 is a. A coach teaches people sports.
Repeat: A coach teaches people sports.
Number 2 is b. Sally doesn't think she can come.
Repeat: Sally doesn't think she can come.
Number 3 is c. The school needs a place to play sports.
Repeat: The school needs a place to play sports.
Number 4 is b. Henry got lots of gifts.
Repeat: Henry got lots of gifts.
Number 5 is a. Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry.
Repeat: Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(16) Look at Figure 6. Listen carefully and follow the directions. Use the key to help you. (pause 8 sec after the second sentence)
Number 1: Put the quotation marks in column one, row four.
Put the quotation marks in column one, row four.
Number 2: Put the question mark in column three, row two.
Put the question mark in column three, row two.
Number 3: Put the comma in column two, row one.
Put the comma in column two, row one.
Number 4: Put the period in column four, row three.
Put the period in column four, row three.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2B, BOOK 12.
---
<!-- source file: 036 - Lesson 2B.md -->
# Lesson 2B
### Figure 3
a. 7
b. 3
c. 1
d. 5
e. 2
f. 4
g. 8
h. 6
### Figure 4
1. Sam chose a career in the military.
2. Sally wants to go to the beach.
### Figure 5
1. a
2. b
3. c
4. b
5. a
### Figure 6
| | COLUMNS | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** |
| **ROWS 1** | | **,** | | |
| **2** | | | **?** | |
| **3** | | | | **.** |
| **4** | **"** | **"** | | |

422
sources/book-12/lla-2C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
<!-- source file: 007 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 2C.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2C
### Figure 1
**Repeat the sentences.**
Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
Lt Martin has gone to Germany.
I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
Mr. Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
Mr. Smith has already borrowed too much money.
Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
---
### Figure 2
**Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.**
*Example:*
yes, already
<u>Yes, I've already finished it.</u>
no, yet
<u>No, I haven't finished it yet.</u>
1.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
3.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
### Figure 3
**Choose <u>or</u> or <u>so</u> to combine the sentences. Repeat the sentences.**
*Example:* <u> X </u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
6. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
7. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
8. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
---
### Figure 4
**Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.**
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
– USER NOTES –
---
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2D
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. Answer the questions. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Yeah, Jack, it is. What are you going to do now that school is out?
2. What courses will you take?
3. It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
---
### Figure 2
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Well, Don, Friday is our last day.
2. I've been accepted at the University. I'll start there in September.
3. I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
---
### Figure 3
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Is it a good job?
2. It sounds good.
3. Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
---
### Figure 4
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today.
2. I think so. It pays seventy-five dollars more a month than the job I have now. And they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job.
3. Well, I'll think it over. They don't need an answer until Wednesday.
4. Thanks, Mom.
---
### Figure 5
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. I know, Glen. Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed six hundred dollars to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
2. I've decided to buy an American car. They're easier for mechanics to repair.
3. Okay, Glen. See you in about two weeks.
---
### Figure 6
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Hey, Tony, you really need a new car.
2. What kind are you going to buy?
3. Bring it to my house when you get it. I want a ride in it.
---
### Figure 7
**Read the paragraph. Listen to the question. Underline the answer. Write the number of the question under the answer.**
*Example:* Julie went <u>shopping</u><sub>1</sub> for her family. They all needed <u>clothes</u><sub>2</sub>. She bought <u>a blouse and skirt</u><sub>3</sub> for her daughter, <u>two pairs of jeans</u><sub>4</sub> for her son, and <u>three shirts and five pairs of socks</u><sub>5</sub> for her husband.
#### Paragraph 1
Carl just graduated from high school. He will go to a university next fall. He has chosen teaching as his profession. He will take courses in English, math, and, of course, education.
#### Paragraph 2
Patty is a teacher. She has two teaching fields. She teaches English, and she teaches German. She has four classes of English and two classes of German.
---
### Figure 8
**Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.**
*Example:* They are ____.
a. happy
b. frightened
c. sleepy
1. Sgt Adams is ____.
a. sick
b. hungry
c. excited
2. Mark is ____.
a. angry
b. early
c. sick
3. Lori is ____.
a. happy
b. upset
c. sad
4. Sgt Allen is ____.
a. excited
b. sad
c. angry
5. Jack is ____.
a. sick
b. tired
c. glad
---
### Figure 9
**Write the main idea of the paragraph you hear.**
The main idea is ___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
<!-- source file: 022 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2C
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the sentences.
Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
Lt Martin has gone to Germany.
Lt Martin has gone to Germany.
I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
Mr. Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
Mr. Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
Mr. Smith has already borrowed too much money.
Mr. Smith has already borrowed too much money.
Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(4) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the questions. Write the answers. Look at the example.
Have you finished your homework yet? Yes, already. Yes, I've already finished it. No, yet. No, I haven't finished it yet.
(5) There are two answers for each question, one yes and one no. Let's begin (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet?
Has Janet graduated from college yet?
Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet?
Has your son learned Spanish yet?
Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
(6) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "Has Janet graduated from college yet?" Yes, she has already graduated. Repeat: Yes, she has already graduated. No, she hasn't graduated yet. Repeat: No, she hasn't graduated yet.
Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? Yes, I've already seen her. Repeat: Yes, I've already seen her. No, I haven't seen her yet. Repeat: No, I haven't seen her yet.
Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet? Yes, he's already learned Spanish. Repeat: Yes, he's already learned Spanish. No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet. Repeat: No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet.
Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? Yes, they have already realized it. Repeat: Yes, they have already realized it. No, they haven't realized it yet. Repeat: No, they haven't realized it yet.
Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? Yes, he's already picked it up. Repeat: Yes, he's already picked it up. No, he hasn't picked it up yet. Repeat: No, he hasn't picked it up yet.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(7) Look at Figure 3. You will hear two sentences. Choose the correct word to combine the two sentences into one. Look at the example.
Larry can drive all night. He can stay in a hotel.
The answer is "or". Larry can drive all night, or he can stay in a hotel.
(8) Put an X in the correct place. Let's begin (pause 5 sec after the sentence is read the second time)
Number 1: Jim woke up late. He arrived at work late.
Jim woke up late. He arrived at work late.
Number 2: Peter will not be here on Friday. He can't go to Tom's party.
Peter will not be here on Friday. He can't go to Tom's party.
Number 3: Alan can eat with us. He can eat with the Moores.
Alan can eat with us. He can eat with the Moores.
Number 4: Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars. He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation.
Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars. He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation.
Number 5: Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz. He was very happy.
Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz. He was very happy.
Number 6: Frank can work late tonight. He can come to work early tomorrow.
Frank can work late tonight. He can come to work early tomorrow.
Number 7: George can help his dad with the yard. He can stay home Saturday night.
George can help his dad with the yard. He can stay home Saturday night.
Number 8: You can use the stairs. You can use the escalator.
You can use the stairs. You can use the escalator.
(9) Let's check your answers. Number 1 is "so". Jim woke up late, so he arrived at work late. Repeat: Jim woke up late, / so he arrived at work late.
Number 2 is "so". Peter will not be here on Friday, so he can't go to Tom's party. Repeat: Peter will not be here on Friday, / so he can't go to Tom's party.
Number 3 is "or". Alan can eat with us, or he can eat with the Moores. Repeat: Alan can eat with us, / or he can eat with the Moores.
Number 4 is "so". Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars, so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation. Repeat: Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars, / so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation.
Number 5 is "so". Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz, so he was very happy. Repeat: Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz, / so he was very happy.
Number 6 is "or". Frank can work late tonight, or he can come to work early tomorrow. Repeat: Frank can work late tonight, / or he can come to work early tomorrow.
Number 7 is "or". George can help his dad with the yard, or he can stay home Saturday night. Repeat: George can help his dad with the yard, / or he can stay home Saturday night.
Number 8 is "or". You can use the stairs, or you can use the escalator. Repeat: You can use the stairs, / or you can use the escalator.
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(10) Look at Figure 4. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time, just listen.
Mark lived in California for six years. The climate was wonderful. There was only a little humidity, there was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. He really enjoyed the six years he was there.
(11) Now listen to the paragraph again, and write what you hear (pause 30 sec at each / to allow students to write)
Mark lived in California / for six years. / The climate was wonderful. / There was only/ a little humidity, / there was a nice sea breeze, / and temperatures were always warm. / The beaches were full of people / who were having a good time. / He really enjoyed the six years / he was there.
(12) Listen to the paragraph again, and check what you wrote.
Mark lived in California for six years. The climate was wonderful. There was only a little humidity, there was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. He really enjoyed the six years he was there.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2C, BOOK 12.
<!-- source file: 037 - Lesson 2C.md -->
# Lesson 2C
### Figure 2
1. Yes, she has already graduated.
No, she hasn't graduated yet.
2. Yes, I've already seen her.
No, I haven't seen her yet.
3. Yes, he's already learned Spanish.
No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet.
4. Yes, they've already realized it.
No, they haven't realized it yet.
5. Yes, he's already picked it up.
No, he hasn't picked it up yet.
### Figure 3
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR <u>X</u> SO
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR <u>X</u> SO
3. <u>X</u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR <u>X</u> SO
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR <u>X</u> SO
6. <u>X</u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
7. <u>X</u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
8. <u>X</u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
### Figure 4
Mark lived in California for six years. The climate was wonderful. There was only a little humidity, there was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. He really enjoyed the six years he was there.
### Figure 7
**Paragraph 1**
Carl just graduated from high school. He will go to a <u>❶university</u> next fall. He has chosen <u>❷teaching</u> as his profession. He will take courses in <u>❸English, math, and, of course, education</u>.
**Paragraph 2**
Patty is a <u>❶teacher</u>. She has two teaching fields. She teaches <u>❷English</u>, and she teaches <u>❷German</u>. She has <u>❸four</u> classes of English and <u>❹two</u> classes of German.
### Figure 8
1. b
2. c
3. c
4. c
5. b
### Figure 9
The main idea is <u>that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it</u>.

279
sources/book-12/lla-2D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
<!-- source file: 023 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2D
### AUDIO TRACK 5
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the following words and sentences. Then answer the questions. (pause 20 sec after each question)
career...career
Larry wants a career in the military. He wants to work in the military for twenty years.
Larry wants a career in the military. He wants to work in the military for twenty years.
What does Larry want?
He wants a career in the military.
choice...choice
Tom has a choice. He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher.
Tom has a choice. He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher.
What does Tom have?
He has a choice.
courses...courses
Janet is going to take five courses next year. She will have five classes.
Janet is going to take five courses next year. She will have five classes.
What is Janet going to take next year?
She's going to take five courses.
professional...professional
Pele was a professional soccer player. He played for money.
Pele was a professional soccer player. He played for money.
Who was Pele?
He was a professional soccer player.
medical...medical
My brother is going to medical school. He's going to be a doctor.
My brother is going to medical school. He's going to be a doctor.
What is your brother doing?
He's going to medical school.
degree...degree
Harold graduated from the university last month. He got his degree in history.
Harold graduated from the university last month. He got his degree in history.
What did Harold get his degree in?
He got his degree in history.
high school...high school
John will be eighteen years old when he finishes his last year of high school.
John will be eighteen years old when he finishes his last year of high school.
How old will John be when he finishes high school?
He'll be eighteen when he finishes high school.
technical...technical
Roger finished technical school. He learned how to fix cars.
Roger finished technical school. He learned how to fix cars.
What did Roger learn in technical school?
He learned how to fix cars.
talk over...talk over
Her husband wants to buy a new car. They're going to talk it over tonight.
Her husband wants to buy a new car. They're going to talk it over tonight.
Is her husband going to buy a new car?
I don't know. They're going to talk it over tonight.
(4) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
**voice 1:** Well, Don, Friday is our last day.
**voice 2:** Yeah, Jack, it is. What are you going to do now that school is out?
**voice 1:** I've been accepted at the University. I'll start there in September.
**voice 2:** What courses will you take?
**voice 1:** I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
**voice 2:** It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
---
(5) Look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to a sentence; then say yours. Ready? (pause 10 sec after each line)
script voice: Well, Don, Friday is our last day.
script voice: I've been accepted at the University. I'll start there in September.
script voice: I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
AUDIO TRACK 6
(6) Now look at Figure 2. You begin with the first line. Go ahead and start.
script voice: Yeah, Jack, it is. What are you going to do now that school is out?
script voice: What courses will you take?
script voice: It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
(7) Listen to the next dialog.
(voice one, male; voice two, female)
voice 1: Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today.
voice 2: Is it a good offer?
voice 1: I think so. It pays seventy-five dollars more a month than the job I have now. And they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job.
voice 2: It sounds good.
voice 1: Well, I'll think it over. They don't need an answer until Wednesday.
voice 2: Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
voice 1: Thanks, Mom.
AUDIO TRACK 7
(8) Look at Figure 3. Someone will read the first line. Say your line after that. (pause 10 sec after each line)
script voice: Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today.
script voice: I think so. It pays seventy-five dollars more a month than the job I have now. And they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job.
script voice: Well, I'll think it over. They don't need an answer until Wednesday.
script voice: Thanks, Mom.
AUDIO TRACK 8
(9) Look at Figure 4. You begin this time.
script voice: Is it a good offer?
script voice: It sounds good.
script voice: Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
(10) Listen to this dialog. It's the last one.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hey, Tony, you really need a new car.
voice 2: I know, Glen. Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed six hundred dollars to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
voice 1: What kind are you going to buy?
voice 2: I've decided to buy an American car. They're easier for mechanics to repair.
voice 1: Bring it to my house when you get it. I want a ride in it.
voice 2: Okay, Glen. See you in about two weeks.
AUDIO TRACK 9
(11) Now, look at Figure 5. Someone will read a line first. Say your lines next. (pause 10 sec after each line)
script voice: Hey, Tony, you really need a new car.
script voice: What kind are you going to buy?
script voice: Bring it to my house when you get it. I want a ride in it.
AUDIO TRACK 10
(12) Look at Figure 6. You begin.
script voice: I know, Glen. Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed six hundred dollars to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
script voice: I've decided to buy an American car. They're easier for mechanics to repair.
script voice: Okay, Glen. See you in about two weeks.
AUDIO TRACK 11
(13) Look at Figure 7. Read the paragraph. (pause 20 sec) Listen to the questions. Underline the answer and write the number of the question under the answer. Look at the example. Listen to the question. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. (pause 10 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did Julie go?
Number 2: What did her family need?
Number 3: What did she buy for her daughter?
Number 4: What did she buy for her son?
Number 5: What did she buy for her husband?
(14) Let's check your answers. Number 1 goes under "shopping"; "shopping" is underlined.
Number 2 goes under "clothes"; "clothes" is underlined.
Number 3 goes under "a blouse and skirt"; "a blouse and skirt" is underlined.
Number 4 goes under "two pairs of jeans"; "two pairs of jeans" is underlined.
Number 5 goes under "three shirts and five pairs of socks"; "three shirts and five pairs of socks" is underlined.
(15) Let's begin. Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 20 sec)
(16) Now listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. You will hear each question twice.
Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall?
Where will Carl go next fall? (pause 10 sec)
Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession?
What has he chosen as his profession? (pause 10 sec)
Number 3: What courses will he take?
What courses will he take? (pause 10 sec)
(17) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where will Carl go next fall?", you should have "a university" underlined.
Number 2, "What has he chosen as his profession?", you should have "teaching" underlined.
Number 3, "What courses will he take?", you should have "English, math, and education" underlined.
(18) Now read the second paragraph. (pause 20 sec)
(19) Underline and number the answers to the questions.
Number 1: What is Patty's profession?
What is Patty's profession? (pause 10 sec)
Number 2: What are her two teaching fields?
What are her two teaching fields? (pause 10 sec)
Number 3: How many classes of English does she have?
How many classes of English does she have? (pause 10 sec)
Number 4: How many classes of German does she have?
How many classes of German does she have? (pause 10 sec)
(20) Now let's check your answers. Number 1, "What is Patty's profession?" You should have "teacher" underlined.
Number 2, "What are her two teaching fields?" You should have "English and German" underlined.
Number 3, "How many classes of English does she have?" You should have "four" underlined.
And, Number 4, "How many classes of German does she have?" You should have "two" underlined.
AUDIO TRACK 12
(21) Look at Figure 8. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Did you hear that noise, Betty?
voice 2: Yes, I did. Let's call our neighbor and ask him to look in our yard.
They are .... (pause 5 sec)
(22) The answer is: They are frightened. Now listen to the other dialogs, and choose the correct answer.
Number 1:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Sgt Matthews, it's 12:45, and I haven't had lunch yet.
voice 2: Don't worry, Sgt Adams, I'll wait here until you come back.
Sgt Adams is .... (pause 10 sec)
Number 2:
(voice 1 female; voice 2, male)
voice 1: Mark, wake up. It's after seven. Your bus will be here in thirty minutes.
voice 2: Mom, my stomach hurts. I want to stay home today.
Mark is .... (pause 10 sec)
Number 3:
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Carla, I've been accepted at the university!
voice 2: That's great, Lori!
Lori is .... (pause 10 sec)
Number 4:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Pvt Walters, I told you to clean this floor.
voice 2: I'm sorry, Sgt Allen, I thought you said to clean this door.
Sgt Allen is .... (pause 10 sec)
Number 5:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hey, Jack, your yard really looks nice.
voice 2: Thanks. It took me all day to do it. It was a lot of work.
Jack is .... (pause 10 sec)
(23) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is B: Sgt Adams is hungry. Repeat: Sgt Adams is hungry.
Number 2 is C: Mark is sick. Repeat: Mark is sick.
Number 3 is A: Lori is happy. Repeat: Lori is happy.
Number 4 is C: Sgt Allen is angry. Repeat: Sgt Allen is angry.
Number 5 is B: Jack is tired. Repeat: Jack is tired.
AUDIO TRACK 13
(24) Now look at Figure 9. You will hear a paragraph. Listen carefully; then write the main idea. You will hear the paragraph twice.
Learning a language is not easy. It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. You must learn to think in that language, and not in your own. If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon.
(25) Listen to the paragraph again.
Learning a language is not easy. It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. You must learn to think in that language, and not in your own. If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon.
(26) Now write the main idea. (pause 30 sec) The main idea is that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2D, BOOK 12.**
---

418
sources/book-12/lla-3A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,418 @@
<!-- source file: 008 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 3A.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 3A
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words and sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the picture. Repeat the sentences.**
![#A A cowboy sitting on the ground next to a burning campfire in an outdoor setting](images/page_041_001.jpg)
A. ____________________
![#B A man holding up a cassette tape recorder](images/page_041_002.jpg)
B. ____________________
![#C A dining room set with a dining table, chairs, a hutch, and a chandelier](images/page_041_003.jpg)
C. ____________________
![#D A wooden picnic table sitting outside on a patio near bushes](images/page_041_004.jpg)
D. ____________________
![#E A stereo cabinet system with a record player and speakers](images/page_041_005.jpg)
E. ____________________
![#F A man walking up a flight of stairs inside a building](images/page_041_006.jpg)
F. ____________________
![#G Stacks of logs piled up against the brick wall of a house near a window](images/page_042_001.jpg)
G. ____________________
![#H Architectural floor plan showing various rooms and layout of a house](images/page_042_002.jpg)
H. ____________________
![#I A person looking through a collection of record albums, holding one labeled "ELVIS"](images/page_042_003.jpg)
I. ____________________
![#J A man wearing glasses talking with a woman](images/page_042_004.jpg)
J. ____________________
![#K A woman looking inside a microwave oven door](images/page_042_005.jpg)
K. ____________________
![#L A stone fireplace with a fire burning inside](images/page_042_006.jpg)
L. ____________________
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 2
> **Write the number in front of the answer. Repeat the answers.**
______ a. She's going to add on another bedroom.
______ b. Yes, it's the newest addition to the house.
______ c. He's the biggest builder in Dallas.
______ d. She lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
______ e. She enlarged her kitchen.
______ f. The fire gives off a lot of heat.
______ g. He's building it in the country.
______ h. The fire will burn him.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 3
> **Answer the question you hear. Use <u>could</u> in your answer. Repeat the answers.**
*Example:* at Jim's house
<u>Robert could be at Jim's house.</u>
1. Daniel's
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. today
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. on your desk
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. a bird in a tree
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. about 2-1/2 or 3 hours
_________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 4
> **Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.**
*Example:* Gina is ______.
a. happy
b. sad
c. angry *(circled)*
1. Jack is ______.
a. sick
b. pleased
c. angry
2. The plane is ______.
a. early
b. late
c. on time
3. Lt Andrews is ______.
a. upset
b. happy
c. sad
4. The tea is too ______.
a. sour
b. salty
c. sweet
5. He's ______.
a. sad
b. excited
c. angry
---
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 024 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3A
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3A. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1, and repeat the words and sentences.
Picture A: fire...fire
Jim made a fire to keep warm.
Jim made a fire to keep warm.
Picture B: cassette...cassette
My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music.
My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music.
Picture C: dining room...dining room
We bought some new furniture for the dining room.
We bought some new furniture for the dining room.
Picture D: patio...patio
If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio.
If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio.
Picture E: stereo...stereo
Rodney has a very nice stereo; he loves to listen to music.
Rodney has a very nice stereo; he loves to listen to music.
Picture F: story...story
Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building.
Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building.
Picture G: wood...wood
Will you cut some wood for the fire?
Will you cut some wood for the fire?
Picture H: plan...plan
Did you see the plans for Alma's new house?
Did you see the plans for Alma's new house?
Picture I: record...record
Larry got three records for his birthday.
Larry got three records for his birthday.
(7) Repeat the following words and sentences. (pause long enough for students to repeat)
Number 1: add on...add on
Mrs. Howard just had another baby. Now there are five children in the family. / They need to add on another bedroom.
Mrs. Howard just had another baby. Now there are five children in the family. / They need to add on another bedroom.
Number 2: build...build
My son is building his home in the country.
My son is building his home in the country.
Number 3: enlarge...enlarge
Peggy does a lot of cooking. / She has decided to enlarge her kitchen.
Peggy does a lot of cooking. / She has decided to enlarge her kitchen.
Number 4: heat...heat
That fire is very hot; it gives off a lot of heat.
That fire is very hot; it gives off a lot of heat.
Number 5: burn...burn
Don't let the baby play near the fire. It will burn him.
Don't let the baby play near the fire. It will burn him.
Number 6: addition...addition
This patio is our newest addition to the house.
This patio is our newest addition to the house.
Number 7: builder...builder
Mr. Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas.
Mr. Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas.
Number 8: suburb...suburb
Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(8) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a question and write the number in front of the correct answer.
Number 1: Who is Mr. Ellis? (slight pause) The answer is c: He's the biggest builder in Dallas. Write the number 1 in front of letter c. Now listen; then write the number in front of the correct answer. Ready? (pause 15 sec after each question)
Number 2: Peggy does a lot of cooking. What did she do to her kitchen?
Number 3: Where is your son building his home?
Number 4: Is this patio new?
Number 5: Where is Mrs. Howard going to put all those children?
Number 6: What does the fire give off?
Number 7: Where does Valerie live?
Number 8: Why can't the baby play near the fire?
(9) Let's check your answers.
Letter A is number 5. Where is Mrs. Howard going to put all those children? She's going to add on another bedroom. Repeat: She's going to add on another bedroom.
Letter B is number 4. Is this patio new? Yes, it's the newest addition to the house. Repeat: Yes, it's the newest addition to the house.
Letter C is number 1. Who is Mr. Ellis? He's the biggest builder in Dallas. Repeat: He's the biggest builder in Dallas.
Letter D is number 7. Where does Valerie live? She lives in a new suburb outside of the city. Repeat: She lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
Letter E is number 2. Peggy does a lot of cooking. What did she do to her kitchen? She enlarged her kitchen. Repeat: She enlarged her kitchen.
Letter F is number 6. What does the fire give off? The fire gives off a lot of heat. Repeat: The fire gives off a lot of heat.
Letter G is number 3. Where is your son building his home? He's building it in the country. Repeat: He's building it in the country.
Letter H is number 8. Why can't the baby play near the fire? The fire will burn him. Repeat: The fire will burn him.
(10) Repeat the following sentences. (pause at / long enough for students to repeat)
Those questions could be too difficult for him. / I think he's having trouble.
Walter could be at the mall. / I'm not sure.
Could this be Alan's jacket? / It's the same color as his.
Do you think I could borrow your English book tonight? / I can't find mine.
What could John be doing out this late at night? / He's usually home early.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(11) Now look at Figure 3. Write the answers to the questions using could. The words in Figure 3 will help you answer the questions. Look at the example.
Where's Robert? (pause 10 sec)
(12) The answer is: Robert could be at Jim's house.
(13) Do the rest like the example. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Someone left his sweater here. Whose is it?
Number 2: When is the get-together for Jeff?
Number 3: Where is my pencil? I can't find it.
Number 4: What is that a picture of?
Number 5: How long is this movie?
(14) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is "It could be Daniel's." Repeat: It could be Daniel's.
Number 2 is "It could be today." Repeat: It could be today.
Number 3 is "It could be on your desk." Repeat: It could be on your desk.
Number 4 is "It could be a bird in a tree." Repeat: It could be a bird in a tree.
Number 5 is "It could be about two and a half or three hours." Repeat: It could be about two and a half or three hours.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(15) Look at Figure 4. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: What happened, Gina?
voice 2: That man stepped on my toe.
Gina is ....
(16) The answer is "Gina is angry." Now listen to the other dialogs.
Number 1:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hi, Jack. Is Mr. West your barber too?
voice 2: Yes, he has given me haircuts for the past ten years.
Jack is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 2:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: What are you doing here at the airport so late at night, Jim?
voice 2: I'm waiting for my brother to arrive. I've been here for three and a half hours. His plane left New York at two-thirty this afternoon.
The plane is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 3:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Lt Andrews, your hands are very greasy, and you are late.
voice 2: I'm sorry, sir. I had to change a flat tire this morning.
Lt Andrews is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 4:
(two voices, one female, one very young boy)
voice 1: Jimmy, what's wrong?
voice 2: They put too much sugar in this tea.
The tea is too .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 5:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Where are you going in such a hurry?
voice 2: To the airport. My sister arrives this afternoon. I haven't seen her for two years.
He's .... (pause 5 sec)
(17) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is b; Jack is pleased. Repeat: Jack is pleased.
Number 2 is b; The plane is late. Repeat: The plane is late.
Number 3 is a; Lt Andrews is upset. Repeat: He's upset.
Number 4 is c; The tea is too sweet. Repeat: The tea is too sweet.
Number 5 is b; He's excited. Repeat: He's excited.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3A, BOOK 12.
---
<!-- source file: 038 - Lesson 3A.md -->
# Lesson 3A
### Figure 1
A. 5
B. 7
C. 8
D. 1
E. 4
F. 9
G. 12
H. 3
I. 11
J. 6
K. 2
L. 10
### Figure 2
a. 5
b. 4
c. 1
d. 7
e. 2
f. 6
g. 3
h. 8
### Figure 3
1. It could be Daniel's.
2. It could be today.
3. It could be on your desk.
4. It could be a bird in a tree.
5. It could be about 2-1/2 or 3 hours.
### Figure 4
1. b
2. b
3. a
4. c
5. b

468
sources/book-12/lla-3B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
<!-- source file: 009 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 3B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 3B
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
> **Write the number in front of the answer.**
______ a. He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
______ b. He is planning a get-together at his house.
______ c. Add the vegetables after the water boils.
______ d. Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
______ e. The meeting is in 15 minutes.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 2
> **Answer the questions. Use -ed or -ing in your answers. Repeat the answers.**
*Example:* the movie / interest
<u>The movie was interesting.</u>
1. He / excite
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. She / bore
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. It / confuse
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. It / tire
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. She / frighten
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. It / excite
_________________________________________________________________________________
7. no / I / confuse
_________________________________________________________________________________
8. I / bore
_________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 3
> **Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.**
1. _________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
---
<!-- source file: 025 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3B
AUDIO TRACK 5
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3B. ( 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the words and sentences.
Number 1: boil...boil
The water must boil before you add the vegetables.
Number 2: a get-together...a get-together
Kevin is going to have a get-together at his house on Sunday afternoon.
Number 3: get together...get together
Let's get together after work today.
Number 4: play...play
Does your son play basketball?
Number 5: solve...solve
Did you solve the math problem?
Number 6: take place...take place
Where did the accident take place?
Number 7: interested in...interested in
Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
Number 8: near...near
He hopes to add on to his house in the near future.
Number 9: perhaps...perhaps
I can't make it for lunch today; perhaps we can have lunch tomorrow.
Number 10: tiring...tiring
Larry went swimming all day Saturday. It was very tiring.
Number 11: idea...idea
Jeff had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
Number 12: meeting...meeting
The major has a meeting with the colonel in fifteen minutes.
Number 13: solution...solution
Sgt Allen has a solution to our problem.
Number 14: trouble...trouble
Did you have trouble finding Sandy's house?
(4) Look at Figure 1. Read the answers. (pause 20 sec) Now, listen to a question. Write the number of the question in front of the answer. (pause 15 sec after each question)
Number 1: What is Jim interested in?
Number 2: What was Jeff's idea?
Number 3: When do I add the vegetables?
Number 4: What is Kevin having on Sunday afternoon?
Number 5: What time is the meeting with Major Brown?
(5) Let's check your answers.
Letter A is number 2. He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
Letter B is number 4. He is planning a get-together at his house.
Letter C is number 3. Add the vegetables after the water boils.
Letter D is number 1. Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
Letter E is number 5. The meeting is in fifteen minutes.
(6) Repeat the following sentences.
My son's soccer game was very exciting.
Sgt Roberts is excited about his high test score.
I borrowed this book from my sister. She said it is very interesting.
Bob is interested in learning Italian.
My last class in the afternoon is very boring.
Lt Martin looked bored during the meeting this morning.
My mother thinks that maps are very confusing.
Kevin was confused when the instructor asked him a question.
We worked in the yard today. It was very tiring.
John worked late today. He looks very tired.
The fire was frightening for everyone.
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
AUDIO TRACK 6
(7) Look at Figure 2. Write the answers to the questions. Add **-ing** or **-ed** to the word. Look at the example.
How was the movie? (pause 6 sec) The answer is: The movie was interesting.
(8) Let's do some more. You will hear each question twice. Write the answer. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: How does Peter feel about his new job?
How does Peter feel about his new job?
Number 2: What's wrong with Judy today?
What's wrong with Judy today?
Number 3: Why did you spend so much time on that question?
Why did you spend so much time on that question?
Number 4: How was your vacation to the mountains?
How was your vacation to the mountains?
Number 5: How did your daughter feel after the accident?
How did your daughter feel after the accident?
Number 6: How was Jan's trip to Europe?
How was Jan's trip to Europe?
Number 7: Could you understand my directions?
Could you understand my directions?
Number 8: How was your class this morning?
How was your class this morning?
(9) Now let's check your answers.
Number 1: He is very excited about his new job. Repeat: He is very excited about his new job.
Number 2: She's bored. Repeat: She's bored.
Number 3: It was confusing. Repeat: It was confusing.
Number 4: It was very tiring. Repeat: It was very tiring.
Number 5: She was frightened. Repeat: She was frightened.
Number 6: It was very exciting. Repeat: It was very exciting.
Number 7: No, I was confused. Repeat: No, I was confused.
Number 8: I was bored. Repeat: I was bored.
AUDIO TRACK 7
(10) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the question. Then listen to the conversation. Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time.
(3 voices, all male)
What did Sgt Richards need to ask Captain Douglas?
*(phone ringing)*
**voice 1:** Hello, Alpha squadron. May I help you?
**voice 2:** Yes, Captain Douglas, please.
**voice 1:** I'm sorry, sir. He's not here right now. May I take a message?
**voice 2:** Yes. This is Sgt Richards. I am in Detroit, and I won't be back tomorrow. I need to ask for two more days of leave.
**voice 1:** Okay, Sgt Richards, I'll give him your message. Call back in two hours, and I'll have an answer for you.
**voice 2:** Thanks.
*(door opening)*
**voice 1:** Captain Douglas.
**voice 3:** Yes.
**voice 1:** Sgt Richards called. He said that he was in Detroit and needed two more days of leave. He'll call back in about thirty minutes for his answer.
**voice 3:** If I'm not here, tell him Okay. There's no problem with the leave. I'll see him in about two days.
**voice 1:** Yes, sir.
What did Sgt Richards need to ask Captain Douglas? (pause 15 sec)
(11) The answer is: Sgt Richards needed to ask for two more days of leave. Repeat: Sgt Richards needed to ask for two more days of leave.
(12) Now listen to the second question and the second conversation.
(3 voices, all female)
Where does Sue want Lorraine to go and at what time?
*(doorbell)*
**voice 1:** Hi, Ms. Peterson. Is Lorraine home?
**voice 2:** No, she's not. What do you need?
**voice 1:** Well, my Mom said that I could ask a friend to come for dinner tonight, and I wanted to ask Lorraine.
**voice 2:** I'm sure she'd love to come, Sue. She'll be home at five-thirty. What time is dinner?
**voice 1:** It's not until seven tonight.
**voice 2:** I'll have her at your house at seven o'clock.
**voice 1:** Thanks.
*(door banging shut)*
**voice 3:** I'm home, Mom.
**voice 1:** Lorraine, Sue has asked you to have dinner at her house tonight. They are going to eat at seven o'clock.
**voice 3:** Did you tell her that I could go?
**voice 1:** Yes, and I told her you'd be there by seven o'clock, so let's go.
**voice 3:** Yes, Ma'am.
Where does Sue want Lorraine to go and at what time? (pause 15 sec)
(13) The answer is: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at seven o'clock. Repeat: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at seven o'clock.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3B, BOOK 12.
---
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3C
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3C. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a dialog and take notes. You will be asked questions on the dialog.
(three voices, all male)
voice 1: Hi, Mike. What are you doing?
voice 2: Well, I want to add on another bedroom and bathroom to my house.
voice 1: That sounds nice.
voice 2: It will be nice, once it's finished.
voice 1: Hey, Carl. Did you hear about Mike's plans?
voice 3: No, I didn't.
voice 1: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house.
(4) Look at Figure 1 again. Write the answer to the question about the dialog.
1. What did Mike say about his house? (pause 30 sec)
(5) The answer is: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house.
(6) Listen to this dialog and take notes.
(3 voices, all male)
voice 1: Hello, Mr. Parker. Where's Mrs. Parker?
voice 2: She's not home. She's in Chicago.
voice 1: Tell her hello for me when you talk to her.
voice 3: What did he say about Mrs. Parker?
voice 1: He said that she wasn't home. He said that she was in Chicago.
(7) Now answer this question. Use your notes to help you.
2. What did Mr. Parker say about his wife? (pause 30 sec)
(8) The answer is: He said that Mrs. Parker wasn't home. He said that she was in Chicago.
(9) Listen to one more dialog and take notes.
(3 voices, all male)
voice 1: Oh, good afternoon, Captain Brooks.
voice 2: Hello, Sgt Jackson. Are you looking for someone?
voice 1: I'm looking for Sgt Robinson, sir.
voice 2: He takes the mail to Colonel Travis every day at this time. He'll be back in about thirty minutes.
voice 1: Thank you, sir. I'll come back later.
voice 2: Sgt Robinson.
voice 3: Yes, sir.
voice 2: Sgt Jackson came by. He wanted to see you.
voice 3: Thank you for the message, sir.
(10) Answer this question from your notes.
3. What did Captain Brooks say about Sgt Robinson? (pause 30 sec)
(11) The answer is: He said that Sgt Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(12) Look at Figure 2. Read the paragraph, and then listen to the questions. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. Look at the example. (pause 10 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did Barbara go?
Number 2: What kind of things did she need?
Number 3: What did she buy for her living room?
Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen?
Number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom?
(13) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where did Barbara go?" You should have "<u>the mall</u>" underlined.
Number 2, "What kind of things did she need?" You should have "<u>things for her house</u>" underlined.
Number 3, "What did she buy for her living room?" You should have "<u>sofa</u>" underlined.
Number 4, "What did she get for her kitchen?" You should have "<u>microwave</u>" underlined.
And, Number 5, "What did she buy for the bedroom?" You should have "<u>curtains</u>" underlined.
(14) Now let's begin. Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 20 sec)
(15) Now listen to the questions. Answer them like the example. (pause 10 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did Art do to his house?
Number 2: What were his additions?
Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen?
Number 4: What did he buy for the living room?
Number 5: What did he buy for the patio?
(16) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What did Art do to his house?" You should have "<u>added on</u>" underlined.
Number 2, "What were his additions?" You should have "<u>a bedroom, a bathroom, and a patio</u>" underlined.
Number 3, "What did he buy for the kitchen?" You should have "<u>a microwave</u>" underlined.
Number 4, "What did he buy for the living room?" You should have "<u>a stereo</u>" underlined.
And, Number 5, "What did he buy for the patio?" You should have "<u>a table</u>" underlined.
(17) Now read the next paragraph. (pause 15 sec) Listen to the questions and answer them as you did before. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 1: What is Virginia planning?
Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring?
Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do?
Number 4: What is she doing?
(18) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What is Virginia planning?" You should have "<u>a get-together</u>" underlined.
Number 2, "What did she ask her friends to bring?" You should have "<u>their cassettes and their records</u>" underlined.
Number 3, "What did she ask her brother to do?" You should have "<u>cut wood for the fireplace</u>" underlined.
And, Number 4, "What is she doing?" You should have "<u>cooking a lot of food</u>" underlined.
(19) Read the last paragraph. (pause 10 sec) Answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house?
Number 2: What did she do to the living room?
Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen?
Number 4: What else did she enlarge?
(20) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What did Barbara do to her house?" You should have "<u>enlarged several rooms</u>" underlined.
Number 2, "What did she do to the living room?" You should have "<u>enlarged the living room and added a fireplace</u>" underlined.
Number 3, "What did she do to the kitchen?" You should have "<u>enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave</u>" underlined.
And, Number 4, "What else did she enlarge?" You should have "<u>patio</u>" underlined.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(21) Look at Figure 3. There are some dialogs that are not complete. Ask questions to complete these dialogs. Look at the example. Mike says, "Do you speak French or Spanish?" Stan's answer is not there. Then there's a question that says: Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish? This is the kind of question that you need to ask. Ask the question. (pause 3 sec) Stan said that he spoke French. Write "I speak French." on the line next to the name Stan. (pause 10 sec)
Read Dialog 1, and write a question to ask what Pat said. (pause 20 sec) Let's check your question. Your question should be: Did Pat say he wanted Chinese or Italian food? Now listen to the answer. He said he wanted Italian food. Write Pat's answer on the line to complete the dialog. (pause 5 sec) Did you write "I want Italian food." on the line? That completes this dialog.
Go to Dialog 2, and write down a question. (pause 20 sec) Let's check your question. It should be: Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies? Now listen to the answer. He said that he wanted to watch TV. Write his answer on the line. (pause 10 sec) The answer is "I want to watch TV."
Read Dialog 3 and write your question. (pause 20 sec) Your question should be: Did Paul say that he swam every day? Now listen to the answer. Paul said that he didn't like to swim. Now, write what he said on the line. (pause 10 sec) The answer is "No, I don't like to swim."
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(22) Look at Figure 4. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time just listen. (read at normal speed)
Randy is in his last year of high school. Last Friday, he made up his mind to go to college. Now, he has to decide what career field to choose. His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.
Listen to the paragraph again. Write what you hear. (pause 20 sec at /)
Randy is in his last year/ of high school. / Last Friday, / he made up his mind / to go to college. / Now, he has to decide / what career field to choose. / His parents told him / that a degree in business / would give him / a good future. / He's still confused / about the courses / he wants to study, / but he has time / to think it over. /
Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. (read at normal speed)
Randy is in his last year of high school. Last Friday, he made up his mind to go to college. Now, he has to decide what career field to choose. His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3C, BOOK 12.
- USER NOTES -
---
<!-- source file: 039 - Lesson 3B.md -->
# Lesson 3B
### Figure 1
a. 2
b. 4
c. 3
d. 1
e. 5
### Figure 2
1. He is very excited about his new job.
2. She's bored.
3. It was confusing.
4. It was very tiring.
5. She was frightened.
6. It was very exciting.
7. No, I was confused.
8. I was bored.
### Figure 3
1. Sgt Richards needed to ask for two more days of leave.
2. Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock.

138
sources/book-12/lla-3C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
<!-- source file: 010 - LESSON 3C.md -->
# LESSON 3C
**Figure 1**
> **Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Use your notes to help you.**
**Dialog 1**
NOTES: __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
1. __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
**Dialog 2**
NOTES: __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
**Dialog 3**
NOTES: __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
**Figure 2**
> **Read the paragraph. Listen to the question. Underline the answer. Write the number of the question under the answer.**
*Example:* Barbara went to the <u>mall</u>. She needed some <u>things for her house</u>.
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>1</sub>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>2</sub>
She bought a <u>sofa</u> for her living room. She got a <u>microwave</u> for her
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>3</sub>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>4</sub>
kitchen, and she bought some new <u>curtains</u> for the bedroom.
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>5</sub>
**Paragraph 1**
Art added on to his house. His additions were a bedroom, a bathroom, and a patio. He also bought some new things for his house. He bought a microwave for the kitchen, a stereo for the living room, and a table for the patio.
**Paragraph 2**
Virginia is planning a get-together. She asked her friends to bring their cassettes and their records. She asked her brother to cut wood for the fireplace. She's cooking a lot of food.
**Paragraph 3**
Barbara enlarged several rooms in her house. She enlarged the living room and added a fireplace. She enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave. She also enlarged her patio.
**Figure 3**
> **Read the dialog. Write a question using <u>say</u>. Listen to the answer, and write it on the line.**
*Example:*
Mike: Do you speak French or Spanish?
Stan: <u>I speak French.</u>
QUESTION: <u>Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish?</u>
**Dialog 1**
Ann: Do you want Chinese or Italian food?
Pat: __________________________________________________
QUESTION: __________________________________________________
**Dialog 2**
Bill: Do you want to watch TV or go to the movies?
Frank: __________________________________________________
QUESTION: __________________________________________________
**Dialog 3**
Shirley: Do you swim every day?
Paul: __________________________________________________
QUESTION: __________________________________________________
**Figure 4**
> **Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.**
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
<!-- source file: 040 - Lesson 3C.md -->
# Lesson 3C
### Figure 1
**Dialog 1**
1. He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to the house.
**Dialog 2**
2. He said that Mrs. Parker wasn't home. He said that she was in Chicago.
**Dialog 3**
3. He said that Sgt Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time.
### Figure 2
**Paragraph 1**
Art <u>❶added on</u> to his house. His additions were <u>❷a bedroom, a bathroom, and a patio</u>. He also bought some new things for his house. He bought a <u>❸microwave</u> for the kitchen, a <u>❹stereo</u> for the living room, and a <u>❺table</u> for the patio.
**Paragraph 2**
Virginia is planning <u>❶a get-together</u>. She asked her friends to bring their <u>❷cassettes and their records</u>. She asked her brother <u>❸to cut wood for the fireplace</u>. She's <u>❹cooking a lot of food</u>.
**Paragraph 3**
Barbara <u>❶enlarged several rooms</u> in her house. She <u>❷enlarged the living room and added a fireplace</u>. She <u>❸enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave</u>. She also enlarged her <u>❹patio</u>.
### Figure 3
**Dialog 1**
Pat: I want Italian food.
QUESTION: Did Pat say that he wanted Chinese or Italian food?
**Dialog 2**
Frank: I want to watch TV.
QUESTION: Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies?
**Dialog 2**
Paul: No, I don't like to swim.
QUESTION: Did Paul say that he swam every day?
### Figure 4
Randy is in his last year of high school. Last Friday, he made up his mind to go to college. Now, he has to decide what career field to choose. His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.

600
sources/book-12/lla-3D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
<!-- source file: 011 - LESSON 3D.md -->
# LESSON 3D
**Figure 1**
> **Listen to the dialog. Read your line of the dialog.**
Look at the sky. It might rain today.
---
**Figure 2**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Hi, Carl. Why did you bring your umbrella?
2. I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. I could get wet.
---
**Figure 3**
> **Listen to the dialog. Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Isn't he in his office?
2. He may be in the Colonel's office.
---
**Figure 4**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Excuse me, sir. Where's Major Adams?
2. No, and I need to speak to him now.
3. Thank you. I'll look.
---
**Figure 5**
> **Listen to the dialog. Read your line of the dialog.**
She could be in the next office. I'll check.
She's not there. She might be in the mail room.
Well, she's not there. She may be in Ms. Brown's office.
We're in luck, Nancy. She's in Ms. Brown's office and will be here in about 10 minutes.
---
**Figure 6**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Oh, Linda. Where's Ms. Evans?
2. Thanks, Linda.
---
**Figure 7**
> **Listen to the dialog. Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. I might be able to. What time do you need to leave?
2. I'll let you know. I may see you at 7:15.
---
**Figure 8**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?
2. I usually leave at 7:15.
---
**Figure 9**
> **Answer the questions you hear. Use <u>could</u>, <u>may</u>, or <u>might</u> in your answer. Repeat the answers.**
*Example:* in the library / could
<u>He could be in the library.</u>
1. in the living room / could
__________________________________________________
2. cold outside / may
__________________________________________________
3. car in the garage / might
__________________________________________________
---
4. in the neighbor's yard / could
5. tightening nuts / may
6. on the dining room table / might
7. late / could
8. you / may
9. stuck in traffic / might
10. Lt Mitchell / could
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY: Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.**
---
**Figure 10**
**Answer the questions you hear. Use the words you see. Repeat the answers.**
1. meeting / already / begin
2. he / break / leg
3. dog / cost
4. water / lake
5. since / 1984
6. all / old jackets
7. no
8. ride / bus / three years
9. sleep well / three nights
10. teach / that course / six years
11. withdraw / money / Swiss bank
**Figure 11**
**Write the numbers you hear.**
**Paragraph 1**
**Paragraph 2**
Kindergarten: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
1st grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2nd grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3rd grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4th grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5th grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 026 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3D
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
voice 1: Hi, Carl. Why did you bring your umbrella?
voice 2: Look at the sky. It might rain today.
voice 1: I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. I could get wet.
(4) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the first sentence; then say yours. (pause 10 sec after each item)
script voice: Hi, Carl. Why did you bring your umbrella?
script voice: I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. I could get wet.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(5) Look at Figure 2. This time you begin.
script voice: Look at the sky. It might rain today.
(6) Now listen to this dialog.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Excuse me, sir. Where's Major Adams?
voice 2: Isn't he in his office?
voice 1: No, and I need to speak to him now.
voice 2: He may be in the Colonel's office.
voice 1: Thank you. I'll look.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(7) Look at Figure 3. Someone will read the first line. You follow with your lines.
script voice: Excuse me, sir. Where's Major Adams?
script voice: No, and I need to speak to him now.
script voice: Thank you. I'll look.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(8) Look at Figure 4. This time you begin.
script voice: Isn't he in his office?
script voice: He may be in the Colonel's office.
(9) Listen to this dialog.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Oh, Linda. Where's Ms. Evans?
voice 2: She could be in the next office. I'll check....
She's not there. She might be in the mail room....
Well, she's not there. She may be in Ms. Brown's office....
We're in luck, Nancy. She's in Ms. Brown's office and will be here in about ten minutes.
voice 1: Thanks, Linda.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(10) Look at Figure 5. You answer the question. This time you have several lines. Read all of them. (pause 35 seconds after the first line)
script voice: Oh, Linda. Where's Ms. Evans?
script voice: Thanks, Linda.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(11) Now look at Figure 6. The roles change. I have to read several lines. You begin.
script voice: She could be in the next office. I'll check.
She's not there. She might be in the mail room.
Well, she's not there. She may be in Ms. Brown's office.
We're in luck, Nancy. She's in Ms. Brown's office and will be here in about ten minutes.
(12) Listen to the next dialog. It's the last one.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?
voice 2: I might be able to. What time do you need to leave?
voice 1: I usually leave at seven-fifteen.
voice 2: I'll let you know. I may see you at seven-fifteen.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(13) Look at Figure 7. You'll hear a line. You read the next one.
script voice: Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?
script voice: I usually leave at seven-fifteen.
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(14) Look at Figure 8. You begin this time.
script voice: I might be able to. What time do you need to leave?
script voice: I'll let you know. I may see you at seven-fifteen.
**AUDIO TRACK 13**
(15) Look at Figure 9. You will hear some questions. Answer the questions. Use <u>could</u>, <u>may</u>, or <u>might</u>. Look at the example.
Where's Mr. Williams? (pause 4 sec) Repeat: He could be in the library.
(16) Write the answers to the rest of the questions. (pause 20 seconds each question)
Number 1: Where's my new record?
Number 2: Why is Janet wearing her jacket?
Number 3: Why is Mike riding the bus to work?
Number 4: Where is Sally's dog?
Number 5: What is this tool for?
Number 6: Where are my keys?
Number 7: Why is Betty running down the hall?
Number 8: Who is this package for?
Number 9: Why isn't Tim home yet?
Number 10: Who has been in the Major's office for the last hour?
(17) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: It could be in the living room. Repeat: It could be in the living room.
Number 2: It may be cold outside. Repeat: It may be cold outside.
---
Number 3: His car might be in the garage. Repeat: His car might be in the garage.
Number 4: It could be in the neighbor's yard. Repeat: It could be in the neighbor's yard.
Number 5: It may be for tightening nuts. Repeat: It may be for tightening nuts.
Number 6: They might be on the dining room table. Repeat: They might be on the dining room table.
Number 7: She could be late. Repeat: She could be late.
Number 8: It may be for you. Repeat: It may be for you.
Number 9: He might be stuck in traffic. Repeat: He might be stuck in traffic.
Number 10: It could be Lt Michell. Repeat: It could be Lt Michell.
(18) Repeat the following sentences.
Hurry, you're late. The meeting has already begun.
Hurry, you're late. The meeting has already begun.
He's broken his leg.
He's broken his leg.
This dog has cost us a lot of money.
This dog has cost us a lot of money.
The water in the lake has frozen.
The water in the lake has frozen.
Mark has had that car since 1984.
Mark has had that car since 1984.
Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
I've ridden the bus for three years.
I've ridden the bus for three years.
Jill hasn't slept well for three nights.
Jill hasn't slept well for three nights.
Mr. Evans has taught that course for six years.
Mr. Evans has taught that course for six years.
---
Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
**AUDIO TRACK 14**
(19) Now look at Figure 10. Write answers to the questions. Use the words you see. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Why do I have to hurry?
Number 2: What has he broken?
Number 3: What has cost us a lot of money?
Number 4: What has frozen?
Number 5: How long has Mark had that car?
Number 6: What has Lt Martin kept?
Number 7: Has Ralph paid that bill yet?
Number 8: How many years have you ridden the bus?
Number 9: Why is Jill tired?
Number 10: How long has Mr. Evans taught that course?
Number 11: What has Peter done with his money?
(20) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun. Repeat: You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun.
Number 2: He has broken his leg. Repeat: He has broken his leg.
Number 3: This dog has cost us a lot of money. Repeat: This dog has cost us a lot of money.
Number 4: The water in the lake has frozen. Repeat: The water in the lake has frozen.
Number 5: Mark has had that car since 1984. Repeat: Mark has had that car since 1984.
Number 6: Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets. Repeat: Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
Number 7: No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. Repeat: No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
---
Number 8: I've ridden the bus for three years. Repeat: I've ridden the bus for three years.
Number 9: She hasn't slept well for three nights. Repeat: She hasn't slept well for three nights.
Number 10: He has taught that course for six years. Repeat: He has taught that course for six years.
Number 11: He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. Repeat: He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
**AUDIO TRACK 15**
(21) Look at Figure 11. You will hear a paragraph. When you hear a number, write it down. Write only the numbers.
Nick got a job last week. He started today. He counts pennies for the bank. A customer gave him two hundred and fifty pennies. Another customer gave him five hundred and thirty. His last customer gave him one thousand and one pennies. His new job will keep him very busy.
(22) Listen to the paragraph again. Check the numbers you wrote.
Nick got a job last week. He started today. He counts pennies for the bank. A customer gave him two hundred and fifty pennies. Another customer gave him five hundred and thirty. His last customer gave him one thousand and one pennies. His new job will keep him very busy.
(23) The numbers are 250, 530, 1001.
(24) Listen to another paragraph. Remember, write only the numbers.
Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. There are two hundred children in kindergarten, two hundred fifty in first grade, two hundred forty-seven in second grade, two hundred seventy-two in third grade, three hundred and two in fourth grade, and two hundred eighty-seven in fifth grade.
(25) Listen to the paragraph again. Check the numbers you wrote.
Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. There are two hundred children in kindergarten, two hundred fifty in first grade, two hundred forty-seven in second grade, two hundred seventy-two in third grade, three hundred and two in fourth grade, and two hundred eighty-seven in fifth grade.
(26) The numbers are kindergarten: 200, first grade: 250, second grade: 247, third grade: 272, fourth grade: 302, fifth grade: 287.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3D, BOOK 12.
---
<!-- source file: 041 - Lesson 3D.md -->
# Lesson 3D
### Figure 9
1. It could be in the living room.
2. It may be cold outside.
3. His car might be in the garage.
4. It could be in the neighbor's yard.
5. It may be for tightening nuts.
6. They might be on the dining room table.
7. She could be late.
8. It may be for you.
9. He might be stuck in traffic.
10. It could be Lt Mitchell.
### Figure 10
1. You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun.
2. He has broken his leg.
3. This dog has cost us a lot of money.
4. The water in the lake has frozen.
5. Mark has had that car since 1984.
6. Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
7. No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
8. I've ridden the bus for three years.
9. She hasn't slept well for three nights.
10. He has taught that course for six years.
11. He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
### Figure 11
**Paragraph 1**
250
530
1001
**Paragraph 2**
Kindergarten: <u>200</u>
1st grade: <u>250</u>
---
2nd grade: <u>247</u>
3rd grade: <u>272</u>
4th grade: <u>302</u>
5th grade: <u>287</u>
5. He used to wear cotton shirts and pants.
6. Now he lives in Seattle, Washington.
7. He leaves work at 5:30.
8. He always wears a suit and tie.
### Lesson 4A
#### Figure 1
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| A. 6 | H. 10 |
| B. 12 | I. 9 |
| C. 1 | J. 3 |
| D. 2 | K. 14 |
| E. 7 | L. 4 |
| F. 5 | M. 11 |
| G. 13 | N. 8 |
#### Figure 2
1. The ocean is a good place to <u>catch</u> fish.
2. My grandfather taught me how to <u>shoot</u> a rifle.
3. We enlarged the house, so now I have my <u>own</u> room.
4. The police heard a <u>shot</u> when they arrived at the house.
#### Figure 3
1. He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona.
2. It's very hot.
3. He used to go to work at 6:30.
4. He used to leave at 2:30.
#### Figure 4
**COLUMNS**
| ROWS | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|:---:|:---:|:---:|:---:|:---:|
| **1** | | **?** | | |
| **2** | **!** | | **,** | |
| **3** | | | | **,** |
| **4** | | | | |
### Lesson 4B
#### Figure 1
| | |
|---|---|
| a. 6 | e. 2 |
| b. 4 | f. 3 |
| c. 1 | g. 5 |
| d. 8 | h. 7 |
#### Figure 2
1. They would go hunting in the fall.
2. They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
3. They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
4. No, it was sometimes boring.
5. They would eat dinner; then go to bed early.
6. They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold.
7. They would stay about two or three days.
#### Figure 3
| | |
|---|---|
| a. 3 | d. 2 |
| b. 1 | e. 4 |
| c. 5 | f. 6 |
### Lesson 4C
#### Figure 1
1. Joanne arrived later than Martha.
2. Sally left earlier than John did.
3. Alan works harder than Bob does.
4. Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does.
5. His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
6. Cars move faster than buses do.
7. Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
8. Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
9. The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
10. The red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
#### Figure 2
**Dialog 1**
1. Mr. Sandoval said the car was ready.
**Dialog 2**
2. He said he had the money at his office.
**Dialog 3**
3. She said she liked to cook.
#### Figure 3
Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. What could he do to change his house? Well, he could enlarge his kitchen. He could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. He's going to think about it during the weekend. He'll make his decision on Monday. Then he'll have to ask his wife. I hope she likes his plans.
### Lesson 4D
#### Figure 1
**Dialog 1**
1. He used to live in Texas.
2. Now, he lives in California.
3. He used to ride a bus to school.
4. When he was sixteen, his father bought him a car.
5. He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
6. He would lend him money occasionally.
**Dialog 2**
1. Yes, he's been in the military.
2. He was an instructor.
3. He used to get up at 4:30.
4. He would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
5. He would go to class.
6. Yes, his students used to work very hard.
7. They used to study all weekend.
#### Figure 2
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. b | 4. c |
| 2. a | 5. a |
| 3. c | |
---
**– USER NOTES –**
# American Language Course
The American Language Course is a comprehensive, multilevel program for adults that teaches English for vocational and professional purposes. The ALC is designed primarily for intensive English language training in a classroom setting, but it can be adapted for slower-paced instruction. A significant feature of the ALC is the inclusion of basic military topics and vocabulary.
Using traditional methods of language teaching as well as contemporary communicative approaches, the ALC's presentation is systematic and carefully sequenced to ensure that learners can build on previously acquired knowledge. Photographs, illustrations, charts, and tables explain vocabulary and grammar, while dialogs and student-centered activities introduce and reinforce language functions and skills. Each book is supplemented by an instructional package that includes the following:
- Instructor text
- Student text
- Language laboratory activities text with audio scripts and answer keys
- Audio recordings
- Computer-delivered interactive multimedia instruction (IMI)
- Quiz kit
- Optional training aids
The ALC's second edition features a completely revised student text with an accompanying instructor text. Instructor notes offer detailed guidelines for presenting classroom exercises, supplemental activities, and pertinent cultural information. A variety of teaching strategies are provided to keep students motivated and enliven the classroom.
![Three photographs showing language students in classroom and outdoor environments, and the Defense Language Institute crest at the bottom](images/page_186_001.jpg)
---

539
sources/book-12/lla-4A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
<!-- source file: 012 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 4A.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4A
**Figure 1**
**Repeat the words and sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the picture. Repeat the sentences.**
![#A A fisherman standing and proudly holding up a large fish he has caught](images/page_059_001.jpg)
A. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#B Three people in a small boat fishing with rods on a lake](images/page_059_002.jpg)
B. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#C A hunter in outdoor gear holding a shotgun in a marshy area, watching birds fly overhead](images/page_059_003.jpg)
C. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#D A landscape view showing hills, trees, a fence, and water near a shoreline](images/page_059_004.jpg)
D. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#E A man in a sweater looking at tall city buildings across a body of water on a cloudy day](images/page_059_005.jpg)
E. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#F A thermometer showing temperatures next to a calendar page for the month of April](images/page_059_006.jpg)
F. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#G A young boy playing catch with a dog in front of a house](images/page_060_001.jpg)
G. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#H Two young men playing soccer outdoors](images/page_060_002.jpg)
H. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#I A man and a woman looking out a window together at rain falling outside](images/page_060_003.jpg)
I. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#J A group of deer standing near a body of water in a forest setting](images/page_060_004.jpg)
J. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#K Two children sitting on the ground feeding ducks by a pond](images/page_060_005.jpg)
K. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#L A glass display case in a store holding rifles, with a sign above reading "GUNS FOR SALE"](images/page_060_006.jpg)
L. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
![#M A soldier holding and aiming a rifle](images/page_061_001.jpg)
![#N A soldier surrounded by various weapons including rifles and a bayonet](images/page_061_002.jpg)
### Figure 2
> **Repeat the words and sentences. Write the missing word.**
1. The ocean is a good place to _________________ fish.
2. My grandfather taught me how to _________________ a rifle.
3. We enlarged the house, so now I have my _________________ room.
4. The police heard a _________________ when they arrived at the house.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
### Figure 3
> **Listen to the paragraph. Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.**
NOTES: Hank — used to live — Phoenix, Arizona
lives — now — Seattle, Washington
1. __________________________________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________________________________________
4. __________________________________________________________________________________
5. __________________________________________________________________________________
6. __________________________________________________________________________________
7. __________________________________________________________________________________
8. __________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 4
> **Write the punctuation in the correct place. Check your answers on the answer page.**
| | COLUMNS | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **ROWS** | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** |
| **1** | | | | |
| **2** | | | | |
| **3** | | | | |
| **4** | | | | |
| KEY |
|---|
| ? = question mark |
| ! = exclamation mark |
| ' = apostrophe |
| , = comma |
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 027 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4A
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4A. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause at / for student repetition)
Picture A: fish...fish
Mr. Thrasher caught a big fish last Saturday.
Picture B: fish...fish
The boys are fishing off the pier. / Their fathers are fishing off the boat.
Picture C: hunt...hunt
My uncle is hunting ducks.
Picture D: country...country
The flowers are beautiful out in the country.
Picture E: high...high
Roger could see the whole city from the high hill.
Picture F: low...low
The temperature was 37°. That was low for April.
Picture G: outdoors...outdoors
Put that dog outdoors.
Picture H: out-of-doors...out-of-doors
We like to play out-of-doors.
Picture I: indoors...indoors
It's rainy and cold. It's a good day to stay indoors.
Picture J: deer...deer
The deer are eating by the lake.
Picture K: duck...duck
The children enjoy feeding the ducks.
Picture L: gun...gun
This store sells many kinds of guns.
Picture M: rifle...rifle
My grandfather bought me this new rifle.
Picture N: weapon...weapon
That soldier has used all the weapons.
(4) Look at Figure 1 again. Listen to the sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. You will hear each sentence twice. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each item)
Number 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting.
My neighbor enjoys hunting.
Number 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
Number 3: Look at the deer!
Look at the deer!
Number 4: DON'S GUN STORE has a large variety of guns.
DON'S GUN STORE has a large variety of guns.
Number 5: The temperature was very low.
The temperature was very low.
Number 6: That's really a big fish!
That's really a big fish!
Number 7: Look how high he is!
Look how high he is!
Number 8: John learned all about weapons in the military.
John learned all about weapons in the military.
Number 9: It's still raining. I've been indoors all day.
It's still raining. I've been indoors all day.
Number 10: They have to play soccer out-of-doors.
They have to play soccer out-of-doors.
Number 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
Number 12: The boys asked their fathers to go fishing.
The boys asked their fathers to go fishing.
Number 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
Number 14: The ducks like to play in the water.
The ducks like to play in the water.
(5) Let's check your answers. (pause for student rep)
Picture A is 6. That's really a big fish.
Picture B is 12. The boys asked their fathers to go fishing.
Picture C is 1. My neighbor enjoys hunting.
Picture D is 2. George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
Picture E is 7. Look how high he is!
Picture F is 5. The temperature was very low.
Picture G is 13. Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
Picture H is 10. They have to play soccer out-of-doors.
Picture I is 9. It's still raining. I've been indoors all day.
Picture J is 3. Look at the deer!
Picture K is 14. The ducks like to play in the water.
Picture L is 4. DON'S GUN STORE has a large variety of guns.
Picture M is 11. Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
Picture N is 8. John learned all about weapons in the military.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(6) Look at Figure 2. Repeat the words and sentences. Write the missing words in the blank. (pause 5 sec after each sentence)
Number 1: catch...catch
The ocean is a good place to catch fish.
Number 2: shoot...shoot
My grandfather taught me how to shoot a rifle.
Number 3: own...own
We enlarged the house, so now I have my own room.
Number 4: shot...shot
The police heard a shot when they arrived at the house.
(7) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: You should have written catch, c-a-t-c-h.
Number 2: You should have written shoot, s-h-o-o-t.
Number 3: You should have written own, o-w-n.
Number 4: You should have written shot, s-h-o-t.
(8) Repeat these sentences. (pause at / for student rep)
Frank used to be in the Army. / Now he works in an office.
Don used to play football. / Now he plays tennis.
Beth used to cook dinner every night, / but now her daughter does.
My nephew used to visit us every weekend, / but he doesn't anymore.
My father used to take me fishing every summer. / Now I take my son.
Uncle Jim used to take me hunting every fall, / but we haven't gone for six years.
My neighbor used to own a gun, / but he sold it last month.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(9) Look at Figure 3. Listen to a paragraph. Take notes. Listen for "used to". Be ready to answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each sentence)
Hank used to live in Phoenix, Arizona. (pause) It gets very hot there, so people try to plan their work very carefully. (pause) Hank used to go to work at six-thirty every morning, and he used to leave at two-thirty in the afternoon. (pause) He used to wear cotton shirts and pants to work. (pause) He never wore a suit and tie. (pause) Now he lives in Seattle, Washington. (pause) It's very cool there. (pause) He doesn't go to work early, and he works until five-thirty in the afternoon. (pause) He always wears a suit and tie to work.
(10) Now write answers from your notes. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did Hank use to live?
Number 2: How is the climate there?
Number 3: What time did Hank use to go to work?
Number 4: When did he use to leave work?
Number 5: What did he use to wear to work?
Number 6: Where does he live now?
Number 7: What time does he leave work there?
Number 8: What does he wear to work?
(11) Now let's check your answers.
Number 1: He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona.
Number 2: It's very hot.
Number 3: He used to go to work at six-thirty.
Number 4: He used to leave work at two-thirty.
Number 5: He used to wear cotton shirts and pants.
Number 6: Now he lives in Seattle, Washington.
Number 7: He leaves work at five-thirty.
Number 8: He always wears a suit and tie.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(12) Look at Figure 4. Listen carefully. Write the correct punctuation in the chart. Use the key to help you.
Number 1: Put the exclamation mark in column one, row two.
Put the exclamation mark in column one, row two.
Number 2: Put the apostrophe in column three, row two.
Put the apostrophe in column three, row two.
Number 3: Put the question mark in column two, row one.
Put the question mark in column two, row one.
Number 4: Put the comma in column four, row three.
Put the comma in column four, row three.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4A, BOOK 12.
– USER NOTES –
---
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4B
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4B. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the following words and sentences.
go...go
Victor drives to the lake to go fishing.
Victor drives to the lake to go fishing.
instructions...instructions
I don't know how to do this. / Please read the instructions to me.
I don't know how to do this. / Please read the instructions to me.
plenty...plenty
Please stay for dinner. / There's plenty of food.
Please stay for dinner. / There's plenty of food.
practice...practice
Michelle practices tennis every day. / She's quite good.
Michelle practices tennis every day. / She's quite good.
prepare...prepare
The soldier was preparing dinner. / He's a good cook.
The soldier was preparing dinner. / He's a good cook.
used to...used to
Jeff used to be in the military. / Now he's going to school.
Jeff used to be in the military. / Now he's going to school.
would...would
Last year, Margaret would come to our house every evening.
Last year, Margaret would come to our house every evening.
all over...all over
The baby spilled the milk all over his mother.
The baby spilled the milk all over his mother.
farther...farther
Larry can run farther than Mike can. / Mike can run only one mile.
Larry can run farther than Mike can. / Mike can run only one mile.
hard...hard
The math test was really hard. / I didn't get a good score.
The math test was really hard. / I didn't get a good score.
more...more
Billy has more money than I do. / He has ten dollars; I have only five.
Billy has more money than I do. / He has ten dollars; I have only five.
once...once
My uncle went fishing once; / he has never gone again.
My uncle went fishing once; / he has never gone again.
several...several
There were several people from Korea at the get-together.
There were several people from Korea at the get-together.
slow...slow
She hurt her leg; / now Mrs. Martin walks very slow.
She hurt her leg; / now Mrs. Martin walks very slow.
twice...twice
Bobby has been sick twice this year. / He's been sick two times.
Bobby has been sick twice this year. / He's been sick two times.
whole...whole
Sandy's son ate the whole pie. / He ate all of it.
Sandy's son ate the whole pie. / He ate all of it.
(4) Look at Figure 1. Read the sentences. (pause 20 sec) Now listen to a question and choose the correct answer to the question.
(pause 10 sec after each question)
Number 1: Why does Victor drive to the lake?
Number 2: Can you tell me how to do this?
Number 3: Is there plenty of food?
Number 4: How often does Michelle practice tennis?
Number 5: What was the soldier preparing?
Number 6: Was the math test hard?
Number 7: How many times has Bobby been sick this year?
Number 8: How many people from Korea were at the get-together?
(5) Let's check your answers.
Letter A is 6. Was the math test hard? Yes, it was really hard.
Repeat: Yes, it was really hard.
Letter B is 4. How often does Michelle practice tennis? She practices every day. Repeat: She practices every day.
Letter C is 1. Why does Victor drive to the lake? He drives to the lake to go fishing. Repeat: He drives to the lake to go fishing.
Letter D is 8. How many people from Korea were at the get-together? Several people from Korea were at the get-together. Repeat: Several people from Korea were at the get-together.
Letter E is 2. Can you tell me how to do this? Yes, I can. Let me read the instructions. Repeat: Yes, I can. Let me read the instructions.
Letter F is 3. Is there plenty of food? Yes, there is plenty of food. Repeat: Yes, there is plenty of food.
Letter G is 5. What was the soldier preparing? He was preparing dinner. Repeat: He was preparing dinner.
Letter H is 7. How many times has Bobby been sick this year? He's been sick twice. Repeat: He's been sick twice.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a dialog and take notes. Listen for "would". Be ready to answer the questions.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hey, Dad, tell us about your hunting trips.
voice 2: Okay. Every fall my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. In the evening, we would eat dinner; then go to bed very early. We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. We would stay about two or three days and then go back home.
(7) Listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: Hey, Dad, tell us about your hunting trips.
voice 2: OK. Every fall my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. In the evening, we would eat dinner; then go to bed very early. We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. We would stay about two or three days and then go back home.
(8) Now write the answers to the questions. (pause 30 sec after each question)
Number 1: When would they go hunting?
Number 2: What would they do in the morning?
Number 3: When would they have to be quiet?
Number 4: Was it always exciting?
Number 5: What would they do in the evening?
Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes?
Number 7: How long would they stay?
(9) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: When would they go hunting? They would go hunting in the fall. Repeat: They would go hunting in the fall.
Number 2: What would they do in the morning? They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. Repeat: They would get up early, / eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
Number 3: When would they have to be quiet? They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. Repeat: They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
Number 4: Was it always exciting? No, it was sometimes boring. Repeat: No, it was sometimes boring.
Number 5: What would they do in the evening? They would eat dinner; then go to bed early. Repeat: They would eat dinner; / then go to bed early.
Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes? They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. Repeat: They would sleep in a lot of clothes / because it was very cold.
Number 7: How long would they stay? They would stay about two or three days. Repeat: They would stay about two or three days.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(10) Look at Figure 3. Read the answers you see. (pause 20 sec) Listen to Number 1.
Number 1: The desk was too heavy for me to move. . . . (pause 5 sec)
(11) Write the number 1 in front of Letter B. The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help.
(12) Let's do some more.
Number 2: Andy wanted to go to the movie. . . . (pause 10 sec)
Number 3: Henry couldn't find his keys. . . . (pause 10 sec)
Number 4: Captain Jones's car is in the garage. . . . (pause 10 sec)
Number 5: Jim likes to go hunting. . . . (pause 10 sec)
Number 6: Roger is shooting with his rifle. . . . (pause 10 sec)
(13) Now let's check your answers.
Letter A is 3. Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard. Repeat: Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard.
Letter B is 1. The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help. Repeat: The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help.
Letter C is 5. Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing. Repeat: Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to fishing.
Letter D is 2. Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't. Repeat: Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't.
Letter E is 4. Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work. Repeat: Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work.
Letter F is 6. Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol. Repeat: Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4B, BOOK 12.
---

61
sources/book-12/lla-4B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
<!-- source file: 013 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 4B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4B
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
### Figure 1
> **Write the number in front of the answer. Repeat the answers.**
______ a. Yes, it was really hard.
______ b. She practices every day.
______ c. He drives to the lake to go fishing.
______ d. Several people from Korea were at the get-together.
______ e. Yes, I can. Let me read the instructions.
______ f. Yes, there's plenty of food.
______ g. He was preparing dinner.
______ h. He's been sick twice.
---
### Figure 2
> **Listen to the dialog. Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.**
NOTES: __________________________________________________________________________________
1. __________________________________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________________________________________
4. __________________________________________________________________________________
5. __________________________________________________________________________________
6. __________________________________________________________________________________
7. __________________________________________________________________________________
---
## Figure 3
> Match the phrase you hear with its completer. Write the number on the line. Repeat the sentences.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ a. but his son found them in the yard.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ b. so I asked for help.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ c. and Sam likes to go fishing.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ d. but I didn’t.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ e. so he took the bus to work.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ f. and Howard is using his pistol.
- USER NOTES -

218
sources/book-12/lla-4C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
<!-- source file: 014 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 4C.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4C
## Figure 1
> Repeat the sentences. Write answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
9. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
10. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
## Figure 2
> Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.
### Dialog 1
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
### Dialog 2
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
### Dialog 3
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
## Figure 3
> Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.
<!-- source file: 028 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4C
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4C. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the sentences. Then write the answers to the questions. (pause 30 sec after each question)
Number 1: Joanne arrived later than Martha.
Joanne arrived later than Martha.
Who arrived later than Martha?
Number 2: Sally left earlier than John did.
Sally left earlier than John did.
Who left earlier?
Number 3: Alan works harder than Bob does.
Alan works harder than Bob does.
Who works harder than Bob?
Number 4: My grandmother drives slower than my brother does.
My grandmother drives slower than my brother does.
Who drives slower than my brother does?
Number 5: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
Who came sooner than Bill expected?
Number 6: Cars move faster than buses do.
Cars move faster than buses do.
Which move faster, cars or buses?
Number 7: Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
Who throws a baseball farther?
Number 8: Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Who can draw straighter lines?
Number 9: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
Which pilots try to fly higher?
Number 10: That red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
That red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
Which plane flies lower?
(4) Let's look at the answers.
Number 1: Joanne arrived later than Martha.
Repeat: Joanne arrived later than Martha.
Number 2: Sally left earlier than John did.
Repeat: Sally left earlier than John did.
Number 3: Alan works harder than Bob does.
Repeat: Alan works harder than Bob does.
Number 4: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does.
Repeat: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does.
Number 5: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
Repeat: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
Number 6: Cars move faster than buses do.
Repeat: Cars move faster than buses do.
Number 7: Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
Repeat: Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
Number 8: Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Repeat: Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Number 9: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
Repeat: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
Number 10: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
Repeat: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a question. Then listen to a dialog. Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time.
(voice 2, male; voice 1, female)
What did Mr. Sandoval say about the car?
(phone ringing)
voice 1: Hello.
voice 2: May I speak to Joe Ferguson, please?
voice 1: He's not here right now. May I take a message?
voice 2: Yes. This is Fred Sandoval. His car is ready.
voice 1: Thank you, Mr. Sandoval. I'll tell him.
What did Mr. Sandoval say about the car? (pause 20 sec)
(6) Mr. Sandoval said the car was ready. Repeat: Mr. Sandoval said the car was ready.
(7) Now listen to another question and dialog.
(2 male voices)
What did Captain Richardson say about the money?
(footsteps entering room)
voice 1: Yes, sir, may I help you?
voice 2: I'm Captain Richardson. I'm looking for Captain Brown. Is this his office?
voice 1: Yes, it is, but he's not here right now. He's at lunch.
voice 2: I have his money at my office.
voice 1: I'll tell him, sir.
What did Captain Richardson say about the money? (pause 20 sec)
(8) He said he had the money at his office. Repeat: He said he had the money at his office.
(9) Now listen to another question and dialog.
(2 female voices)
What did Jane say about cooking?
(silverware sounds)
voice 1: This chicken is very good, Jane.
voice 2: Thanks, Mary. It's very easy to prepare.
voice 1: I'm not a very good cook. Maybe you could teach me some things.
voice 2: Certainly. I like to cook.
What did Jane say about cooking? (pause 20 sec)
(10) She said she liked to cook. Repeat: She said she liked to cook.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(11) Look at Figure 3. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. Listen carefully the first time. (read at normal speed)
Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. What could he do to change his house? Well, he could enlarge his kitchen. He could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. He's going to think about it during the weekend. He'll make his decision on Monday. Then he'll have to ask his wife. I hope she likes his plans.
(12) Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear.
(pause 30 sec at / )
Carl walked into his house last night / and decided he wanted a change. / What could he do / to change his house? / Well, he could enlarge / his kitchen. / He could add on / another bedroom, / and he could build / a patio. / He's going to think about it / during the weekend. / He'll make his decision / on Monday. / Then he'll have to ask his wife. / I hope she likes / his plans. /
(13) Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. What could he do to change his house? Well, he could enlarge his kitchen. He could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. He's going to think about it during the weekend. He'll make his decision on Monday. Then he'll have to ask his wife. I hope she likes his plans.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4C, BOOK 12.

286
sources/book-12/lla-4D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
<!-- source file: 015 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 4D.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4D
LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY: Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
## Figure 1
> Listen to the dialogs. Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.
### Dialog 1
NOTES:
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
### Dialog 2
NOTES:
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
#### Figure 2
Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.
*Example:* The son is ________.
a. angry
b. excited
c. sad
1. Nancy is ________.
a. sick
b. upset
c. sad
2. She is ________.
a. angry
b. happy
c. sad
3. Matt is ________.
a. angry
b. upset
c. happy
4. Jack is ________.
a. excited
b. sad
c. angry
5. They are ________.
a. afraid
b. late
c. happy
- USER NOTES -
<!-- source file: 029 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4D
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4D. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat these words and sentences.
brought...brought
Ginger has brought that chicken dish before.
Ginger has brought that chicken dish before.
cut...cut
I have cut the wood four times this week.
I have cut the wood four times this week.
fallen...fallen
Those curtains have fallen three times this week; / let's fix them.
Those curtains have fallen three times this week; / let's fix them.
forgotten...forgotten
Do you think Sgt Wilson has forgotten about this meeting?
Do you think Sgt Wilson has forgotten about this meeting?
grown...grown
That tree has really grown since last year.
That tree has really grown since last year.
hidden...hidden
The children have hidden my car keys. I can't go to work.
The children have hidden my car keys. I can't go to work.
left...left
Barbara has left her umbrella here.
Barbara has left her umbrella here.
made...made
Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before.
Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before.
(4) Look at Figure 1. Take notes on a dialog. Be ready to answer questions.
(2 voices, both male)
voice 1: Where are you from?
voice 2: I used to live in Texas. Now, I live in California.
voice 1: Did you go to school in Texas?
voice 2: Yes, I did. I used to ride a bus to school every day. Then, when I was sixteen, my father bought me a car.
voice 1: Did you drive to school?
voice 2: I would usually drive, but sometimes I didn't have enough money for gas.
voice 1: Did your father ever lend you money?
voice 2: He'd lend me money occasionally but not very often.
(5) Now write the answers to the questions. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did he use to live?
Number 2: Where does he live now?
Number 3: How did he use to go to school?
Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was sixteen?
Number 5: Would he always drive to school?
Number 6: Would his father lend him money?
(6) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Where did he use to live? He used to live in Texas.
Repeat: He used to live in Texas.
Number 2: Where does he live now? Now, he lives in California.
Repeat: Now, he lives in California.
Number 3: How did he use to go to school? He used to ride a bus to school.
Repeat: He used to ride a bus to school.
Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was sixteen? When he was sixteen, his father bought him a car.
Repeat: When he was sixteen, his father bought him a car.
---
Number 5: Would he always drive to school? He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
Repeat: He would usually drive to school, / but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
Number 6: Would his father lend him money? He would lend him money occasionally.
Repeat: He would lend him money occasionally.
(7) Listen to the next dialog, take notes, and be ready to answer the questions.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Have you ever been in the military?
voice 2: Yes, I have. I was in the Army for twenty years.
voice 1: Did you enjoy it?
voice 2: Yes, I did. Sometimes it was difficult, but I liked my job. I was an instructor.
voice 1: Where did you work?
voice 2: Well, I worked at Ft. Benning in Georgia. I used to get up at four-thirty every morning, and then I would go to the mess hall for breakfast. After breakfast, I would go to class. My students used to work very hard. They used to stay in their rooms and study all weekend.
(8) Okay. Write the answers to the questions. (pause 20 sec)
Number 1: Has he ever been in the military?
Number 2: What was his job?
Number 3: When did he use to get up?
Number 4: Where would he go after he got up?
Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast?
Number 6: Did his students use to work very hard?
Number 7: What did they use to do all weekend?
(9) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Has he ever been in the military? Yes, he has been in the military. Repeat: Yes, he has been in the military.
Number 2: What was his job? He was an instructor. Repeat: He was an instructor.
Number 3: When did he use to get up? He used to get up at 4:30. Repeat: He used to get up at 4:30.
Number 4: Where would he go after he got up? He would go to the mess hall for breakfast. Repeat: He would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast? He would go to class. Repeat: He would go to class.
Number 6: Did his students use to work very hard? Yes, his students used to work very hard. Repeat: Yes, his students used to work very hard.
Number 7: What did they use to do all weekend? They used to study all weekend. Repeat: They used to study all weekend.
AUDIO TRACK 5
(10) Now, look at Figure 2. Listen to a short dialog. Circle the letter of the answer. Look at the example.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Look, Dad. I caught one!
voice 2: That's wonderful, Son!
The son is .... (pause 5 sec)
(11) The answer is: The son is excited. Now listen to the other dialogs and circle the correct answer.
Number 1:
(2 female voices)
voice 1: Oh no! The cigarette burned my new dress.
voice 2: Don't worry, Nancy. I think I can fix it.
Nancy is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 2:
(voice 1, young female; voice 2, young male)
voice 1: That's my truck, Bobby. Give it to me.
voice 2: No! I'm playing with it.
She is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 3:
(2 male voices)
voice 1: Hey, Matt. Let's go hunting this weekend.
voice 2: I'd love to. What time do you want to leave?
Matt is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 4:
(voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: Janet, where are my socks?
voice 2: I'm sorry, Jack. I forgot to wash them.
Jack is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 5:
(2 male voices)
voice 1: Did you hear that shot?
voice 2: Yes, I did. It was near here.
They are .... (pause 5 sec)
(12) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is B: Nancy is upset. Repeat: Nancy is upset.
Number 2 is A: She is angry. Repeat: She is angry.
Number 3 is C: Matt is happy. Repeat: Matt is happy.
Number 4 is C: Jack is angry. Repeat: Jack is angry.
Number 5 is A: They are afraid. Repeat: They are afraid.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4D, BOOK 12.
- USER NOTES -

2218
sources/book-12/st-1.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1487
sources/book-12/st-2.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1472
sources/book-12/st-3.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

651
sources/book-12/st-4.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
<!-- source file: 006 - WE USED TO GO TO THE LAKE. BOOK 12 LESSON 4.md -->
# WE USED TO GO TO THE LAKE. BOOK 12 LESSON 4
![A mountain landscape with a lake in the foreground, evergreen trees along the shore, and birds flying above](images/page_105_001.jpg)
---FUNCTION---
What did you use to do for fun? I used to go fishing every Saturday. I'd go to the movie every weekend.
---GRAMMAR---
My dad and I <u>used to</u> hunt here. Now I work here.
What <u>would</u> Ken do for his teacher's class?
He <u>would</u> study very hard for her class.
My friends arrived <u>sooner than</u> I expected.
Al left the house <u>earlier than</u> Kim did.
Roger throws the ball <u>farther than</u> his sister does.
Harry <u>has told</u> us that story <u>before</u>.
---SKILLS---
laugh - beef
Summaries
Title
Topic
Main Idea
They're going to the lake. They hope to catch a lot of fish.
They are going to the lake, and they hope to catch a lot of fish.
---VOCABULARY---
catch/caught/caught
fish
go
hunt
kill
practice
prepare
shoot/shot/shot
used to
would
in the open
all over
bang!
farther
further
hard
high
indoors
low
more
once
out-of-doors
outdoors
own
several
slow
twice
whole
country
deer/deer
duck
fish/fish
fishing rod
gun
instructions
line
outdoors
own
pistol
plenty
rifle
shot
walk
weapon
# CONTENTS OF BOOK 12 LESSON 4
| ST PAGE |
|---|---|
| **VOCABULARY:** We may go hunting. | 99 |
| **READING SKILL:** select same sound | 102 |
| **VOCABULARY:** Fishing is a lot of fun! | 103 |
| **READING SKILL:** select meaning of unfamiliar word/phrase | 108 |
| **GRAMMAR:** used to (past routine; discontinued past habit) | 109 |
| **WRITING SKILL:** sentence combining | 111 |
| **GRAMMAR:** would (past routine) | 112 |
| **FUNCTION:** ask about/narrate past routines/patterns of activities | 114 |
| **GRAMMAR:** -er comparative of adverbs | 117 |
| **WRITING SKILL:** underline critical words/phrases | 120 |
| **GRAMMAR:** review present perfect tense | 121 |
| **READING SKILL:** summarizing | 123 |
# Vocabulary
## WE MAY GO HUNTING.
Repeat and read the new words and sentences.
![A revolver pistol shown above a long rifle](images/page_107_001.jpg)
<u>Pistols</u> and <u>rifles</u> are <u>guns</u>.
Guns and knives are <u>weapons</u>.
![Two hunters in hunting caps and jackets carrying rifles through the woods](images/page_107_002.jpg)
Some people like to go <u>hunting</u>. They use guns to <u>hunt</u>.
![A group of deer standing together in a grassy area, including a prominent buck with antlers](images/page_107_003.jpg)
Herb likes to hunt <u>deer</u>.
This year, he wants to get two <u>deer</u>.
![A hunter standing near a pond or lake, aiming his gun upward at flying ducks, with one downed duck at his feet](images/page_107_004.jpg)
Dan likes to hunt <u>ducks</u>.
He's just shot a duck and <u>killed</u> it.
# WATCH OUT*, DEER! HERE COME FRED AND PETE!
Repeat the new words; then read the paragraphs.
Fred and Pete like to be <u>out-of-doors</u>. <u>Once</u> every year during the deer season, they spend at least two weeks hunting. Deer season this year will begin next week. Both Fred and Pete are getting ready for their hunting trip. They're <u>preparing</u> their weapons.
Fred has just bought a new rifle, so he and Pete have driven out of the city to the <u>country</u> to <u>practice</u> with it. Fred is going to <u>shoot</u> at some empty soda cans. He was so excited that he dropped his truck keys in the grass. Pete had to hunt <u>for</u> the keys because all Fred could think about was shooting his new rifle.
Bang!!!!
"Good, Fred, that was a good <u>shot</u>. Do it again," said Pete.
Bang!!!!
"You missed that time. You weren't <u>low</u> enough. You have to shoot lower," said Pete.
Bang!!!!
"You're still shooting too <u>high</u>, Fred," said Pete.
Bang! . . . bang! . . . bang! . . . bang! . . . bang!
After <u>several</u> shots, Pete said, "I think you've got it now, Fred. Watch out, deer! Here we come!"
\*<u>Watch out</u> = be careful
---
Read these statements about the story of Fred and Pete. If the information is correct, circle "T." If the information is wrong, circle "F."
1. Fred and Pete like to be out-of-doors. T F
2. Fred and Pete hunt deer two times a year. T F
3. They are getting their weapons ready. T F
4. Fred and Pete went to another country. T F
5. Fred wants to practice with his new rifle. T F
6. Fred will shoot at some cans. T F
7. Fred hunted for his keys. T F
8. Fred's shots were very low at first. T F
9. Fred shot only one time. T F
**FRED AND PETE LIKE TO BE OUT-OF-DOORS.**
Look at the example. Make a sentence.
EXAMPLE: out-of-doors Fred and Pete like to be out-of-doors.
1. once
2. deer season
3. prepare
4. country
5. practice
6. shoot at
7. lower
8. several
# Reading Skill
**WHICH LETTER DOES IT SOUND LIKE?**
Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined.
EXAMPLE: lau<u>gh</u>
a. bi<u>g</u>
b. bee<u>f</u>
c. dau<u>gh</u>ter
1. cli<u>mb</u>
a. coo<u>k</u>
b. i<u>c</u>e
c. chan<u>ge</u>
2. li<u>c</u>ense
a. coo<u>k</u>
b. flie<u>s</u>
c. i<u>c</u>e
3. apostro<u>ph</u>e
a. <u>p</u>ay
b. <u>f</u>ree
c. <u>v</u>ery
4. des<u>s</u>ert
a. pa<u>ss</u>
b. <u>sh</u>ine
c. no<u>s</u>e
5. refrigera<u>tor</u>
a. do<u>g</u>
b. pa<u>ge</u>
c. lau<u>gh</u>
6. direc<u>tion</u>
a. chan<u>ge</u>
b. <u>sh</u>op
c. <u>t</u>ime
7. look<u>ed</u>
a. want<u>ed</u>
b. chang<u>ed</u>
c. laugh<u>ed</u>
8. <u>kn</u>ife
a. <u>k</u>eep
b. <u>n</u>ew
c. <u>g</u>un
9. new<u>s</u>
a. nie<u>c</u>e
b. lo<u>s</u>e
c. <u>sh</u>op
10. gymna<u>s</u>ium
a. rai<u>s</u>e
b. pa<u>ss</u>
c. <u>sh</u>op
# Vocabulary
**SOME NEW WORDS**
Repeat and read the new words and sentences.
1. <u>indoors/outdoors</u>
The party was outdoors, but we went indoors when the rain started.
2. <u>farther/further</u>
My house is far; I live 20 miles from here. His house is farther; he lives 35 miles from here.
I've gone further in my education than my brother has. I'm in college while he's only in high school.
3. <u>instructions</u>
Tell me how to use this machine; give me instructions.
4. <u>whole</u>
Do you want a whole box of pencils or just a few?
5. <u>plenty (of)</u>
Mr. Rockefeller has plenty of money.
I don't want any cake. I've had plenty.
6. <u>catch/caught/caught</u>
I want to go to the lake to catch some fish.
I caught some fish there last week.
My friends have caught many fish there, too.
**INDOORS OR OUTDOORS**
Repeat the new words; then read the dialog.
Melissa: Charlie, I want to stay <u>indoors</u> this weekend and work on the house.
Charlie: But I thought we were going fishing with the children.
Melissa: I don't want to go fishing. I want to stay home.
Charlie: Why don't you want to go <u>outdoors</u>? Chris, Richard, and I love to <u>be in the open</u>, and you love to <u>take walks</u> around the lake.
Melissa: That's true. And I know you like to <u>fish</u>, but I don't like to clean and prepare the fish. I get bored just watching you.
Charlie: If I prepare the fish, will you go?
Melissa: I'll think about it.
Answer these questions about the dialog.
1. What does Melissa want to do this weekend?
2. What does Charlie want to do?
3. Who else likes to be out in the open?
4. Why doesn't Melissa want to go fishing?
5. Who will prepare the fish?
**THE FISHING ROD**
Repeat the new words; then read the dialog.
![Diagram of a fishing rod labeled with its parts: fishing rod, line, hook, and bait](images/page_113_001.jpg)
Charlie: Your mother doesn't want to go fishing. I think she needs her own <u>fishing rod</u>.
Chris: That's a good idea, Dad. You have your own rod, Richard has his <u>own</u>, and I have my own. Mom needs her own, too.
Charlie: There's a department store farther down the street. We can buy one there.
Answer these questions about the dialog.
1. What does Mother need?
2. Who already has a fishing rod?
3. Where is the department store?
**THE LESSON**
Repeat the new words; then read the dialog.
Melissa: Are there fish <u>all over</u> or just in some parts of the lake?
Richard: They're <u>everywhere</u> but some places are better for catching them.
Melissa: I've caught one! I've caught one! What do I do next?
Richard: Pull the <u>line in slow</u>. Don't pull it <u>hard</u> because you may lose the fish.
Melissa: It's gone. This has happened to me not <u>once</u>, but <u>twice</u> already.
Richard: Don't worry. Two times is nothing. You'll learn.
Answer these questions about the dialog.
1. Are there fish all over or just in some parts of the lake?
2. How should Melissa pull in the line? Why?
3. How many times has Melissa lost fish?
---
# PREPARING THE FISH
Repeat the new words; then read the dialog.
Charlie: Okay, Melissa; give me further instructions. Tell me how to prepare the fish.
Melissa: Have you caught a <u>few</u> fish already?
Charlie: Yes, I've caught <u>several</u>, about four or five. So tell me.
Melissa: First, make a fire. Next, clean the fish and put some lemon juice, salt, and pepper on it. Then cook it in very hot oil.
Charlie: One fish is ready. Who wants it?
Chris: I do.
Charlie: Do you want the <u>whole</u> fish or just half, Chris?
Chris: I'll take a whole one.
Charlie: Was one enough or do you want <u>more</u>?
Chris: No. One was plenty. It was <u>more than enough</u>.
Answer these questions about the dialog.
1. How many fish did Charlie catch?
2. What kind of instructions did Melissa give Charlie?
3. Did Chris want half a fish?
4. Was one fish enough for him?
---
# Reading Skill
### WHAT DOES IT MEAN?
Select the meaning of the underlined word(s). Circle a, b, or c.
EXAMPLE: Mike <u>coached</u> his son because he wanted him to learn how to play the game well.
a. bought games
b. gave instructions
c. served soda
1. They played very hard during the <u>whole</u> game, but they still <u>lost</u>.
a. weren't first
b. didn't finish
c. were late
2. Herby played a <u>tennis match</u> with his friend. It took them an hour.
a. planned a party
b. started a fire
c. played a game
3. Andy <u>believes</u> weapons are dangerous. He doesn't let his children touch them.
a. expects
b. repairs
c. thinks
4. The plane was going north to New York. It was flying <u>towards</u> New York when it started to rain hard, so it landed in another city.
a. around New York
b. in the direction of New York
c. away from New York
---
# Grammar
### USED TO
> We use **used to** to say that something happened regularly or existed in the past but no longer happens or exists now.
>
> I **used to be** a student at that college. Now I'm an instructor there.
Read the following sentences. They all contain <u>used to</u>.
1. My father used to smoke, but he stopped last year.
2. Did Larry use to cook dinner every night?
Yes, and he used to cook breakfast on the weekends, too. Now he doesn't have enough time.
3. Did Lt Evans use to play football for the Air Force?
No, he used to play for the Army.
4. Where did Oscar use to live?
Oscar used to live in Mexico City; now he lives in Miami, Florida.
5. Captain Simms used to be late for class every day. His instructor used to get angry at him.
### JACK USED TO WORK AT NIGHT.
Read the paragraph. Answer the questions your teacher asks.
Jack used to be a waiter in a restaurant that was open 24 hours a day. He used to work at night. He used to go to work at 10:30 p.m. and work until 7:00 a.m. He used to wear jeans, a T-shirt, and a pair of tennis shoes. Now Jack works from 10:00 a.m. until 7:00 p.m., wears a three-piece suit, and owns the restaurant.
---
### THINGS ARE NOT WHAT THEY USED TO BE.
Complete the dialogs. Use <u>used to</u> in your answers. Look at the example.
EXAMPLE:
A: Bob isn't like I remember him from college.
B: No, he's not. He <u>used to have hair.</u>
(have hair)
1. A: Did you know that Mike can speak Spanish?
B: Yes. He ________________________________________
(live in Mexico)
2. A: How did you learn to shoot like that?
B: I ________________________________________
(be in the military)
3. A: Does Rod know a lot about animals?
B: Yes, he does. He ________________________________________
(work out-of-doors)
4. A: Why does Ray have all those weapons?
B: He ________________________________________ every fall.
(hunt)
5. A: Where did you get all these shoes?
B: I ________________________________________ at a shoe store.
(work)
6. A: Does Fred know how to fly?
B: Sure. He ________________________________________
(be a pilot in the Navy)
7. A: Is Ms. Richards helping you with your math?
B: Yes, she ________________________________________
(be a high school math teacher)
8. A: I heard that you fixed Mr. Edwards' car.
B: Yes, I ________________________________________
(work in a garage)
---
# Writing Skill
### I WANTED TO GO, BUT HE DIDN'T WANT TO.
Combine the two sentences. Use the words in ( ). Look at the example.
EXAMPLE: Ralph and Ellen wanted to go hunting early in the morning. They decided to stay out-of-doors. (so)
<u>Ralph and Ellen wanted to go hunting early in the morning, so they decided to stay out-of-doors.</u>
1. They hunted twice this week. Ralph finally shot a deer on Sunday morning. (and)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. They were very tired. They had a good time. (but)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. They couldn't eat the whole deer. They gave some of it to their neighbors. (so)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. Ralph and Ellen can hunt there. They can go fishing. (or)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. They are going to the lake. They hope to catch a lot of fish. (and)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
---
6. There is a lake house. They may stay outdoors. (but)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. They have to get up very early in the morning. They should go to bed before 11:00. (so)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. They can spend time outdoors. They can stay indoors. (or)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
# Grammar
### WOULD
> We use **would** when we talk about things that often happened in the past.
>
> When my sister and I were young, my family **would go** to the mountains. If the weather was good, we **would get** up early and **go** swimming in the cold river.
>
> **Used to** is also possible in these sentences.
---
Read the paragraph. It is about something that happened in the past.
When Ken was in fifth grade, he had a teacher that he really liked. He would study very hard for her class. Anytime she needed someone to help her, Ken would offer to help. He would clean the chalkboards, straighten the desks, and empty the trash. Sometimes, he would stay after class and ask her questions about the day's lessons. He thought that there would never be another teacher like her. He was wrong. Now he's in the seventh grade, and he has another favorite teacher.
Look at the example. Then look at the paragraph again. Use the numbers as guides and answer the questions.
EXAMPLE: What would Ken do for his teacher's class?
He would study very hard for her class.
# WHEN I WAS YOUNG . . .
Complete the following sentences like the example. Use **would**.
EXAMPLE: When I was a child, and I was sick, <u>I would ask my mother to let me stay in her bed. I would eat a lot of soup. Sometimes, I would go to the doctor. I would watch TV.</u>
1. When I was in school and arrived late, I would . . . .
2. When my sister was a little girl, she would . . . .
3. When I was young and needed money, I would . . . .
4. When I was a child and was frightened, I would . . . .
5. When my father got angry with me, he would . . . .
6. My parents were pleased with me when I would . . . .
7. When I was young, during the summer I would . . . .
8. When I was a child, on my mother's birthday, I would . . . .
# Function
**BEFORE YOU WERE IN THE MILITARY, . . . .**
Listen and repeat; then read the sentences both ways.
1. . . . what did you use to do for entertainment (fun)?
2. . . . what would you do for fun (entertainment)?
3. . . . what did you do for entertainment (fun)?
4. . . . where did you use to go fishing (hunting, swimming)?
5. . . . where would you go on your vacations?
6. . . . where did you go on your vacations?
7. . . . how did you use to spend your free time?
8. . . . how would you spend your free time?
9. . . . how did you spend your free time?
**BEFORE I WAS IN THE MILITARY, . . . .**
Listen and repeat; then read the sentences three ways.
1.
I would
I'd
I used to
go hunting every fall.
2.
I would
I'd
I used to
go to the movies every weekend.
3.
I would
I'd
I used to
spend my vacations in the mountains.
4.
I would
I'd
I used to
play soccer every evening.
5.
I would
I'd
I used to
go fishing every Saturday.
6.
I would
I'd
I used to
go fishing at the lake near my home.
**BEFORE I LIVED HERE, . . . .**
Put the sentences in order. Write the letter on the line next to the number. Then read the stories.
STORY A
1. ______ a. Frequently I'd see deer or other animals on that old road.
2. ______ b. There was a lot of traffic on the highway, so I used to take an old country road.
3. ______ c. Before I lived here, I used to live in the country far from work, so I'd get up very early in the morning.
4. ______ d. It took a little longer to travel that way, but I enjoyed seeing them in the early morning hours.
STORY B
1. ______ a. As a matter of fact, it was so good I couldn't wait. I used to start eating before we got to the country.
2. ______ b. When I was young, my dad and I used to go deer hunting.
3. ______ c. We used to get it from a small cafe on our way out of town. I remember they served delicious hot bread.
4. ______ d. We'd have breakfast at home, but we'd always eat our lunch in the country.
**WHEN I WAS A CHILD, ....**
Answer the question. Use **used to** or **would**.
EXAMPLES:
I: When I was a child, I used to go to the movies on Saturday afternoon with my sister. What about you?
S1: When I was a child, I'd clean my room on Saturday.
S2: When I was a child, I used to help my dad with the yard work on Saturday.
S3: When I was a child, we lived near the beach, and I'd go there every weekend.

535
sources/book-12/st-5.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,535 @@
<!-- source file: 008 - REVIEW TIME BOOK 12 LESSON 5.md -->
# REVIEW TIME! BOOK 12 LESSON 5
![A circular montage divided into sections illustrating various activities and scenarios: a couple standing together thinking, a child sleeping in bed, businessmen shaking hands in an office, a tropical beach with palm trees and a sailboat, and people fishing from a boat](images/page_131_001.jpg)
---
SO BUT AND OR
Combine the sentences. Use <u>or</u>, <u>and</u>, <u>but</u>, or <u>so</u>.
1. Mark could charge the shirt. He could pay cash for it.
2. Helen wanted to visit her family. She had to leave before she could see them.
3. Kathy wanted to get her bachelor's degree. She went back to college.
4. The problem was confusing. They discussed it.
5. He likes working with young children. He likes teaching them.
6. Herb listened to the discussion. He didn't change his mind.
7. You can order soup if you like. You can order a sandwich.
8. Jan studied at the university. She worked in a restaurant.
# WHAT DID HE SAY?
Read the dialog. Answer the question. Use indirect speech.
1. Al: Do the Dales have a garage?
Ben: Yes. They have a two-car garage.
What did Ben say?
2. Cal: Do they want to enlarge their whole house?
Dan: No, they just want to add on a den and a patio.
What did Dan say?
3. Eldon: Do they have a fireplace?
Jerry: Yes, they have two fireplaces.
What did Jerry say?
4. Frank: Is your dining room large enough for all of your family?
George: No, some of us sit in the kitchen.
What did George say?
5. Herb: Can you heat that in the oven?
Brad: Yes, but the microwave is faster.
What did Brad say?
6. Jean: Do you collect records or cassettes?
Jim: I collect records to play on my stereo.
What did Jim say?
7. Keith: Where are the bedrooms?
Nicky: The bedrooms are upstairs.
What did Nicky say?
8. Sam: Do you like to have get-togethers at your house?
Rick: Yes, I do.
What did Rick say?
# IF YOU'RE LEAVING, . . . .
Make a dialog. Match the phrases in Column A with those in Column B.
| Column A | Column B |
|---|---|
| _____ 1. If this rain freezes, | a. you should leave soon. |
| _____ 2. Well, if they do that, | b. close the roads if it gets too bad. |
| _____ 3. The weather's terrible. If you're leaving, | c. if that happens? |
| _____ 4. What'll you do | d. if it clears up. |
| _____ 5. I expect to leave at noon | e. I'll stop until it clears up. |
| _____ 6. Yes, but the police will | f. it'll be dangerous to drive. |
Now put the dialog in order. Write the numbers on the lines.
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
# MAY BE, IS NOT, IS.
Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find the meaning of the underlined word. Write <u>may be</u>, <u>is not</u>, or <u>is</u> on the line to complete the sentence.
1. A. I <u>suppose</u> that they are happy.
Suppose __________ know.
__________ care.
__________ think.
B. It's not important to me, but I <u>suppose</u> that they are happy.
Suppose __________ know.
__________ care.
__________ think.
C. It's not important to me and I'm not sure, but I <u>suppose</u> that they are happy.
Suppose __________ know.
__________ care.
__________ think.
# HAT HAT BAT
Circle the letter of the word that sounds different.
1. a b c
2. a b c
3. a b c
4. a b c
5. a b c
6. a b c
7. a b c
8. a b c
9. a b c
10. a b c
# TRAVEL
Read the paragraph. Underline the important words and phrases.
Many people like to travel. Some like to travel far away to other countries. They like to go sightseeing and visit the beautiful cathedrals and monuments. Others like to visit friends who live near them. They go straight to their friends' house and spend all their time with them. When they leave, they are happy because they were with their friends. All travel can be fun.
# WHAT ABOUT YOU?
Answer the question. Use <u>used to</u> or <u>would</u>. Then ask your neighbor the question, <u>what about you?</u>
EXAMPLE: When I was a child, I used to go to the movies on Saturday afternoon with my sister. What about you?
When I was a child, I'd clean up my room on Saturday. What about you?
# WHAT DID HE DECIDE?
Read the dialogs.
1. Tom: What did Joe decide to do about the job offers?
Hal: He decided to take the one in Dallas.
Tom: Instead of the one in Houston? Why did he do that?
Hal: The pay is good, and he wants to take some courses at the university there.
Tom: When does he plan to leave?
Hal: Sometime next month.
Tom: Is he going by plane?
Hal: No, he's going to drive.
2. Don: What are you going to do for your vacation next month?
Joe: I've decided to go to the mountains.
Don: I thought you decided to go to the beach?
Joe: I changed my mind.
Don: Why? What made you change your mind?
Joe: It's too hot on the beach, and I like winter sports.
Don: Is your mind made up this time?
Joe: Yes. I've thought it over, and I've made my choice.
# SO? OR?
Combine the two sentences. Use <u>so</u> or <u>or</u>.
1. Ted refused the offer. He didn't go to work at the college.
2. Mark could keep on working. He could retire.
3. Joan accepted the decision. Her father felt better.
4. They offered Hal a choice. He thought it over.
---
5. You can get a degree in education at the university. There is a degree in another profession.
6. They'll go to high school. They'll go to technical school.
7. Fred made up his mind to get a diploma. He went back to high school.
8. Madge could take the mathematics course. She could take the language course.
**ALREADY OR YET?**
Complete the sentences with **already**, **yet**, **still**, **anymore**, or **any longer**.
1. Does Herb ____________ come to see her?
2. He doesn't work at that restaurant ____________.
3. Has Sally ____________ gotten her degree?
4. Have the Britts moved to New York ____________?
5. John doesn't live here ____________.
6. Mary ____________ doesn't have her degree.
7. Has Fred made up his mind about a career ____________?
8. Jane ____________ knows what she wants to do.
9. She didn't want to discuss it ____________.
10. We never see him ____________.
---
**SPRING IN TEXAS**
Read the paragraph. Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers.
1. Spring is a pretty season in Texas. The wind blows and keeps it cool. It is humid but not too hot, so the humidity is not difficult to put up with. Occasionally there will be freezing weather in spring, but usually it is warm and pleasant. The flowers and trees are pretty, and the sun shines in the clear sky. Winter is over, and everyone is happy.
2. Americans drink a lot of coffee and tea. They usually drink hot coffee and tea during the winter and iced coffee and tea during the summer. Some people like iced tea all year, just like some like hot coffee all year. They may like their coffee and tea with cream and sugar, or they may like it without anything. Some people like lemon in their tea, and some don't. Everybody has his favorite way to drink his coffee or tea.
**CONFUSED OR CONFUSING?**
Choose <u>a</u> or <u>b</u> to complete the sentence.
1. The builder was ____________ by the plans.
a. confusing
b. confused
2. They were ____________ in the plans for the get-together.
a. interesting
b. interested
---
3. Edith was ____________ about her idea for the meeting.
a. exciting
b. excited
4. The music on the stereo was ____________.
a. boring
b. bored
5. The ____________ child wanted the light on while he slept.
a. frightening
b. frightened
6. The exercises were ____________.
a. tiring
b. tired
7. They found the solution to the problem ____________.
a. confusing
b. confused
8. Marge found living in the suburbs ____________.
a. exciting
b. excited
9. The storm was ____________.
a. frightening
b. frightened
10. The language cassettes were ____________.
a. interesting
b. interested
**WHAT DOES THAT MEAN?**
Select the meaning of the underlined word. Circle a, b, or c.
1. Mark is <u>certain</u> he wants to go to that university. He has made up his mind.
a. cautious
b. not sure
c. sure
2. Helen woke at 6:00 when the alarm clock rang, but she didn't <u>get up</u> until 6:30.
a. stopped drawing
b. stopped sleeping
c. stopped reading
---
3. Hank <u>owes</u> a lot of money to the bank for his new car.
a. has to count
b. has to lend
c. has to pay
4. The Youngs have <u>paid back</u> the money to the bank. They don't have to give the bank any more money.
a. given back
b. borrowed back
c. asked for
5. Madge is <u>fond of</u> children and enjoys having them visit her.
a. likes
b. works with
c. has
**WHAT DOES IT SOUND LIKE?**
Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined.
1. a<u>pos</u>trophe
a. f<u>oo</u>t
b. p<u>en</u>cil
c. h<u>ea</u>d
2. a<u>gen</u>t
a. h<u>igh</u>
b. j<u>um</u>p
c. g<u>oo</u>d
3. back<u>ed</u>
a. d<u>i</u>d
b. t<u>a</u>ke
c. want<u>ed</u>
4. ea<u>sy</u>
a. no<u>se</u>
b. sh<u>ow</u>
c. pa<u>ss</u>
5. <u>wr</u>ite
a. <u>r</u>ed
b. <u>w</u>et
c. <u>wh</u>en
6. trou<u>se</u>rs
a. <u>s</u>un
b. no<u>se</u>
c. sh<u>ow</u>
7. pri<u>ce</u>
a. pa<u>ss</u>
b. sh<u>ow</u>
c. ca<u>re</u>
8. blou<u>se</u>
a. toe<u>s</u>
b. pa<u>ss</u>
c. sh<u>ow</u>
9. exami<u>na</u>tion
a. t<u>i</u>me
b. sh<u>ow</u>
c. ch<u>il</u>d
---
**A SUMMARY**
Read the paragraph and write a summary.
Your home is one of the most dangerous places in the world. Every year hundreds of people have accidents in their homes. Many people fall down stairs or slip on wet floors in their bathrooms. Careless people leave cigarettes that cause fires and burn homes and apartment houses. Grease fires that start on stoves in kitchens also cause terrible fires. Many times parents let children play in the kitchen while the mother is cooking. Sometimes hot food spills on the child, or the child cuts his hands with a knife. Accidents like this shouldn't happen. People need to be careful in their homes. They need to practice being safe all the time.
SUMMARY: ____________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
**SHE COULD BE AT THE LIBRARY**
Read the dialogs.
1.
George: Where is Jean? We planned to get together and study tonight.
Monty: She could be in the barracks. I saw her there a few minutes ago.
George: I've already been there. Where else could she be?
Monty: She has a test tomorrow, so she may be at the library.
George: Which one? The base library or the school library?
Monty: I'm not sure. She uses both.
George: Thanks. I'll have to try them both.
Monty: Good luck!
---
2.
Dave: John called. He said he'd be late. He's having car trouble. What do you think is the matter with his car?
Mark: It could be anything. His car is very old.
Dave: Yes, it is. It could be the tires. They seemed low yesterday.
Mark: Or it may be the motor. It really sounded noisy. He might just need a tune-up.
Dave: Perhaps it's the lights. They weren't working right last night. He may have stopped to get them fixed.
Mark: Like I said, when a car's that old, it could be anything.
**WHO ARRIVED EARLIER?**
Read the sentences and then complete them. Use the <u>-er</u> comparative form of the adverb in your answer.
1. John arrived at 0800. Bob arrived at 0900. (early)
John arrived ________________________________________________________.
2. Bill always drives at 55 mph. Lynn drives at 60 mph. (fast)
Lynn drives _________________________________________________________.
3. Sam traveled 200 miles to hunt deer. Fred traveled 150 miles. (far)
Sam traveled ________________________________________________________.
4. The Smiths arrived at the party before the Johnsons. (soon)
The Smiths arrived at the party ______________________________________.
5. Frank can repair four flat tires in an hour. Bill can repair only two. (slow)
Bill works __________________________________________________________.
---
**HOW LONG . . . ?**
Circle the letter of the correct answer.
1. How long have you lived there?
a. I've lived there for a year.
b. I live there for a year.
c. I living there for a year.
2. They have _____ the house they want to buy.
a. chose
b. chosen
c. choose
3. Mel hasn't _____ in that restaurant for years.
a. ate
b. eat
c. eaten
4. The major has _____ planes since 1986.
a. flown
b. flew
c. fly
5. Have you _____ Jim for a very long time?
a. known
b. know
c. knew
6. How often has Sam _____ after work?
a. remain
b. stay
c. remained
7. How long has it been _____?
a. for you seeing Nell
b. since you've seen Nell
c. you see Nell
8. We have _____ them for weeks:
a. expecting
b. expected
c. expect
9. Jim and Jane haven't _____ to a movie in weeks.
a. go
b. see
c. been
10. She has _____ him every week for a year.
a. written
b. write
c. wrote
11. The plane is flying too _____. It's not high enough.
a. quiet
b. low
c. deep
12. Clay moved into his _____ apartment yesterday.
a. own
b. just
c. calm
**WANTS TO, EXPECTS TO**
Complete the sentence. Use these words.
| | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| be over | ever | lasted | sea | unpleasant |
| calm | except | no longer | slipped | |
| climate | expects (to) | none | take | |
| could use | if | quiet | thought | |
| deep | instead | remain | turn down | |
1. Linda wants to _____ in Spain until spring.
2. The movie _____ more than three hours.
3. Pete _____ on the icy road and fell.
4. Mr. Sparks _____ travel to Egypt next year.
5. _____ of those books are his. He doesn't have any books.
6. The rain last night caused the heat to be _____.
7. Everybody is here _____ Mary. She's sick.
8. He doesn't _____ go to the movies.
9. It's too hot to go fishing. I'll stay indoors _____.
10. Ron will _____ the job offer. He doesn't want it.
11. The water is _____ and dangerous in that place.
12. _____ I have to take my vacation in the winter, I'll go to the mountains.
13. The weather of a place is its _____.
14. Next year, I want to _____ some courses at the college.
15. My aunt _____ lives in New York. She lives here now.
16. A _____ is full of salty water.
17. When will the show _____? I want to go home soon.
18. Betty likes being at the beach because it is _____ and _____.
19. A long vacation is a nice _____ right now.
20. We _____ some help.
Write the words these letters make.
1. keat celpa ____________________
2. cctaierp ____________________
3. penoaw ____________________
4. cnoe ____________________
5. lal veor ____________________
6. utyrnoc ____________________
7. netply ____________________
8. apeerpr ____________________
9. olwhe ____________________
10. hsto ____________________
11. kudc ____________________
12. ylcanisoaclo ____________________
13. elifd ____________________
14. oondsri ____________________
15. lifre ____________________
16. stnnituircso ____________________
17. tooudors ____________________
18. aveesrl ____________________
19. tsju ____________________
20. wcite ____________________

1323
sources/book-12/st-misc.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

315
sources/book-12/tape-1A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1A.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1A.
Repeat these words and sentences.
Be ready to answer the questions.
Calm.
Calm.
If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
Can we take the baby on the boat?
We can take the baby on the boat if the sea is calm.
Beach.
Beach.
The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
Where did the Wilsons go on their vacation?
They went to the beach.
Wind.
Wind.
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
When do you like to be on the beach?
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
Slip.
Slip.
Joey spilled some water on the floor.
His mother slipped and fell down.
Joey spilled some water on the floor.
His mother slipped and fell down.
What happened to Joey's mother?
She slipped on some water and fell down.
Clear.
Clear.
There are no clouds in the sky.
It's a beautiful clear day.
There are no clouds in the sky.
It's a beautiful clear day.
Is it a cloudy day?
No.
It's a clear day.
There are no clouds in the sky.
Deep.
Deep.
Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Does Alice swim in the deep part of the lake?
No.
She never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Frightened.
Frightened.
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
When were the children frightened?
They were frightened when the lights went out.
Now listen to a dialogue.
Where would you like to live?
I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly.
This place would have a warm climate and a little humidity.
Do you ever expect to live in this place?
I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
Now look at Figure 1.
Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
Listen to the sentence, then say yours.
Ready?
Where would you like to live?
Do you ever expect to live in this place?
Segment timings (seconds):
[7.62-11.22] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1A.
[16.85-17.25] Hello.
[18.05-20.69] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1A.
[27.15-29.07] Repeat these words and sentences.
[29.71-31.63] Be ready to answer the questions.
[34.62-35.10] Calm.
[36.00-36.56] Calm.
[37.12-40.40] If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
[41.20-44.72] If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
[45.86-47.70] Can we take the baby on the boat?
[56.50-60.10] We can take the baby on the boat if the sea is calm.
[61.70-62.34] Beach.
[63.06-63.78] Beach.
[64.58-67.30] The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
[68.22-71.42] The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
[73.02-75.18] Where did the Wilsons go on their vacation?
[84.02-85.38] They went to the beach.
[86.54-87.26] Wind.
[87.90-88.62] Wind.
[89.79-93.15] I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
[94.56-98.16] I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
[99.89-101.65] When do you like to be on the beach?
[114.67-117.87] I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
[118.86-119.42] Slip.
[120.42-121.06] Slip.
[123.14-125.30] Joey spilled some water on the floor.
[126.02-128.42] His mother slipped and fell down.
[129.31-131.39] Joey spilled some water on the floor.
[131.95-134.27] His mother slipped and fell down.
[135.76-137.28] What happened to Joey's mother?
[148.59-151.15] She slipped on some water and fell down.
[152.50-153.14] Clear.
[154.11-154.75] Clear.
[155.62-157.46] There are no clouds in the sky.
[158.10-159.94] It's a beautiful clear day.
[161.18-163.26] There are no clouds in the sky.
[163.50-165.42] It's a beautiful clear day.
[166.80-168.00] Is it a cloudy day?
[182.78-183.18] No.
[183.50-184.46] It's a clear day.
[185.10-187.42] There are no clouds in the sky.
[191.50-191.82] Deep.
[192.54-193.10] Deep.
[193.94-197.14] Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
[198.16-200.40] Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
[202.53-204.90] Does Alice swim in the deep part of the lake?
[217.50-217.90] No.
[218.30-221.26] She never swims in the deep part of the lake.
[223.10-223.66] Frightened.
[224.30-225.10] Frightened.
[225.90-228.54] The children were frightened when the lights went out.
[229.60-232.16] The children were frightened when the lights went out.
[233.25-234.77] When were the children frightened?
[247.34-249.66] They were frightened when the lights went out.
[254.53-255.89] Now listen to a dialogue.
[259.63-260.75] Where would you like to live?
[261.86-267.30] I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly.
[268.37-271.73] This place would have a warm climate and a little humidity.
[273.01-275.01] Do you ever expect to live in this place?
[275.57-277.97] I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
[284.85-286.05] Now look at Figure 1.
[287.18-289.74] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
[291.86-294.50] Listen to the sentence, then say yours.
[295.39-295.79] Ready?
[298.21-299.41] Where would you like to live?
[311.49-313.57] Do you ever expect to live in this place?
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one.
Say your second line after that.
Go ahead.
I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly.
This place would have a warm climate and little humidity.
I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
Listen to another dialogue.
Where does your brother live?
He lives in New York City.
How long does winter last there?
It lasts about 6 months.
Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
Are the winters unpleasant?
Well, they can be dangerous.
Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg.
Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
He likes living there except in the winter.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.70-7.09] Now look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one.
[8.34-10.42] Say your second line after that.
[11.73-12.21] Go ahead.
[17.25-22.85] I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly.
[23.65-26.77] This place would have a warm climate and little humidity.
[32.50-34.42] I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
[39.12-40.56] Listen to another dialogue.
[44.30-45.34] Where does your brother live?
[46.40-47.68] He lives in New York City.
[49.28-50.72] How long does winter last there?
[51.20-52.72] It lasts about 6 months.
[53.36-56.48] Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
[57.71-58.91] Are the winters unpleasant?
[59.55-61.39] Well, they can be dangerous.
[61.63-63.95] Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg.
[65.04-66.56] Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
[67.12-69.04] He likes living there except in the winter.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now, we are going to do the dialogue in parts again.
Look at Figure 3: listen to my sentence, then say yours.
Let's begin.
"Where does your brother live?"
"How long does winter last there?"
"Are the winters unpleasant?"
"Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.66-5.02] Now, we are going to do the dialogue in parts again.
[6.02-10.91] Look at Figure 3: listen to my sentence, then say yours.
[11.63-12.35] Let's begin.
[14.85-16.05] "Where does your brother live?"
[21.49-22.93] "How long does winter last there?"
[33.10-34.38] "Are the winters unpleasant?"
[42.48-44.16] "Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4: our roles are changed.
You begin this time.
He lives in New York City.
It lasts about 6 months.
Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
Well, they can be dangerous.
Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg.
He likes living there except in the winter.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.78-5.06] Now look at Figure 4: our roles are changed.
[5.78-6.82] You begin this time.
[12.22-13.42] He lives in New York City.
[19.18-20.78] It lasts about 6 months.
[21.62-24.26] Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
[29.57-31.17] Well, they can be dangerous.
[31.89-34.37] Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg.
[40.06-41.98] He likes living there except in the winter.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5.
Repeat the sentences.
If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock.
Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock.
Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice.
Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice.
If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.10-3.38] Look at Figure 5.
[3.86-5.22] Repeat the sentences.
[7.30-11.22] If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
[23.98-27.98] If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
[46.77-50.69] Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock.
[65.68-69.60] Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock.
[88.37-91.17] Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice.
[109.34-112.30] Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice.
[129.62-132.66] If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
[150.35-153.87] If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
[172.24-175.84] Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
[194.54-198.06] Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6, read the phrases you see.
You will hear part of a sentence.
Choose the answer that best completes the sentence.
You will hear each sentence part twice.
Number 1: "We will go to the beach." "We will go to the beach."
Number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami." "Jeff's going to Miami."
Number 3: "Sgt.
Gates will pass the test." "Sgt.
Gates will pass the test."
Number 4: "You'll hurt your back again." "You'll hurt your back again."
Number 5: "Sam won't move to New York." "Sam won't move to New York."
Number 6: "How will Henry get to work?" "How will Henry get to work?"
Number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there." "Mother won't let us swim there."
Number 8: "If the weather clears up." "If the weather clears up."
Now let's check your answers.
Letter A is number 6: "How will Henry get to work if the car is in the garage?" Repeat: "How will Henry get to work?"
"If the car is in the garage."
Letter B is number 3: "Sgt.
Gates will pass the test if he studies hard." Repeat: "Sgt.
Gates will pass the test."
"If he studies hard."
Letter C is number 1: "We will go to the beach if it stops raining." Repeat: "We will go to the beach."
"If it stops raining."
Letter D is number 8: "If the weather clears up, we'll go out on the boat." Repeat: "If the weather clears up."
"We'll go out on the boat."
Letter E is number 4: "You'll hurt your back again if you move that bookcase." Repeat: "You'll hurt your back again."
"If you move that bookcase."
Letter F is number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there if the water is too deep." Repeat: "Mother won't let us swim there."
"If the water is too deep."
Letter G is number 5: "Sam won't move to New York if his mother is going to get angry." Repeat: "Sam won't move to New York."
"If his mother is going to get angry."
Letter H is number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami if he gets a vacation." Repeat: "Jeff's going to Miami."
"If he gets a vacation."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-5.52] Look at Figure 6, read the phrases you see.
[16.56-18.24] You will hear part of a sentence.
[18.96-22.00] Choose the answer that best completes the sentence.
[22.99-25.39] You will hear each sentence part twice.
[26.67-32.27] Number 1: "We will go to the beach." "We will go to the beach."
[53.04-58.42] Number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami." "Jeff's going to Miami."
[79.01-80.77] Number 3: "Sgt.
[80.93-83.66] Gates will pass the test." "Sgt.
[83.82-85.34] Gates will pass the test."
[107.39-112.93] Number 4: "You'll hurt your back again." "You'll hurt your back again."
[133.28-140.43] Number 5: "Sam won't move to New York." "Sam won't move to New York."
[158.18-164.00] Number 6: "How will Henry get to work?" "How will Henry get to work?"
[186.80-192.64] Number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there." "Mother won't let us swim there."
[215.62-223.71] Number 8: "If the weather clears up." "If the weather clears up."
[238.51-240.03] Now let's check your answers.
[241.58-250.06] Letter A is number 6: "How will Henry get to work if the car is in the garage?" Repeat: "How will Henry get to work?"
[259.47-261.39] "If the car is in the garage."
[270.86-273.66] Letter B is number 3: "Sgt.
[273.66-278.62] Gates will pass the test if he studies hard." Repeat: "Sgt.
[278.62-280.22] Gates will pass the test."
[287.39-288.67] "If he studies hard."
[298.24-309.27] Letter C is number 1: "We will go to the beach if it stops raining." Repeat: "We will go to the beach."
[316.70-318.14] "If it stops raining."
[327.23-338.91] Letter D is number 8: "If the weather clears up, we'll go out on the boat." Repeat: "If the weather clears up."
[348.59-350.11] "We'll go out on the boat."
[359.97-369.12] Letter E is number 4: "You'll hurt your back again if you move that bookcase." Repeat: "You'll hurt your back again."
[380.42-382.10] "If you move that bookcase."
[390.54-399.34] Letter F is number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there if the water is too deep." Repeat: "Mother won't let us swim there."
[410.74-412.50] "If the water is too deep."
[421.31-431.46] Letter G is number 5: "Sam won't move to New York if his mother is going to get angry." Repeat: "Sam won't move to New York."
[440.06-442.30] "If his mother is going to get angry."
[452.64-460.64] Letter H is number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami if he gets a vacation." Repeat: "Jeff's going to Miami."
[467.55-469.31] "If he gets a vacation."

319
sources/book-12/tape-1B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Remain.
Remain.
Tim remained in France after his family left.
Tim remained in France after his family left.
Belong.
Belong.
This jacket belongs to Martha.
It's hers.
This jacket belongs to Martha.
It's hers.
Humid.
Humid.
The weather in London is very humid.
It rains a lot.
The weather in London is very humid.
It rains a lot.
No longer.
No longer.
Nina no longer wants to study French.
She doesn't think it's interesting.
Nina no longer wants to study French.
She doesn't think it's interesting.
Occasionally.
Occasionally.
I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
Like.
Like.
There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States.
There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States.
Heat.
Heat.
The sun gives us a lot of heat.
It keeps us warm.
The sun gives us a lot of heat.
It keeps us warm.
Listen to a dialogue.
Were you ever in a bad storm before?
Yes, and I was very frightened.
It was about an hour before it stopped.
Then did it clear up?
Yes.
It got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery.
Did you remain calm during the storm?
No, I didn't.
None of us did.
We were all very glad when it cleared up.
Now, look at Figure 1.
Each of those sentences is part of a dialogue.
Listen to a sentence, then say yours.
Ready?
Were you ever in a bad storm before?
Then did it clear up?
Did you remain calm during the storm?
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.23-13.07] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B.
[18.59-18.99] Hello.
[19.89-22.69] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B.
[29.42-31.26] Repeat the words and sentences.
[32.43-33.15] Remain.
[34.27-35.07] Remain.
[36.35-39.55] Tim remained in France after his family left.
[47.12-50.00] Tim remained in France after his family left.
[59.14-59.94] Belong.
[61.36-62.08] Belong.
[63.87-65.71] This jacket belongs to Martha.
[66.03-66.75] It's hers.
[75.71-77.47] This jacket belongs to Martha.
[77.63-78.35] It's hers.
[85.36-85.84] Humid.
[86.90-87.38] Humid.
[88.72-90.64] The weather in London is very humid.
[91.36-92.48] It rains a lot.
[100.14-102.06] The weather in London is very humid.
[102.46-103.50] It rains a lot.
[112.45-113.33] No longer.
[114.64-115.60] No longer.
[117.41-120.05] Nina no longer wants to study French.
[120.37-122.45] She doesn't think it's interesting.
[131.57-134.05] Nina no longer wants to study French.
[134.45-136.45] She doesn't think it's interesting.
[145.31-146.19] Occasionally.
[147.92-148.96] Occasionally.
[151.44-154.72] I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
[163.10-166.38] I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
[177.65-178.21] Like.
[179.22-179.78] Like.
[181.22-188.61] There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States.
[201.34-208.54] There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States.
[220.30-220.86] Heat.
[222.22-222.78] Heat.
[223.60-225.68] The sun gives us a lot of heat.
[226.16-227.36] It keeps us warm.
[235.49-237.41] The sun gives us a lot of heat.
[237.65-238.77] It keeps us warm.
[245.44-246.64] Listen to a dialogue.
[249.41-251.25] Were you ever in a bad storm before?
[251.89-253.57] Yes, and I was very frightened.
[253.81-255.73] It was about an hour before it stopped.
[256.29-257.25] Then did it clear up?
[257.73-258.21] Yes.
[258.29-262.53] It got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery.
[263.33-265.09] Did you remain calm during the storm?
[265.57-266.21] No, I didn't.
[266.45-267.25] None of us did.
[267.41-269.25] We were all very glad when it cleared up.
[270.29-271.57] Now, look at Figure 1.
[272.40-274.96] Each of those sentences is part of a dialogue.
[275.44-277.84] Listen to a sentence, then say yours.
[278.40-278.88] Ready?
[280.29-282.21] Were you ever in a bad storm before?
[288.06-289.10] Then did it clear up?
[297.49-299.49] Did you remain calm during the storm?
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now, look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one.
Say your second line after that.
Okay, you begin:
"Yes, and I was very frightened; it was about an hour before it stopped."
"Yes, it got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery."
"No, I didn't.
None of us did.
We were all very glad when it cleared up."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-6.93] Now, look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one.
[7.73-9.57] Say your second line after that.
[10.85-12.53] Okay, you begin:
[17.74-22.38] "Yes, and I was very frightened; it was about an hour before it stopped."
[27.06-32.34] "Yes, it got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery."
[35.57-36.37] "No, I didn't.
[36.61-37.57] None of us did.
[37.97-40.05] We were all very glad when it cleared up."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best shows the meaning of the conversation.
The first one is an example.
What's wrong, Gina?
My dog ran away.
Gina's?
The answer is: Gina's sad.
Now listen to the other dialogues and make your selections.
Number 1.
Hello, sir.
Long day?
Yes.
I was very busy all day.
He's?
Number 2.
Look at that big smile.
I made a 95 on my quiz.
He's?
Number 3.
Hi, Phil.
How are you today?
My stomach hurts, and I have a fever.
He's?
Number 4.
Hey, Jack.
Where are you going?
It's 11:30, time for lunch.
He's?
Number 5.
What happened to your leg?
I fell down outside the door.
He's?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is A.
He's tired.
Repeat: he's tired.
Number 2 is B.
He's happy.
Repeat: he's happy.
Number 3 is A.
He's sick.
Repeat: he's sick.
Number 4 is C.
He's hungry.
Repeat: he's hungry.
Number 5 is C.
He's hurt.
Repeat: he's hurt.
Repeat the following sentences.
Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks.
Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks.
Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday
since 1984.
Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday
since 1984.
Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years.
Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years.
Tom hasn't exercised for 2 months.
The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
Sergeant Peterson has walked to work
since his car has been in the garage.
Sergeant Peterson has walked to work
since his car has been in the garage.
Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years.
Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years.
Sandy has had that job since Mr.
Adams left.
Sandy has had that job since Mr.
Adams left.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-9.73] Look at Figure 3, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best shows the meaning of the conversation.
[10.69-12.37] The first one is an example.
[17.20-18.80] What's wrong, Gina?
[19.95-21.63] My dog ran away.
[23.23-23.87] Gina's?
[32.11-34.59] The answer is: Gina's sad.
[35.97-39.17] Now listen to the other dialogues and make your selections.
[40.38-41.10] Number 1.
[42.42-43.06] Hello, sir.
[43.38-44.02] Long day?
[44.10-44.58] Yes.
[44.82-46.18] I was very busy all day.
[46.82-47.38] He's?
[56.11-56.75] Number 2.
[58.24-59.52] Look at that big smile.
[60.08-62.16] I made a 95 on my quiz.
[62.99-63.55] He's?
[72.42-73.06] Number 3.
[74.35-74.99] Hi, Phil.
[75.15-75.95] How are you today?
[76.27-78.51] My stomach hurts, and I have a fever.
[79.60-80.16] He's?
[89.95-90.67] Number 4.
[91.94-92.58] Hey, Jack.
[92.82-93.62] Where are you going?
[94.18-96.18] It's 11:30, time for lunch.
[96.74-97.30] He's?
[106.61-107.41] Number 5.
[108.93-110.05] What happened to your leg?
[110.99-112.59] I fell down outside the door.
[113.49-114.05] He's?
[123.33-124.69] Let's check your answers.
[125.90-127.58] Number 1 is A.
[127.90-128.86] He's tired.
[129.58-131.58] Repeat: he's tired.
[133.94-135.78] Number 2 is B.
[136.34-137.22] He's happy.
[137.97-139.38] Repeat: he's happy.
[142.71-144.51] Number 3 is A.
[145.11-145.90] He's sick.
[146.46-148.30] Repeat: he's sick.
[151.66-153.50] Number 4 is C.
[154.14-155.02] He's hungry.
[155.66-157.50] Repeat: he's hungry.
[161.98-163.82] Number 5 is C.
[164.22-165.10] He's hurt.
[165.66-167.50] Repeat: he's hurt.
[173.07-174.77] Repeat the following sentences.
[177.97-180.93] Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks.
[186.94-190.38] Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks.
[197.33-200.45] Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday
[206.88-208.48] since 1984.
[214.11-216.75] Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday
[221.95-223.23] since 1984.
[232.35-235.47] Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years.
[240.93-244.25] Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years.
[251.88-254.88] Tom hasn't exercised for 2 months.
[263.07-266.11] The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
[272.90-275.70] The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
[283.52-286.08] Sergeant Peterson has walked to work
[291.46-293.62] since his car has been in the garage.
[299.10-301.58] Sergeant Peterson has walked to work
[307.30-309.70] since his car has been in the garage.
[316.58-318.87] Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years.
[328.53-332.05] Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years.
[340.51-342.91] Sandy has had that job since Mr.
[342.91-343.79] Adams left.
[348.75-350.88] Sandy has had that job since Mr.
[350.88-351.84] Adams left.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4, listen to some questions, then write answers like the example.
You will hear each question twice.
Example: "How long have you known Captain Jackson?" "How long have you known Captain Jackson?"
And the answer is: "I've known Captain Jackson for 5 years." Let's begin.
Number 1: "Have you ever driven to Boston?" "Have you ever driven to Boston?"
Number 2: "Has John ever studied German?" "Has John ever studied German?"
Number 3: "Has Ted exercised in the gym?" "Has Ted exercised in the gym?"
Number 4: "Has Ms.
Wilson taught English for a long time?" "Has Ms.
Wilson taught English for a long time?"
Number 5: "Has your brother been saving his money?" "Has your brother been saving his money?"
Number 6: "Have you seen your brother?" "Have you seen your brother?"
Number 7: "Have you been listening to this tape?" "Have you been listening to this tape?"
To check your answers, turn to page 8 of your Language Laboratory Activities booklet.
This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-8.54] Look at Figure 4, listen to some questions, then write answers like the example.
[9.55-11.31] You will hear each question twice.
[12.56-20.43] Example: "How long have you known Captain Jackson?" "How long have you known Captain Jackson?"
[22.74-29.74] And the answer is: "I've known Captain Jackson for 5 years." Let's begin.
[31.87-38.30] Number 1: "Have you ever driven to Boston?" "Have you ever driven to Boston?"
[65.01-71.82] Number 2: "Has John ever studied German?" "Has John ever studied German?"
[106.30-113.65] Number 3: "Has Ted exercised in the gym?" "Has Ted exercised in the gym?"
[146.18-148.50] Number 4: "Has Ms.
[148.50-151.95] Wilson taught English for a long time?" "Has Ms.
[151.95-154.03] Wilson taught English for a long time?"
[186.90-193.33] Number 5: "Has your brother been saving his money?" "Has your brother been saving his money?"
[223.44-228.24] Number 6: "Have you seen your brother?" "Have you seen your brother?"
[261.09-267.25] Number 7: "Have you been listening to this tape?" "Have you been listening to this tape?"
[298.18-303.14] To check your answers, turn to page 8 of your Language Laboratory Activities booklet.
[309.18-312.94] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 12.

401
sources/book-12/tape-1D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to a dialogue and take notes.
Listen carefully to the "if" part of the sentence.
You will hear the dialogue three times.
Then you will hear questions.
Use your notes to answer the questions.
Ready.
There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
Start on your homeworkright after class.
Okay, I will.
But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
I don't have a car.
I'll drive if you can go.
Okay.
I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
Listen to the dialogue again.
There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
Start on your homeworkright after class.
Okay, I will.
But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
I don't have a car.
I'll drive if you can go.
Okay.
I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
Listen to the dialogue again.
There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
Start on your homeworkright after class.
Okay, I will.
But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
I don't have a car.
I'll drive if you can go.
Okay.
I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
Now write answers to the questions.
Use "if."
Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
How will Roger get to the game?
Number 3: What time will they meet?
What time will they meet?
Now let's check your answers.
Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
The answer is: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
Repeat: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
The answer is: His friend will drive if he can go.
Repeat: His friend.
Can go.
And number 3: What time will they meet?
The answer is: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
Repeat: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
Now listen to this dialogue.
Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
Are you still packing, Henry?
Yes.
If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
That's great.
Okay.
Tell me if I owe you any money.
Sure.
No problem.
Now listen to the dialogue again.
Are you still packing, Henry?
Yes.
If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
That's great.
Okay.
Tell me if I owe you any money.
Sure.
No problem.
Now listen to the dialogue again.
Are you still packing, Henry?
Yes.
If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
That's great.
Okay.
Tell me if I owe you any money.
Sure.
No problem.
Now write answers to the questions.
Use "if" in your answers.
Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
Number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
What will Henry tell Pete?
Now let's look at your answers.
Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
The answer is: If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
Repeat: If he doesn't finish tonight,
he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
The answer is: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap.
Repeat: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money.
If the things for the children are cheap.
And number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
The answer is: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
Repeat: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
Listen to the last dialogue.
Do the same thing.
Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
Why are you still here, Sarah?
I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
What are you going to do tomorrow?
If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
That sounds like fun.
Have a good time.
I will, if I finish my work today.
Listen again.
Why are you still here, Sarah?
I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
What are you going to do tomorrow?
If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
That sounds like fun.
Have a good time.
I will, if I finish my work today.
Listen again.
Why are you still here, Sarah?
I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
What are you going to do tomorrow?
If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
That sounds like fun.
Have a good time.
I will, if I finish my work today.
Write answers to the questions.
Use "if."
Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late?
Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow?
Write two answers for this question.
Number 9: Will Sarah have fun?
Let's check your answers.
Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late?
The answer is: She has to stay late if she wants leave tomorrow.
Repeat: She has to stay late
if she wants leave tomorrow.
Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow?
The answers are: If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake.
And: If it rains, she's going to the mall.
Repeat: If the weather is nice,
she's going to the lake.
If it rains, she's going to the mall.
Number 9: Will Sarah have fun?
The answer is: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
Repeat: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.35-12.11] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B.
[18.99-19.04] Hello.
[20.43-22.19] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B.
[29.49-30.75] Look at Figure 1.
[31.47-33.01] Listen to a dialogue and take notes.
[34.59-37.15] Listen carefully to the "if" part of the sentence.
[38.77-41.01] You will hear the dialogue three times.
[41.81-43.57] Then you will hear questions.
[44.43-46.16] Use your notes to answer the questions.
[48.14-48.19] Ready.
[51.87-55.95] There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
[57.15-60.03] If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
[60.90-62.98] Start on your homeworkright after class.
[63.06-64.02] Okay, I will.
[64.94-67.34] But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
[67.90-68.78] I don't have a car.
[69.84-71.20] I'll drive if you can go.
[71.44-71.92] Okay.
[72.24-74.80] I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
[90.99-92.51] Listen to the dialogue again.
[93.34-97.34] There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
[98.46-101.07] If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
[102.21-104.29] Start on your homeworkright after class.
[104.45-105.41] Okay, I will.
[106.38-108.43] But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
[109.26-109.87] I don't have a car.
[111.15-112.59] I'll drive if you can go.
[112.83-113.13] Okay.
[113.55-115.28] I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
[134.37-135.39] Listen to the dialogue again.
[136.59-140.58] There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
[140.94-145.44] If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
[145.60-147.09] Start on your homeworkright after class.
[147.04-148.90] Okay, I will.
[149.65-152.05] But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
[152.61-153.49] I don't have a car.
[154.53-155.63] I'll drive if you can go.
[156.06-156.62] Okay.
[156.94-159.45] I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
[178.53-181.37] Now write answers to the questions.
[181.74-182.13] Use "if."
[186.26-189.03] Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
[189.99-191.80] Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
[226.23-229.65] Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
[231.03-232.95] How will Roger get to the game?
[269.61-273.09] Number 3: What time will they meet?
[274.23-275.79] What time will they meet?
[307.47-308.91] Now let's check your answers.
[312.15-315.99] Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
[318.15-322.95] The answer is: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
[323.37-327.63] Repeat: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
[337.17-340.65] Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
[342.45-346.29] The answer is: His friend will drive if he can go.
[346.95-348.81] Repeat: His friend.
[348.81-349.17] Can go.
[357.69-360.69] And number 3: What time will they meet?
[361.71-367.77] The answer is: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
[368.67-374.49] Repeat: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
[383.79-385.23] Now listen to this dialogue.
[386.01-388.59] Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
[391.53-392.91] Are you still packing, Henry?
[393.57-393.81] Yes.
[394.59-398.97] If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
[400.29-403.05] Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
[403.95-406.95] You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
[407.73-408.33] That's great.
[408.93-409.29] Okay.
[410.07-411.57] Tell me if I owe you any money.
[411.87-412.17] Sure.
[412.35-412.89] No problem.
[433.05-434.61] Now listen to the dialogue again.
[436.53-437.97] Are you still packing, Henry?
[438.57-438.87] Yes.
[439.65-444.03] If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
[445.35-448.05] Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
[449.01-452.01] You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
[452.79-453.86] That's great.
[453.81-453.86] Okay.
[455.13-456.82] Tell me if I owe you any money.
[456.77-456.82] Sure.
[457.33-457.89] No problem.
[477.21-479.79] Now listen to the dialogue again.
[479.95-481.31] Are you still packing, Henry?
[481.31-482.35] Yes.
[483.15-487.35] If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
[488.67-490.90] Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
[492.39-495.33] You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
[496.11-496.71] That's great.
[497.37-497.67] Okay.
[498.45-500.01] Tell me if I owe you any money.
[500.25-500.55] Sure.
[500.73-501.27] No problem.
[518.79-520.77] Now write answers to the questions.
[521.61-523.35] Use "if" in your answers.
[524.25-528.03] Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
[528.99-531.33] Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
[566.37-572.43] Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
[573.27-577.95] Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
[609.57-612.93] Number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
[613.77-615.63] What will Henry tell Pete?
[647.91-649.29] Now let's look at your answers.
[651.21-655.17] Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
[655.89-662.43] The answer is: If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
[662.85-668.37] Repeat: If he doesn't finish tonight,
[674.01-676.83] he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
[684.21-690.57] Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
[691.23-698.07] The answer is: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap.
[699.09-705.39] Repeat: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money.
[712.83-715.53] If the things for the children are cheap.
[723.03-726.69] And number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
[727.53-732.33] The answer is: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
[732.93-737.43] Repeat: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
[746.67-748.23] Listen to the last dialogue.
[748.95-749.91] Do the same thing.
[750.93-753.75] Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
[757.11-758.85] Why are you still here, Sarah?
[759.39-761.91] I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
[763.29-764.85] What are you going to do tomorrow?
[765.51-768.27] If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
[769.05-771.15] If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
[771.87-773.25] That sounds like fun.
[773.85-774.81] Have a good time.
[775.47-777.33] I will, if I finish my work today.
[795.45-796.17] Listen again.
[798.21-799.95] Why are you still here, Sarah?
[800.55-803.25] I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
[804.09-805.59] What are you going to do tomorrow?
[806.01-808.71] If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
[809.37-811.83] If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
[812.37-813.69] That sounds like fun.
[814.29-815.13] Have a good time.
[815.49-817.41] I will, if I finish my work today.
[836.31-837.15] Listen again.
[838.71-840.39] Why are you still here, Sarah?
[840.93-843.57] I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
[844.71-846.15] What are you going to do tomorrow?
[846.63-849.21] If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
[849.75-852.09] If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
[852.57-853.89] That sounds like fun.
[854.37-855.33] Have a good time.
[855.75-857.67] I will, if I finish my work today.
[878.25-879.87] Write answers to the questions.
[880.47-881.25] Use "if."
[884.73-888.39] Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late?
[918.21-921.45] Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow?
[922.35-924.15] Write two answers for this question.
[958.05-963.27] Number 9: Will Sarah have fun?
[992.01-993.27] Let's check your answers.
[994.47-998.31] Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late?
[1000.05-1004.73] The answer is: She has to stay late if she wants leave tomorrow.
[1005.33-1007.73] Repeat: She has to stay late
[1012.53-1014.09] if she wants leave tomorrow.
[1019.85-1023.33] Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow?
[1024.47-1029.69] The answers are: If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake.
[1030.59-1033.89] And: If it rains, she's going to the mall.
[1034.97-1037.67] Repeat: If the weather is nice,
[1043.91-1045.41] she's going to the lake.
[1053.63-1056.51] If it rains, she's going to the mall.
[1066.59-1070.79] Number 9: Will Sarah have fun?
[1070.85-1076.01] The answer is: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
[1076.67-1081.65] Repeat: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
You will hear a paragraph.
Listen for the numbers.
Write the numbers as you hear them.
My brother was born in 1947.
He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy.
Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain.
He will be in the Navy for 5 more years.
After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Write down the numbers.
My brother was born in 1947.
He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy.
Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain.
He will be in the Navy for 5 more years.
After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job.
The numbers you should have written down are: 1947, 15, 3, 4, 3, 5, and 20.
Listen to the next paragraph.
Remember, write down only the numbers.
March 27 is my grandfather's birthday.
He will be 72 years old.
We are having a party for him.
His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there.
There will also be at least 15 other people there.
It will be a wonderful party.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Write down the numbers.
March 27 is my grandfather's birthday.
He will be 72 years old.
We are having a party for him.
His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there.
There will also be at least 15 other people there.
It will be a wonderful party.
You should have written: 27, 72, 3, 2, 5, 10, and 15.
This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.19-3.39] Look at Figure 2.
[4.19-5.55] You will hear a paragraph.
[6.35-7.63] Listen for the numbers.
[8.58-10.50] Write the numbers as you hear them.
[11.62-14.73] My brother was born in 1947.
[15.36-19.36] He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy.
[20.51-27.63] Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain.
[28.75-31.15] He will be in the Navy for 5 more years.
[32.14-37.02] After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job.
[42.75-44.59] Listen to the paragraph again.
[45.31-46.59] Write down the numbers.
[47.39-50.73] My brother was born in 1947.
[50.91-54.67] He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy.
[55.54-61.94] Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain.
[62.83-65.23] He will be in the Navy for 5 more years.
[66.10-70.50] After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job.
[74.56-88.35] The numbers you should have written down are: 1947, 15, 3, 4, 3, 5, and 20.
[89.37-90.99] Listen to the next paragraph.
[91.71-94.46] Remember, write down only the numbers.
[95.62-98.74] March 27 is my grandfather's birthday.
[99.46-101.54] He will be 72 years old.
[102.34-103.70] We are having a party for him.
[104.10-110.82] His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there.
[111.58-114.54] There will also be at least 15 other people there.
[115.38-116.98] It will be a wonderful party.
[120.62-122.30] Listen to the paragraph again.
[122.94-124.22] Write down the numbers.
[125.25-128.21] March 27 is my grandfather's birthday.
[129.06-131.06] He will be 72 years old.
[131.95-133.71] We are having a party for him.
[134.11-140.67] His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there.
[141.60-144.48] There will also be at least 15 other people there.
[144.71-147.07] It will be a wonderful party.
[150.62-162.21] You should have written: 27, 72, 3, 2, 5, 10, and 15.
[168.99-172.05] This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 12.

406
sources/book-12/tape-2A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2A.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A.
Repeat these words in sentences.
Number 1: educate,
educate.
Teachers educate children.
They teach them many things.
Number 2: turn down, turn down.
That job did not pay enough money.
I turned it down.
Number 3: education,
education.
Sergeant Franklin wants his children
to have a good education.
He wants them to go to a good school.
Number 4: university,
university.
Keith studied French
when he was at the university.
Number 5: diploma,
diploma.
Debbie received her diploma yesterday.
She finished school.
Number 6: already, already.
Roger is not hungry.
He already ate dinner.
Number 7: instead,
instead.
I don't want chicken.
I'll eat fish instead.
Number 8: instead of,
instead of.
Jim bought the blue shirt
instead of the yellow one.
Number 9: discussion,
discussion.
Colonel Jones and Colonel Roberts had a discussion.
About the new mess hall.
They talked about it for 30 minutes.
Number 10: discuss,
discuss.
Captain Peterson wanted to discuss
his score with his teacher.
He wanted to talk to her about it.
Listen to a dialogue.
Hi, Mark.
What's wrong?
Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
About what?
I've got to make a decision about college.
My parents and I talked it over last night.
Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
You don't have to make a choice today.
You've got plenty of time to think it over.
You're only in your second year of high school.
You'reright.
Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
Now look at Figure 1.
Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
Listen to the sentence, then say yours.
Ready?
Let's begin.
Hi, Mark.
What's wrong?
About what?
You don't have to make a choice today.
You've got plenty of time to think it over.
You're only in your second year of high school.
Segment timings (seconds):
[7.58-12.14] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2A.
[19.23-19.71] Hello.
[20.77-23.97] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A.
[31.04-33.12] Repeat these words in sentences.
[34.27-36.51] Number 1: educate,
[38.34-38.98] educate.
[41.15-42.75] Teachers educate children.
[47.20-48.96] They teach them many things.
[53.22-58.50] Number 2: turn down, turn down.
[61.17-63.33] That job did not pay enough money.
[68.37-71.85] I turned it down.
[73.50-74.83] Number 3: education,
[77.79-78.51] education.
[81.39-83.38] Sergeant Franklin wants his children
[88.46-89.90] to have a good education.
[95.44-97.60] He wants them to go to a good school.
[104.34-106.26] Number 4: university,
[108.06-109.02] university.
[111.58-112.94] Keith studied French
[117.15-118.75] when he was at the university.
[123.94-125.70] Number 5: diploma,
[127.57-128.29] diploma.
[131.26-133.42] Debbie received her diploma yesterday.
[139.89-143.73] She finished school.
[145.54-152.01] Number 6: already, already.
[152.25-153.22] Roger is not hungry.
[156.10-157.38] He already ate dinner.
[161.97-163.81] Number 7: instead,
[165.87-166.23] instead.
[168.81-169.60] I don't want chicken.
[173.76-175.04] I'll eat fish instead.
[180.29-182.29] Number 8: instead of,
[184.27-187.65] instead of.
[187.79-189.07] Jim bought the blue shirt
[194.29-195.65] instead of the yellow one.
[201.06-202.82] Number 9: discussion,
[204.96-205.76] discussion.
[208.54-211.58] Colonel Jones and Colonel Roberts had a discussion.
[218.34-219.54] About the new mess hall.
[224.91-226.75] They talked about it for 30 minutes.
[232.10-233.54] Number 10: discuss,
[235.79-235.84] discuss.
[240.13-242.53] Captain Peterson wanted to discuss
[247.15-248.51] his score with his teacher.
[252.91-254.67] He wanted to talk to her about it.
[259.84-261.28] Listen to a dialogue.
[264.69-265.17] Hi, Mark.
[265.33-265.97] What's wrong?
[266.69-268.61] Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
[268.85-269.49] About what?
[270.29-272.61] I've got to make a decision about college.
[273.33-275.73] My parents and I talked it over last night.
[276.56-281.92] Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
[282.75-284.59] You don't have to make a choice today.
[285.31-287.23] You've got plenty of time to think it over.
[288.03-289.87] You're only in your second year of high school.
[290.43-290.91] You'reright.
[291.63-294.11] Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
[296.13-297.33] Now look at Figure 1.
[298.16-300.80] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
[301.84-304.48] Listen to the sentence, then say yours.
[305.20-305.60] Ready?
[306.40-307.12] Let's begin.
[308.64-309.20] Hi, Mark.
[309.36-310.00] What's wrong?
[314.67-315.23] About what?
[328.91-330.67] You don't have to make a choice today.
[331.23-333.15] You've got plenty of time to think it over.
[333.95-335.95] You're only in your second year of high school.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one.
Say your lines.
Okay.
You begin.
"Oh Sam, I'm so confused."
"I've got to make a decision about college." "My parents and I talked it over last night." "Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field."
"You'reright.
Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-6.86] Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one.
[8.21-9.33] Say your lines.
[9.97-10.53] Okay.
[11.36-12.00] You begin.
[14.46-16.38] "Oh Sam, I'm so confused."
[18.88-30.16] "I've got to make a decision about college." "My parents and I talked it over last night." "Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field."
[40.38-41.02] "You'reright.
[41.74-44.30] Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3.
You will hear questions on the dialogue.
You will hear each question twice.
Write the answers to the questions.
Number 1: Is Mark happy?
Is Mark happy?
Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
Does he have to make a decision about work?
Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
Does he have to make a choice today?
Number 4: Is he in college now?
Is he in college now?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Is Mark happy?
No, he's confused.
Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
No, he has to make a decision about college.
Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
No, he's got plenty of time to think it over.
Number 4: Is he in college now?
No, he's in his second year of high school.
Repeat the following words in sentences.
Already.
Already.
Lieutenant Adams already knows Captain Jones.
He met him last night.
No longer.
No longer.
Mr.
Flores no longer works here.
He retired last month.
Yet.
Yet.
Ms.
Sampson hasn't typed that letter yet.
She's been very busy.
Anymore.
Anymore.
I don't go to Lee High School anymore.
I graduated last year.
Any longer.
Any longer.
Jim's not going to technical school any longer.
He finished and got a job.
Still.
Still.
Beth is still living in Chicago.
She's lived there for 6 years now.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-2.93] Look at Figure 3.
[3.73-5.97] You will hear questions on the dialogue.
[6.61-8.69] You will hear each question twice.
[10.06-11.98] Write the answers to the questions.
[13.52-15.92] Number 1: Is Mark happy?
[17.17-18.13] Is Mark happy?
[37.17-41.60] Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
[43.33-45.65] Does he have to make a decision about work?
[65.65-70.17] Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
[70.35-72.11] Does he have to make a choice today?
[94.06-97.06] Number 4: Is he in college now?
[98.67-99.95] Is he in college now?
[123.57-125.01] Let's check your answers.
[126.16-128.56] Number 1: Is Mark happy?
[129.86-131.30] No, he's confused.
[134.14-137.98] Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
[140.42-143.22] No, he has to make a decision about college.
[146.13-149.95] Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
[152.16-155.44] No, he's got plenty of time to think it over.
[158.45-160.85] Number 4: Is he in college now?
[163.36-165.76] No, he's in his second year of high school.
[170.50-172.98] Repeat the following words in sentences.
[174.06-174.70] Already.
[176.50-177.22] Already.
[179.84-182.88] Lieutenant Adams already knows Captain Jones.
[187.65-188.93] He met him last night.
[193.12-193.84] No longer.
[195.57-196.37] No longer.
[200.30-200.54] Mr.
[200.54-202.46] Flores no longer works here.
[207.38-208.74] He retired last month.
[213.06-213.54] Yet.
[215.25-215.73] Yet.
[219.02-219.18] Ms.
[219.18-221.10] Sampson hasn't typed that letter yet.
[226.86-227.98] She's been very busy.
[233.01-233.65] Anymore.
[235.63-236.35] Anymore.
[238.37-240.37] I don't go to Lee High School anymore.
[245.39-246.91] I graduated last year.
[250.78-251.42] Any longer.
[253.66-254.38] Any longer.
[257.04-259.68] Jim's not going to technical school any longer.
[265.14-266.66] He finished and got a job.
[270.98-273.51] Still.
[273.46-276.57] Still.
[276.69-278.53] Beth is still living in Chicago.
[283.30-285.22] She's lived there for 6 years now.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4, listen to the sentence, then choose the correct word to complete the sentence.
Number 1: Frank studied French for 3 years.
He knows how to speak that language.
Number 2: Major Gunther moved last month.
He
lives here.
Number 3: It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner.
Number 4:
Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany.
He doesn't work at this base.
Number 5: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago.
She doesn't live here.
Number 6: Mrs.
Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet.
The doctor is waiting.
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is already.
Repeat: Frank studied French for 3 years.
He already knows how to speak that language.
Number 2 is no longer.
Repeat: Major Gunther moved last month.
He no longer lives here.
Number 3 is yet.
Repeat: It's 9:30,
and I haven't eaten dinner yet.
Number 4 is any longer, or any more.
Repeat: Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany.
He doesn't work at this base any longer.
Number 5 is any longer, or any more.
Repeat: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago.
She doesn't live here any longer.
Number 6 is still.
Repeat: Mrs.
Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet.
The doctor is still waiting.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-9.34] Look at Figure 4, listen to the sentence, then choose the correct word to complete the sentence.
[11.25-15.57] Number 1: Frank studied French for 3 years.
[16.13-19.46] He knows how to speak that language.
[32.85-36.30] Number 2: Major Gunther moved last month.
[37.17-37.57] He
[39.15-39.71] lives here.
[52.42-56.96] Number 3: It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner.
[70.66-71.30] Number 4:
[73.68-76.24] Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany.
[77.52-81.21] He doesn't work at this base.
[94.29-98.27] Number 5: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago.
[99.18-100.38] She doesn't live here.
[112.18-114.75] Number 6: Mrs.
[114.75-116.99] Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet.
[117.92-120.40] The doctor is waiting.
[133.84-135.20] Let's check your answers.
[136.32-138.16] Number 1 is already.
[139.25-142.75] Repeat: Frank studied French for 3 years.
[147.44-150.00] He already knows how to speak that language.
[156.75-158.83] Number 2 is no longer.
[160.46-163.10] Repeat: Major Gunther moved last month.
[164.54-165.74] He no longer lives here.
[176.14-178.06] Number 3 is yet.
[179.47-181.89] Repeat: It's 9:30,
[184.93-186.53] and I haven't eaten dinner yet.
[192.64-196.96] Number 4 is any longer, or any more.
[198.37-202.61] Repeat: Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany.
[208.94-211.26] He doesn't work at this base any longer.
[218.75-222.83] Number 5 is any longer, or any more.
[224.06-227.71] Repeat: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago.
[234.69-236.45] She doesn't live here any longer.
[240.54-242.14] Number 6 is still.
[242.99-244.69] Repeat: Mrs.
[244.69-247.01] Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet.
[254.29-256.45] The doctor is still waiting.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5.
Listen to the questions.
Use the words to answer the questions.
Write the answers.
You will hear each question twice.
Number 1: Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
Number 2: Does Fred live here anymore?
Does Fred live here anymore?
Number 3: Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
Number 4: Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
Number 5: Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
Number 6: Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore?
Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore?
Now let's check your answers.
For number 1, you should have written "Yes." She has already eaten lunch.
Repeat: "Yes." She has already eaten lunch.
Number 2: "No." He no longer lives here.
Repeat: "No." He no longer lives here.
Number 3: "Yes." She still writes every month.
Repeat: "Yes." She still writes every month.
Number 4: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday.
Repeat: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday.
Number 5: "Yes." They've already been there.
Repeat: "Yes." They've already been there.
Number 6: "No." He no longer works for me.
Repeat: "No." He no longer works for me.
This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.14-3.42] Look at Figure 5.
[4.14-5.42] Listen to the questions.
[6.53-8.85] Use the words to answer the questions.
[10.53-11.65] Write the answers.
[13.28-15.52] You will hear each question twice.
[17.15-20.75] Number 1: Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
[22.48-24.24] Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
[54.43-57.42] Number 2: Does Fred live here anymore?
[58.94-60.30] Does Fred live here anymore?
[79.42-82.86] Number 3: Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
[84.21-85.89] Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
[106.94-110.38] Number 4: Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
[112.24-114.00] Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
[138.35-142.26] Number 5: Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
[144.05-146.13] Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
[176.91-180.74] Number 6: Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore?
[182.46-184.78] Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore?
[216.66-218.58] Now let's check your answers.
[220.00-225.58] For number 1, you should have written "Yes." She has already eaten lunch.
[226.48-230.08] Repeat: "Yes." She has already eaten lunch.
[234.78-237.90] Number 2: "No." He no longer lives here.
[239.47-242.51] Repeat: "No." He no longer lives here.
[250.86-254.30] Number 3: "Yes." She still writes every month.
[255.58-258.78] Repeat: "Yes." She still writes every month.
[265.28-269.20] Number 4: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday.
[270.37-273.73] Repeat: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday.
[279.39-282.69] Number 5: "Yes." They've already been there.
[284.06-286.78] Repeat: "Yes." They've already been there.
[292.48-295.60] Number 6: "No." He no longer works for me.
[296.80-299.76] Repeat: "No." He no longer works for me.
[311.25-314.85] This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 12.

479
sources/book-12/tape-2B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,479 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2B.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2B.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Took.
Took.
Larry took 6 math courses at the university.
He studied 6 math courses.
Larry took 6 math courses at the university.
He studied 6 math courses.
Accept.
Accept.
That new job is a promotion.
I'm going to accept it.
That new job is a promotion.
I'm going to accept it.
Offer.
Offer.
The Navy made John a good offer.
They'll help pay for his education.
The Navy made John a good offer.
They'll help pay for his education.
Refuse.
Refuse.
The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible.
I refuse to go there again.
The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible.
I refuse to go there again.
Retire.
Retire.
Next year, James is going to retire.
He plans to travel all over the United States.
Next year, James is going to retire.
He plans to travel all over the United States.
Adjust.
Adjust.
I don't know where Captain Highland is.
I just got here.
I don't know where Captain Highland is.
I just got here.
Offer.
Offer.
I think Mr.
Moore is going to offer me that teaching job.
I think Mr.
Moore is going to offer me that teaching job.
Profession.
Profession.
Don is a doctor.
He's part of the medical profession.
Don is a doctor.
He's part of the medical profession.
Listen to a dialogue.
Hey, Mike.
What courses are you taking now?
I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack.
I'm in the medical field.
Are you going to be a doctor?
No.
I'm going to be a nurse.
Will you get a degree?
Yes.
My degree will be in nursing.
It sounds like an interesting career.
Now look at Figure 1.
Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
Listen to a sentence, then say yours.
Let's begin.
Hey, Mike.
What courses are you taking now?
Are you going to be a doctor?
Will you get a degree?
It sounds like an interesting career.
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.74-12.82] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2B.
[20.46-20.86] Hello.
[22.06-25.02] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2B.
[34.50-36.58] Repeat the words and sentences.
[40.86-41.18] Took.
[43.14-43.54] Took.
[45.34-48.06] Larry took 6 math courses at the university.
[53.49-55.41] He studied 6 math courses.
[60.08-62.80] Larry took 6 math courses at the university.
[68.13-69.97] He studied 6 math courses.
[74.38-75.10] Accept.
[76.93-76.98] Accept.
[79.71-81.50] That new job is a promotion.
[84.88-86.08] I'm going to accept it.
[89.42-91.10] That new job is a promotion.
[93.50-94.78] I'm going to accept it.
[98.72-99.20] Offer.
[101.46-101.86] Offer.
[104.18-106.02] The Navy made John a good offer.
[111.52-113.36] They'll help pay for his education.
[118.34-120.18] The Navy made John a good offer.
[124.75-126.51] They'll help pay for his education.
[131.70-132.58] Refuse.
[134.51-135.47] Refuse.
[138.64-142.08] The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible.
[148.35-149.95] I refuse to go there again.
[154.46-157.98] The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible.
[163.23-164.85] I refuse to go there again.
[170.27-170.59] Retire.
[172.71-173.36] Retire.
[176.58-178.82] Next year, James is going to retire.
[183.87-186.67] He plans to travel all over the United States.
[191.68-194.00] Next year, James is going to retire.
[199.70-202.50] He plans to travel all over the United States.
[207.42-207.98] Adjust.
[210.06-210.62] Adjust.
[213.57-215.81] I don't know where Captain Highland is.
[216.61-217.49] I just got here.
[223.42-225.74] I don't know where Captain Highland is.
[226.30-227.34] I just got here.
[234.29-234.77] Offer.
[237.07-237.31] Offer.
[239.92-240.64] I think Mr.
[240.64-243.28] Moore is going to offer me that teaching job.
[250.66-251.38] I think Mr.
[251.38-253.94] Moore is going to offer me that teaching job.
[261.10-261.82] Profession.
[263.81-264.61] Profession.
[266.94-268.22] Don is a doctor.
[268.78-270.70] He's part of the medical profession.
[276.72-277.92] Don is a doctor.
[278.48-280.24] He's part of the medical profession.
[286.78-288.06] Listen to a dialogue.
[291.20-291.84] Hey, Mike.
[292.08-293.52] What courses are you taking now?
[294.24-296.40] I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack.
[297.12-298.40] I'm in the medical field.
[298.40-300.24] Are you going to be a doctor?
[300.48-300.96] No.
[301.20-302.40] I'm going to be a nurse.
[302.72-303.76] Will you get a degree?
[303.92-304.40] Yes.
[304.40-305.76] My degree will be in nursing.
[306.08-307.76] It sounds like an interesting career.
[309.66-310.46] Now look at Figure 1.
[311.86-314.50] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
[315.41-318.13] Listen to a sentence, then say yours.
[318.85-319.65] Let's begin.
[321.66-322.22] Hey, Mike.
[322.46-323.98] What courses are you taking now?
[332.14-333.26] Are you going to be a doctor?
[338.10-339.14] Will you get a degree?
[344.22-345.98] It sounds like an interesting career.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one.
Say your lines after that.
You begin.
I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack.
I'm in the medical field.
No.
I'm going to be a nurse.
Yes, my degree will be in nursing.
Repeat the following sentences.
The movie was boring.
So we went home.
The movie was boring.
So we went home.
We can go to dinner.
Or we can go to the movies.
We can go to dinner.
Or we can go to the movies.
Fred was sick.
So he didn't go to Al's party.
Fred was sick.
So he didn't go to Al's party.
You can give it to me.
Or you can give it to my secretary.
You can give it to me.
Or you can give it to my secretary.
It was snowing.
So we stayed at home.
It was snowing.
So we stayed at home.
I can fly.
Or I can take the train.
I can fly.
Or I can take the train.
Jim had a fever and a bad cough.
So he went to the doctor.
Jim had a fever and a bad cough.
So he went to the doctor.
You can have chicken soup.
Or you can have a chicken sandwich.
You can have chicken soup.
Or you can have a chicken sandwich.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.24-8.14] Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one.
[9.22-10.90] Say your lines after that.
[12.11-12.75] You begin.
[15.70-17.78] I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack.
[18.58-19.86] I'm in the medical field.
[21.95-22.43] No.
[22.67-23.87] I'm going to be a nurse.
[25.98-27.82] Yes, my degree will be in nursing.
[33.52-35.44] Repeat the following sentences.
[37.01-38.29] The movie was boring.
[41.14-42.26] So we went home.
[44.91-46.19] The movie was boring.
[48.21-49.41] So we went home.
[53.17-56.55] We can go to dinner.
[57.39-58.91] Or we can go to the movies.
[63.46-66.75] We can go to dinner.
[66.83-68.35] Or we can go to the movies.
[73.52-74.48] Fred was sick.
[76.45-78.37] So he didn't go to Al's party.
[82.45-85.65] Fred was sick.
[85.78-87.62] So he didn't go to Al's party.
[94.11-97.83] You can give it to me.
[98.50-100.58] Or you can give it to my secretary.
[105.81-109.59] You can give it to me.
[110.34-112.34] Or you can give it to my secretary.
[118.27-119.23] It was snowing.
[121.78-123.06] So we stayed at home.
[125.84-126.72] It was snowing.
[129.09-130.29] So we stayed at home.
[135.44-138.33] I can fly.
[138.42-139.86] Or I can take the train.
[143.04-146.19] I can fly.
[146.26-147.78] Or I can take the train.
[153.34-155.42] Jim had a fever and a bad cough.
[159.78-161.06] So he went to the doctor.
[165.73-170.49] Jim had a fever and a bad cough.
[172.70-173.98] So he went to the doctor.
[179.42-183.39] You can have chicken soup.
[184.51-186.43] Or you can have a chicken sandwich.
[191.20-195.21] You can have chicken soup.
[196.48-198.48] Or you can have a chicken sandwich.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 3.
Read the answers.
You will hear part of a sentence.
Choose the answer that best completes the sentence.
You will hear each sentence part twice.
Number 1: "The baby was crying." "The baby was crying."
Number 2: "Fred can ride with me." "Fred can ride with me."
Number 3: "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years." "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years."
Number 4: "Joanne wants to be a doctor." "Joanne wants to be a doctor."
Number 5: "Can you accept my offer?" "Can you accept my offer?"
Number 6: "Bob chose teaching as a career." "Bob chose teaching as a career."
Number 7: "It was raining very hard." "It was raining very hard."
Number 8: "Julie can stay with her sister." "Julie can stay with her sister."
Let's check your answers.
Letter A is 7.
"It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake." Repeat: "It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake."
Letter B is 3.
"Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years, or he can retire."
Repeat: "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years,
or he can retire."
Letter C is 1.
"The baby was crying, so his mother picked him up."
Repeat: "The baby was crying,
so his mother picked him up."
Letter D is 5.
"Can you accept my offer, or do you need to think it over?"
Repeat: "Can you accept my offer,
or do you need to think it over?"
Letter E is 2.
"Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus." Repeat: "Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus."
Letter F is 4.
"Joanne wants to be a doctor, so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses."
Repeat: "Joanne wants to be a doctor,
so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses."
Letter G is 8.
"Julie can stay with her sister, or she can stay in a motel."
Repeat: "Julie can stay with her sister,
or she can stay in a motel."
Letter H is 6.
"Bob chose teaching as a career, so he'll take courses in the field of education."
Repeat: "Bob chose teaching as a career,
so he'll take courses in the field of education."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-2.99] Look at figure 3.
[3.82-5.02] Read the answers.
[25.95-27.87] You will hear part of a sentence.
[29.47-32.51] Choose the answer that best completes the sentence.
[34.00-36.56] You will hear each sentence part twice.
[38.48-44.96] Number 1: "The baby was crying." "The baby was crying."
[60.56-69.69] Number 2: "Fred can ride with me." "Fred can ride with me."
[79.66-90.69] Number 3: "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years." "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years."
[100.27-107.47] Number 4: "Joanne wants to be a doctor." "Joanne wants to be a doctor."
[120.56-127.18] Number 5: "Can you accept my offer?" "Can you accept my offer?"
[138.74-146.94] Number 6: "Bob chose teaching as a career." "Bob chose teaching as a career."
[158.30-167.55] Number 7: "It was raining very hard." "It was raining very hard."
[176.42-183.39] Number 8: "Julie can stay with her sister." "Julie can stay with her sister."
[200.90-202.34] Let's check your answers.
[204.03-205.31] Letter A is 7.
[206.70-218.03] "It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake." Repeat: "It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake."
[223.23-225.15] Letter B is 3.
[226.77-231.01] "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years, or he can retire."
[232.61-238.17] Repeat: "Sergeant Richards can work 3 more years,
[241.94-243.14] or he can retire."
[248.48-249.92] Letter C is 1.
[251.26-253.98] "The baby was crying, so his mother picked him up."
[255.81-258.13] Repeat: "The baby was crying,
[262.03-263.39] so his mother picked him up."
[269.49-271.17] Letter D is 5.
[272.59-275.95] "Can you accept my offer, or do you need to think it over?"
[277.89-280.59] Repeat: "Can you accept my offer,
[284.37-285.89] or do you need to think it over?"
[290.94-292.54] Letter E is 2.
[294.24-305.30] "Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus." Repeat: "Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus."
[310.96-312.16] Letter F is 4.
[313.94-318.74] "Joanne wants to be a doctor, so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses."
[320.46-325.59] Repeat: "Joanne wants to be a doctor,
[329.06-331.78] so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses."
[337.86-339.14] Letter G is 8.
[340.38-344.30] "Julie can stay with her sister, or she can stay in a motel."
[346.06-348.94] Repeat: "Julie can stay with her sister,
[354.61-356.21] or she can stay in a motel."
[362.24-363.68] Letter H is 6.
[365.33-370.72] "Bob chose teaching as a career, so he'll take courses in the field of education."
[372.61-378.21] Repeat: "Bob chose teaching as a career,
[381.18-383.74] so he'll take courses in the field of education."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 4.
You will hear a dialogue twice.
Listen, then write the answer to the question.
Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam?
I sure did, Bob.
What profession did you decide on?
I decided on a career in the military.
Listen again.
Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam?
I sure did, Bob.
What profession did you decide on?
I decided on a career in the military.
What career did Sam choose?
Write your answer.
The answer is: Sam chose a career in the military.
Listen to the next dialogue and answer the question.
Where are you going on your vacation, Sally?
I want to go to the beach.
It's rainy and windy today.
I hope it clears up before I go.
Listen again.
Where are you going on your vacation, Sally?
I want to go to the beach.
It's rainy and windy today.
I hope it clears up before I go.
Where does Sally want to go on her vacation?
Write your answer.
The answer is: Sally wants to go to the beach.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-2.91] Look at figure 4.
[4.18-6.18] You will hear a dialogue twice.
[7.52-10.48] Listen, then write the answer to the question.
[13.15-15.55] Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam?
[16.43-17.31] I sure did, Bob.
[18.53-20.21] What profession did you decide on?
[20.53-22.77] I decided on a career in the military.
[24.43-25.23] Listen again.
[26.67-29.07] Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam?
[29.31-30.27] I sure did, Bob.
[30.99-32.59] What profession did you decide on?
[32.83-35.07] I decided on a career in the military.
[39.92-42.24] What career did Sam choose?
[43.20-44.24] Write your answer.
[73.97-77.89] The answer is: Sam chose a career in the military.
[80.03-83.79] Listen to the next dialogue and answer the question.
[87.86-90.26] Where are you going on your vacation, Sally?
[91.50-93.42] I want to go to the beach.
[93.66-95.50] It's rainy and windy today.
[96.14-98.38] I hope it clears up before I go.
[101.89-102.69] Listen again.
[105.65-108.05] Where are you going on your vacation, Sally?
[109.30-111.30] I want to go to the beach.
[111.46-113.30] It's rainy and windy today.
[113.94-116.26] I hope it clears up before I go.
[119.01-121.41] Where does Sally want to go on her vacation?
[122.53-123.49] Write your answer.
[147.87-151.15] The answer is: Sally wants to go to the beach.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 5.
Listen to a sentence; choose the answer that has the same meaning as the sentence you hear.
The first one is an example:
"Margaret and Joe make a nice couple."
Margaret and Joe make a nice couple.
The answer is C: "Margaret and Joe make a nice couple." Margaret and Joe are married.
Listen to some more sentences, and choose the best statement.
Number 1: "The coach said they had to practice again on Wednesday." The coach said they had to practice again on Wednesday.
Number 2: "Sally doubts that she can come to dinner.
She's not feeling well."
Sally doubts that she can come to dinner.
She's not feeling well.
Number 3: "That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games."
That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games.
Number 4: "Henry got several presents for his birthday.
He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks."
Henry got several presents for his birthday.
He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks.
Number 5:
"Mary Lou bought 3 necklaces, 4 rings, and 2 pairs of earrings."
Mary Lou bought 3 necklaces, 4 rings, and 2 pairs of earrings.
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is A: "A coach teaches people sports." Repeat: "A coach teaches people sports."
Number 2 is B: "Sally doesn't think she can come." Repeat: "Sally doesn't think she can come."
Number 3 is C: "The school needs a place to play sports." Repeat: "The school needs a place to play sports."
Number 4 is B: "Henry got lots of gifts."
Repeat: "Henry got lots of gifts."
Number 5 is A: "Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry." Repeat: "Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.68-3.28] Now look at Figure 5.
[4.46-10.54] Listen to a sentence; choose the answer that has the same meaning as the sentence you hear.
[12.26-14.02] The first one is an example:
[16.43-18.83] "Margaret and Joe make a nice couple."
[21.23-23.55] Margaret and Joe make a nice couple.
[34.29-41.14] The answer is C: "Margaret and Joe make a nice couple." Margaret and Joe are married.
[42.58-46.90] Listen to some more sentences, and choose the best statement.
[48.08-57.92] Number 1: "The coach said they had to practice again on Wednesday." The coach said they had to practice again on Wednesday.
[72.40-76.30] Number 2: "Sally doubts that she can come to dinner.
[77.02-78.38] She's not feeling well."
[79.81-82.05] Sally doubts that she can come to dinner.
[82.77-84.05] She's not feeling well.
[99.47-106.30] Number 3: "That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games."
[107.90-113.34] That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games.
[128.48-133.09] Number 4: "Henry got several presents for his birthday.
[133.95-137.63] He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks."
[139.46-141.86] Henry got several presents for his birthday.
[142.69-146.21] He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks.
[162.37-163.01] Number 5:
[164.53-169.73] "Mary Lou bought 3 necklaces, 4 rings, and 2 pairs of earrings."
[171.33-177.17] Mary Lou bought 3 necklaces, 4 rings, and 2 pairs of earrings.
[194.67-196.11] Let's check your answers.
[197.74-206.62] Number 1 is A: "A coach teaches people sports." Repeat: "A coach teaches people sports."
[210.69-219.25] Number 2 is B: "Sally doesn't think she can come." Repeat: "Sally doesn't think she can come."
[225.87-235.49] Number 3 is C: "The school needs a place to play sports." Repeat: "The school needs a place to play sports."
[241.81-246.45] Number 4 is B: "Henry got lots of gifts."
[248.29-250.58] Repeat: "Henry got lots of gifts."
[255.12-264.42] Number 5 is A: "Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry." Repeat: "Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry."
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2b-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6.
Listen carefully and follow the directions.
Use the key to help you.
Number 1: Put the quotation marks in column 1, row 4.
Put the quotation marks in column 1, row 4.
Number 2: Put the question mark in column 3, row 2.
Put the question mark in column 3, row 2.
Number 3: Put the comma in column 2, row 1.
Put the comma in column 2, row 1.
Number 4: Put the period in column 4, row 3.
Put the period in column 4, row 3.
To check your answers, turn to page 22 in your Language Laboratory Activities booklet.
This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.70-2.47] Look at Figure 6.
[3.70-6.10] Listen carefully and follow the directions.
[6.74-8.18] Use the key to help you.
[10.59-15.46] Number 1: Put the quotation marks in column 1, row 4.
[17.79-21.39] Put the quotation marks in column 1, row 4.
[31.06-36.26] Number 2: Put the question mark in column 3, row 2.
[37.82-41.49] Put the question mark in column 3, row 2.
[50.37-55.47] Number 3: Put the comma in column 2, row 1.
[56.97-60.43] Put the comma in column 2, row 1.
[69.26-73.81] Number 4: Put the period in column 4, row 3.
[75.45-78.42] Put the period in column 4, row 3.
[91.23-96.83] To check your answers, turn to page 22 in your Language Laboratory Activities booklet.
[104.22-107.26] This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 12.

315
sources/book-12/tape-2C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2C.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C.
Look at Figure 1.
Repeat the sentences.
Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
Lieutenant Martin has gone to Germany.
Lieutenant Martin has gone to Germany.
I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
Mr.
Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
Mr.
Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
Mr.
Smith has already borrowed too much money.
Mr.
Smith has already borrowed too much money.
Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
Segment timings (seconds):
[10.46-15.18] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2C.
[22.90-23.30] Hello.
[24.83-27.45] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C.
[40.35-41.39] Look at Figure 1.
[42.11-43.55] Repeat the sentences.
[45.07-46.83] Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
[51.76-53.68] Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
[60.21-62.29] Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
[67.47-69.63] Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
[76.83-78.91] Lieutenant Martin has gone to Germany.
[84.00-86.24] Lieutenant Martin has gone to Germany.
[92.99-95.15] I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
[100.46-102.70] I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
[109.87-110.19] Mr.
[110.19-112.91] Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
[119.38-119.70] Mr.
[119.70-122.18] Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
[129.44-129.76] Mr.
[129.76-132.08] Smith has already borrowed too much money.
[138.77-139.09] Mr.
[139.09-141.57] Smith has already borrowed too much money.
[150.32-152.08] Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
[158.51-160.43] Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
[168.53-170.61] Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
[175.57-177.81] Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2, listen to the questions, write the answers, look at the example.
Have you finished your homework yet?
Yes, already.
Yes, I've already finished it.
No, yet.
No, I haven't finished it yet.
There are 2 answers for each question, one yes and one no.
Let's begin.
Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet?
Has Janet graduated from college yet?
Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet?
Has your son learned Spanish yet?
Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet?
Yes, she has already graduated.
Repeat: Yes, she has already graduated.
No, she hasn't graduated yet.
Repeat: No, she hasn't graduated yet.
Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
Yes, I've already seen her.
Repeat: Yes, I've already seen her.
No, I haven't seen her yet.
Repeat: No, I haven't seen her yet.
Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet?
Yes, he has already learned Spanish.
Repeat: Yes, he's already learned Spanish.
No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet.
Repeat: No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet.
Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
Yes, they have already realized it.
Repeat: Yes, they have already realized it.
No, they haven't realized it yet.
Repeat: No, they haven't realized it yet.
Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
Yes, he's already picked it up.
Repeat: Yes, he's already picked it up.
No, he hasn't picked it up yet.
Repeat: No, he hasn't picked it up yet.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.98-8.62] Look at Figure 2, listen to the questions, write the answers, look at the example.
[9.79-11.39] Have you finished your homework yet?
[12.38-13.90] Yes, already.
[14.69-16.85] Yes, I've already finished it.
[17.89-19.49] No, yet.
[20.13-22.69] No, I haven't finished it yet.
[24.42-29.30] There are 2 answers for each question, one yes and one no.
[30.02-30.90] Let's begin.
[32.78-36.75] Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet?
[47.68-49.84] Has Janet graduated from college yet?
[60.59-64.03] Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
[74.53-76.29] Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
[90.61-94.19] Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet?
[111.95-113.71] Has your son learned Spanish yet?
[135.44-140.43] Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
[155.41-158.21] Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
[177.38-180.93] Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
[199.04-200.88] Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
[223.06-224.58] Let's check your answers.
[225.92-229.90] Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet?
[231.22-233.38] Yes, she has already graduated.
[234.74-237.94] Repeat: Yes, she has already graduated.
[243.70-245.78] No, she hasn't graduated yet.
[247.34-250.46] Repeat: No, she hasn't graduated yet.
[255.47-258.74] Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
[259.98-262.30] Yes, I've already seen her.
[263.42-266.38] Repeat: Yes, I've already seen her.
[271.18-273.02] No, I haven't seen her yet.
[274.40-277.52] Repeat: No, I haven't seen her yet.
[282.45-286.21] Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet?
[287.78-290.42] Yes, he has already learned Spanish.
[292.03-295.39] Repeat: Yes, he's already learned Spanish.
[300.29-302.61] No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet.
[304.05-307.33] Repeat: No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet.
[314.88-319.39] Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
[320.83-323.55] Yes, they have already realized it.
[325.25-328.77] Repeat: Yes, they have already realized it.
[333.63-335.87] No, they haven't realized it yet.
[337.18-340.46] Repeat: No, they haven't realized it yet.
[345.82-349.36] Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
[350.67-352.75] Yes, he's already picked it up.
[354.29-357.41] Repeat: Yes, he's already picked it up.
[361.62-363.54] No, he hasn't picked it up yet.
[365.17-368.21] Repeat: No, he hasn't picked it up yet.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3.
You will hear two sentences.
Choose the correct word to combine the two sentences into one.
Look at the example: "Larry can drive all night." "He can stay in a hotel." The answer is OR: Larry can drive all night, or he can stay in a hotel.
Put an X in the correct place.
Let's begin.
Number 1: "Jim woke up late." "He arrived at work late." "Jim woke up late." "He arrived at work late."
Number 2: "Peter will not be here on Friday." "He can't go to Tom's party."
"Peter will not be here on Friday." "He can't go to Tom's party."
Number 3: "Alan can eat with us." "He can eat with the Moors."
"Alan can eat with us." "He can eat with the Moors."
Number 4: "Charlie borrowed $400." "He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation."
"Charlie borrowed $400." "He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation."
Number 5: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." "He was very happy."
"Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." "He was very happy."
Number 6: "Frank can work late tonight." "He can come to work early tomorrow."
"Frank can work late tonight." "He can come to work early tomorrow."
Number 7: "George can help his dad with the yard." "He can stay home Saturday night."
"George can help his dad with the yard." "He can stay home Saturday night."
Number 8: "You can use the stairs." "You can use the escalator."
"You can use the stairs." "You can use the escalator."
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is SO: "Jim woke up late, so he arrived at work late." Repeat: "Jim woke up late."
"So he arrived at work late."
Number 2 is SO:
"Peter will not be here on Friday, so he can't go to Tom's party."
Repeat: "Peter will not be here on Friday."
"So he can't go to Tom's party."
Number 3 is OR:
"Alan can eat with us, or he can eat with the Moors."
Repeat: "Alan can eat with us."
"Or he can eat with the Moors."
Number 4 is SO:
"Charlie borrowed $400, so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation."
Repeat: "Charlie borrowed $400."
"So he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation."
Number 5 is SO: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz, so he was very happy."
Repeat: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz."
"So he was very happy."
Number 6 is OR: "Frank can work late tonight, or he can come to work early tomorrow."
Repeat: "Frank can work late tonight."
"Or he can come to work early tomorrow."
Number 7 is OR:
"George can help his dad with the yard, or he can stay home Saturday night."
Repeat: "George can help his dad with the yard."
"Or he can stay home Saturday night."
Number 8 is OR: "You can use the stairs, or you can use the escalator."
Repeat: "You can use the stairs." "Or you can use the escalator."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.14-3.26] Look at Figure 3.
[3.98-5.82] You will hear two sentences.
[6.46-10.14] Choose the correct word to combine the two sentences into one.
[10.78-25.74] Look at the example: "Larry can drive all night." "He can stay in a hotel." The answer is OR: Larry can drive all night, or he can stay in a hotel.
[27.38-29.62] Put an X in the correct place.
[29.94-30.74] Let's begin.
[33.82-43.15] Number 1: "Jim woke up late." "He arrived at work late." "Jim woke up late." "He arrived at work late."
[50.83-57.02] Number 2: "Peter will not be here on Friday." "He can't go to Tom's party."
[58.85-63.63] "Peter will not be here on Friday." "He can't go to Tom's party."
[69.71-75.02] Number 3: "Alan can eat with us." "He can eat with the Moors."
[76.66-80.53] "Alan can eat with us." "He can eat with the Moors."
[86.35-93.76] Number 4: "Charlie borrowed $400." "He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation."
[95.68-101.12] "Charlie borrowed $400." "He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation."
[108.58-114.91] Number 5: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." "He was very happy."
[116.98-121.94] "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz." "He was very happy."
[128.35-134.63] Number 6: "Frank can work late tonight." "He can come to work early tomorrow."
[137.12-142.16] "Frank can work late tonight." "He can come to work early tomorrow."
[153.10-159.98] Number 7: "George can help his dad with the yard." "He can stay home Saturday night."
[161.57-166.88] "George can help his dad with the yard." "He can stay home Saturday night."
[175.15-180.59] Number 8: "You can use the stairs." "You can use the escalator."
[182.62-186.42] "You can use the stairs." "You can use the escalator."
[194.69-196.05] Let's check your answers.
[197.49-207.46] Number 1 is SO: "Jim woke up late, so he arrived at work late." Repeat: "Jim woke up late."
[210.72-212.48] "So he arrived at work late."
[218.46-220.14] Number 2 is SO:
[221.73-226.13] "Peter will not be here on Friday, so he can't go to Tom's party."
[227.81-230.85] Repeat: "Peter will not be here on Friday."
[237.15-239.23] "So he can't go to Tom's party."
[245.38-247.06] Number 3 is OR:
[248.69-252.35] "Alan can eat with us, or he can eat with the Moors."
[254.17-256.37] Repeat: "Alan can eat with us."
[261.49-263.25] "Or he can eat with the Moors."
[269.36-270.37] Number 4 is SO:
[272.67-277.68] "Charlie borrowed $400, so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation."
[279.50-282.34] Repeat: "Charlie borrowed $400."
[287.67-289.92] "So he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation."
[296.78-304.40] Number 5 is SO: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz, so he was very happy."
[306.19-310.35] Repeat: "Captain Richards made a 95 on his quiz."
[316.99-318.27] "So he was very happy."
[323.25-330.03] Number 6 is OR: "Frank can work late tonight, or he can come to work early tomorrow."
[332.32-337.53] Repeat: "Frank can work late tonight."
[340.10-342.45] "Or he can come to work early tomorrow."
[347.79-349.31] Number 7 is OR:
[350.85-355.57] "George can help his dad with the yard, or he can stay home Saturday night."
[357.27-360.45] Repeat: "George can help his dad with the yard."
[365.98-367.98] "Or he can stay home Saturday night."
[374.00-380.82] Number 8 is OR: "You can use the stairs, or you can use the escalator."
[382.11-389.26] Repeat: "You can use the stairs." "Or you can use the escalator."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2c-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4.
This is a dictation exercise.
You will hear a paragraph three times.
The first time, just listen.
Mark lived in California for 6 years.
The climate was wonderful.
There was only a little humidity.
There was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm.
The beaches were full of people who were having a good time.
He really enjoyed the 6 years he was there.
Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear.
Mark lived in California.
For 6 years.
The climate was wonderful.
There was only.
A little humidity.
There was a nice sea breeze.
And the temperatures were always warm.
The beaches were full of people.
Who were having a good time.
Henry really enjoyed the 6 years.
He was there.
Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
Mark lived in California for 6 years.
The climate was wonderful.
There was only a little humidity.
There was a nice sea breeze, and the temperatures were always warm.
The beaches were full of people who were having a good time.
He really enjoyed the 6 years he was there.
To check your paragraph, turn to page 26 in your Language Laboratory Activities booklet.
This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.76-3.04] Look at Figure 4.
[3.76-5.84] This is a dictation exercise.
[6.56-8.72] You will hear a paragraph three times.
[9.52-11.52] The first time, just listen.
[13.26-15.98] Mark lived in California for 6 years.
[16.78-18.22] The climate was wonderful.
[19.57-21.49] There was only a little humidity.
[22.43-26.27] There was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm.
[27.47-30.67] The beaches were full of people who were having a good time.
[31.58-34.14] He really enjoyed the 6 years he was there.
[40.16-43.84] Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear.
[45.01-46.61] Mark lived in California.
[64.64-65.84] For 6 years.
[81.87-83.31] The climate was wonderful.
[100.83-104.31] There was only.
[112.94-114.30] A little humidity.
[126.35-130.47] There was a nice sea breeze.
[142.59-144.75] And the temperatures were always warm.
[160.29-164.37] The beaches were full of people.
[179.63-181.15] Who were having a good time.
[197.06-201.69] Henry really enjoyed the 6 years.
[220.29-221.01] He was there.
[234.67-238.11] Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
[240.16-242.80] Mark lived in California for 6 years.
[243.52-244.88] The climate was wonderful.
[246.10-247.86] There was only a little humidity.
[248.66-252.58] There was a nice sea breeze, and the temperatures were always warm.
[254.11-256.96] The beaches were full of people who were having a good time.
[258.91-261.55] He really enjoyed the 6 years he was there.
[266.13-272.24] To check your paragraph, turn to page 26 in your Language Laboratory Activities booklet.
[277.89-281.25] This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 12.

588
sources/book-12/tape-2D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2D.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D.
Repeat the following words and sentences, then answer the questions.
Career.
Career.
Larry wants a career in the military.
He wants to work in the military for 20 years.
Larry wants a career in the military.
He wants to work in the military for 20 years.
What does Larry want?
He wants a career in the military.
Choice.
Choice.
Tom has a choice.
He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher.
Tom has a choice.
He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher.
What does Tom have?
He has a choice.
Courses.
Courses.
Janet is going to take 5 courses next year.
She will have 5 classes.
Janet is going to take 5 courses next year.
She will have 5 classes.
What is Janet going to take next year?
She's going to take 5 courses.
Professional.
Professional.
Pele was a professional soccer player.
He played for money.
Pele was a professional soccer player.
He played for money.
Who was Pele?
He was a professional soccer player.
Medical.
Medical.
My brother is going to medical school.
He's going to be a doctor.
My brother is going to medical school.
He's going to be a doctor.
What is your brother doing?
He's going to medical school.
Degree.
Degree.
Harold graduated from the university last month.
He got his degree in history.
Harold graduated from the university last month.
He got his degree in history.
What did Harold get his degree in?
He got his degree in history.
High school.
High school.
John will be 18 years old when he finishes his last year of high school.
John will be 18 years old when he finishes his last year of high school.
How old will John be when he finishes high school?
He'll be 18 when he finishes high school.
Technical.
Technical.
Roger finished technical school.
He learned how to fix cars.
Roger finished technical school.
He learned how to fix cars.
What did Roger learn in technical school?
He learned how to fix cars.
Talk over.
Talk over.
Her husband wants to buy a new car.
They're going to talk it over tonight.
Her husband wants to buy a new car.
They're going to talk it over tonight
Is her husband going to buy a new car?
I don't know.
They're going to talk it over tonight.
Listen to a dialogue.
Well, Don, Friday is our last day.
Yeah, Jack, it is.
What are you going to do now that school is out?
I've been accepted at the university.
I'll start there in September.
What courses will you take?
I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
Look at Figure 1.
Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
Listen to a sentence, then say yours.
Ready?
Well, Don, Friday is our last day
I've been accepted at the university.
I'll start there in September.
I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.72-13.12] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2D.
[19.87-20.35] Hello.
[21.07-23.95] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D.
[31.41-35.89] Repeat the following words and sentences, then answer the questions.
[37.20-37.92] Career.
[39.62-40.34] Career.
[42.08-44.24] Larry wants a career in the military.
[49.78-52.50] He wants to work in the military for 20 years.
[59.01-61.25] Larry wants a career in the military.
[66.32-69.12] He wants to work in the military for 20 years.
[74.37-75.41] What does Larry want?
[86.26-88.18] He wants a career in the military.
[90.14-90.54] Choice.
[92.70-93.42] Choice.
[95.39-96.75] Tom has a choice.
[99.33-102.13] He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher.
[107.47-108.83] Tom has a choice.
[112.90-115.54] He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher.
[121.09-122.21] What does Tom have?
[128.18-129.30] He has a choice.
[131.71-132.27] Courses.
[134.35-134.91] Courses.
[137.55-140.16] Janet is going to take 5 courses next year.
[146.70-148.62] She will have 5 classes.
[152.98-155.78] Janet is going to take 5 courses next year.
[162.13-163.97] She will have 5 classes.
[169.22-171.30] What is Janet going to take next year?
[181.97-184.05] She's going to take 5 courses.
[188.03-188.75] Professional.
[191.31-192.11] Professional.
[195.28-197.44] Pele was a professional soccer player.
[203.71-204.75] He played for money.
[209.14-211.30] Pele was a professional soccer player.
[216.64-217.76] He played for money.
[221.76-222.64] Who was Pele?
[234.78-236.70] He was a professional soccer player.
[241.23-243.63] Medical.
[243.60-244.24] Medical.
[247.04-249.04] My brother is going to medical school.
[255.20-256.64] He's going to be a doctor.
[262.13-264.21] My brother is going to medical school.
[270.69-272.13] He's going to be a doctor.
[278.00-279.20] What is your brother doing?
[289.62-291.14] He's going to medical school.
[295.10-295.82] Degree.
[298.14-298.86] Degree.
[301.11-304.13] Harold graduated from the university last month.
[310.74-312.58] He got his degree in history.
[320.01-322.66] Harold graduated from the university last month.
[328.94-330.70] He got his degree in history.
[335.78-337.70] What did Harold get his degree in?
[349.34-351.02] He got his degree in history.
[356.99-357.63] High school.
[360.32-360.96] High school.
[364.00-368.72] John will be 18 years old when he finishes his last year of high school.
[379.66-384.47] John will be 18 years old when he finishes his last year of high school.
[393.57-396.37] How old will John be when he finishes high school?
[408.69-411.17] He'll be 18 when he finishes high school.
[417.06-417.70] Technical.
[419.86-420.66] Technical.
[423.68-425.68] Roger finished technical school.
[431.60-433.36] He learned how to fix cars.
[439.12-441.20] Roger finished technical school.
[445.95-447.71] He learned how to fix cars.
[453.79-456.03] What did Roger learn in technical school?
[466.85-468.61] He learned how to fix cars.
[474.91-475.63] Talk over.
[477.97-478.69] Talk over.
[482.24-484.24] Her husband wants to buy a new car.
[490.80-492.64] They're going to talk it over tonight.
[500.05-502.05] Her husband wants to buy a new car.
[508.10-509.86] They're going to talk it over tonight
[517.98-520.14] Is her husband going to buy a new car?
[531.50-532.22] I don't know.
[534.56-536.24] They're going to talk it over tonight.
[543.57-545.01] Listen to a dialogue.
[547.60-549.84] Well, Don, Friday is our last day.
[550.32-551.52] Yeah, Jack, it is.
[551.92-553.84] What are you going to do now that school is out?
[554.77-556.53] I've been accepted at the university.
[556.85-558.29] I'll start there in September.
[558.85-559.97] What courses will you take?
[560.80-565.84] I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
[566.77-568.77] It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
[570.67-571.63] Look at Figure 1.
[572.67-575.44] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
[576.50-579.14] Listen to a sentence, then say yours.
[580.00-580.40] Ready?
[582.32-584.48] Well, Don, Friday is our last day
[590.86-593.02] I've been accepted at the university.
[593.02-594.38] I'll start there in September.
[598.18-602.95] I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2.
You begin with the first line.
Go ahead and start.
Yeah, Jack, it is.
What are you going to do now that school is out?
What courses will you take?
It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
Listen to the next dialogue.
Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today.
Is it a good offer?
I think so.
It pays $75 more a month than the job I have now, and they will pay me for any college courses that help me with the job.
It sounds good.
Well, I'll think it over.
They don't need an answer until Wednesday.
Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
Thanks, Mom.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.14-3.34] Now look at Figure 2.
[4.34-5.94] You begin with the first line.
[6.85-8.05] Go ahead and start.
[11.34-12.54] Yeah, Jack, it is.
[12.86-14.78] What are you going to do now that school is out?
[20.05-21.17] What courses will you take?
[27.18-29.26] It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
[36.35-38.03] Listen to the next dialogue.
[41.68-44.80] Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today.
[45.52-46.48] Is it a good offer?
[46.64-47.44] I think so.
[47.84-55.44] It pays $75 more a month than the job I have now, and they will pay me for any college courses that help me with the job.
[56.24-57.28] It sounds good.
[57.92-59.44] Well, I'll think it over.
[59.92-61.68] They don't need an answer until Wednesday.
[62.72-65.36] Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
[65.52-66.32] Thanks, Mom.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 3: someone will read the first line.
Say your line after that.
"Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today."
"I think so.
It pays $75 more a month than the job I have now, and they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job."
"Well, I'll think it over.
They don't need an answer until Wednesday."
"Thanks, Mom."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-5.47] Look at figure 3: someone will read the first line.
[6.19-7.71] Say your line after that.
[9.58-12.54] "Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today."
[16.03-16.75] "I think so.
[17.39-24.83] It pays $75 more a month than the job I have now, and they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job."
[28.45-30.05] "Well, I'll think it over.
[30.61-32.29] They don't need an answer until Wednesday."
[36.45-37.17] "Thanks, Mom."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 4.
You begin this time.
Is it a good offer?
It sounds good.
Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
Listen to this dialogue.
It's the last one.
Hey Tony, you really need a new car.
I know, Glenn.
Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed $600 to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
What kind are you going to buy?
I've decided to buy an American car.
They're easier for mechanics to repair.
Bring it to my house when you get it.
I want to ride in it.
Okay, Glenn.
See you in about 2 weeks.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.70-2.74] Look at figure 4.
[3.54-4.66] You begin this time.
[9.70-10.74] Is it a good offer?
[21.39-24.81] It sounds good.
[29.49-32.37] Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
[37.94-39.38] Listen to this dialogue.
[40.10-41.06] It's the last one.
[43.73-45.81] Hey Tony, you really need a new car.
[46.29-47.09] I know, Glenn.
[47.49-53.65] Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed $600 to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
[54.72-56.00] What kind are you going to buy?
[56.56-58.72] I've decided to buy an American car.
[59.50-61.66] They're easier for mechanics to repair.
[62.70-64.14] Bring it to my house when you get it.
[64.70-65.58] I want to ride in it.
[65.98-66.70] Okay, Glenn.
[67.26-68.78] See you in about 2 weeks.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 5: someone will read a line first.
Say your line next.
"Hey Tony, you really need a new car."
"What kind are you going to buy?"
"Bring it to my house when you get it.
I want to ride in it."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-5.86] Now look at Figure 5: someone will read a line first.
[6.58-8.02] Say your line next.
[10.67-12.75] "Hey Tony, you really need a new car."
[23.28-24.56] "What kind are you going to buy?"
[32.14-33.50] "Bring it to my house when you get it.
[33.98-34.94] I want to ride in it."
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6.
You begin.
I know, Glenn.
Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed $600 to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
I've decided to buy an American car.
They're easier for mechanics to repair.
Okay, Glenn, see you in about 2 weeks.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.30-2.91] Look at Figure 6.
[4.22-4.94] You begin.
[9.46-10.26] I know, Glenn.
[11.15-17.31] Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed $600 to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
[21.18-23.42] I've decided to buy an American car.
[24.06-26.06] They're easier for mechanics to repair.
[32.62-35.18] Okay, Glenn, see you in about 2 weeks.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 7.
Read the paragraph.
Listen to the questions.
Underline the answer and write the number of the question under the answer.
Look at the example.
Listen to the question.
Underline the answer, then write the number of the question under the answer.
Number 1: Where did Julie go?
Number 2: What did her family need?
Number 3: What did she buy for her daughter?
Number 4: What did she buy for her son?
Number 5: What did she buy for her husband?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 goes under "Shopping." "Shopping" is underlined.
Number 2 goes under "Clothes." "Clothes" is underlined.
Number 3 goes under "A blouse and skirt." "A blouse and skirt" is underlined.
Number 4 goes under "Two pairs of jeans." "Two pairs of jeans" is underlined.
Number 5 goes under "Three shirts and five pairs of socks." "Three shirts and five pairs of socks" is underlined.
Let's begin.
Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions.
Now listen to the questions.
Underline and number the answers.
You will hear each question twice.
Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall?
Where will Carl go next fall?
Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession?
What has he chosen as his profession?
Number 3: What courses will he take?
What courses will he take?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall?
You should have "A university" underlined.
Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession?
You should have "Teaching" underlined.
Number 3: What courses will he take?
You should have "English," "Math," and "Education" underlined.
Now read the second paragraph.
Underline and number the answers to the questions.
Number 1: What is Patty's profession?
What is Patty's profession?
Number 2: What are her two teaching fields?
What are her two teaching fields?
Number 3: How many classes of English does she have?
How many classes of English does she have?
Number 4: How many classes of German does she have?
How many classes of German does she have?
Now let's check your answers.
Number 1: What is Patty's profession?
You should have "Teacher" underlined.
Number 2: What are her two teaching fields?
You should have "English" and "German" underlined.
Number 3: How many classes of English does she have?
You should have "4" underlined.
And number 4: How many classes of German does she have?
You should have "2" underlined.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.18-3.46] Look at figure 7.
[3.94-5.14] Read the paragraph.
[27.92-29.52] Listen to the questions.
[30.08-34.48] Underline the answer and write the number of the question under the answer.
[35.55-36.59] Look at the example.
[37.81-39.09] Listen to the question.
[40.00-45.20] Underline the answer, then write the number of the question under the answer.
[47.41-50.40] Number 1: Where did Julie go?
[59.84-62.86] Number 2: What did her family need?
[73.84-77.04] Number 3: What did she buy for her daughter?
[87.12-90.54] Number 4: What did she buy for her son?
[101.20-104.48] Number 5: What did she buy for her husband?
[116.50-117.94] Let's check your answers.
[119.60-124.96] Number 1 goes under "Shopping." "Shopping" is underlined.
[127.02-132.58] Number 2 goes under "Clothes." "Clothes" is underlined.
[134.62-141.52] Number 3 goes under "A blouse and skirt." "A blouse and skirt" is underlined.
[143.50-150.85] Number 4 goes under "Two pairs of jeans." "Two pairs of jeans" is underlined.
[152.86-162.91] Number 5 goes under "Three shirts and five pairs of socks." "Three shirts and five pairs of socks" is underlined.
[171.84-172.72] Let's begin.
[173.44-176.88] Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions.
[200.11-201.79] Now listen to the questions.
[202.43-204.59] Underline and number the answers.
[204.99-207.31] You will hear each question twice.
[209.17-213.04] Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall?
[214.80-216.88] Where will Carl go next fall?
[228.90-233.06] Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession?
[235.04-237.44] What has he chosen as his profession?
[249.92-253.04] Number 3: What courses will he take?
[254.27-255.87] What courses will he take?
[269.07-270.59] Let's check your answers.
[272.02-276.13] Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall?
[277.30-280.58] You should have "A university" underlined.
[283.17-287.58] Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession?
[288.86-292.46] You should have "Teaching" underlined.
[293.87-297.30] Number 3: What courses will he take?
[298.40-304.32] You should have "English," "Math," and "Education" underlined.
[316.48-318.64] Now read the second paragraph.
[339.94-342.90] Underline and number the answers to the questions.
[344.53-349.41] Number 1: What is Patty's profession?
[349.57-351.17] What is Patty's profession?
[360.54-364.58] Number 2: What are her two teaching fields?
[366.08-368.32] What are her two teaching fields?
[381.41-385.39] Number 3: How many classes of English does she have?
[387.14-389.46] How many classes of English does she have?
[400.98-404.95] Number 4: How many classes of German does she have?
[406.86-409.34] How many classes of German does she have?
[421.59-423.49] Now let's check your answers.
[424.89-428.10] Number 1: What is Patty's profession?
[429.38-432.34] You should have "Teacher" underlined.
[434.29-437.98] Number 2: What are her two teaching fields?
[439.34-443.18] You should have "English" and "German" underlined.
[445.97-450.03] Number 3: How many classes of English does she have?
[451.57-454.69] You should have "4" underlined.
[456.45-461.34] And number 4: How many classes of German does she have?
[461.34-465.33] You should have "2" underlined.
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 8, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation.
The first one is an example.
Did you hear that noise, Betty?
Yes, I did.
Let's call our neighbor and ask him to look in our yard.
They are.
The answer is: they are frightened.
Now, listen to the other dialogues and choose the correct answer.
Number 1.
Sergeant Matthews, it's 12:45 and I haven't had lunch yet.
Don't worry, Sergeant Adams.
I'll wait here until you come back.
Sergeant Adams is...
Number 2.
Mark, wake up.
It's after 7.
Your bus will be here in 30 minutes.
Mom, my stomach hurts.
I want to stay home today.
Mark is...
Number 3.
Carla!
I've been accepted at the university.
That's great, Lori.
Lori is...
Number 4.
Private Walters, I told you to clean this floor.
I'm sorry, Sergeant Allen.
I thought you said to clean this door.
Sergeant Allen is...
Number 5.
Hey, Jack.
Your yard really looks nice.
Thanks.
It took me all day to do it.
It was a lot of work.
Jack is...
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is B.
Sergeant Adams is hungry.
Repeat: Sergeant Adams is hungry.
Number 2 is C.
Mark is sick.
Repeat: Mark is sick.
Number 3 is A.
Lori is happy.
Repeat: Lori is happy.
Number 4 is C.
Sergeant Allen is angry.
Repeat: Sergeant Allen is angry.
Number 5 is B.
Jack is tired.
Repeat: Jack is tired.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.08-10.64] Look at Figure 8, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation.
[11.44-13.28] The first one is an example.
[17.23-18.67] Did you hear that noise, Betty?
[19.07-19.87] Yes, I did.
[20.11-22.43] Let's call our neighbor and ask him to look in our yard.
[26.53-29.55] They are.
[33.68-35.92] The answer is: they are frightened.
[36.99-40.75] Now, listen to the other dialogues and choose the correct answer.
[42.16-42.88] Number 1.
[44.22-48.22] Sergeant Matthews, it's 12:45 and I haven't had lunch yet.
[49.65-51.09] Don't worry, Sergeant Adams.
[51.33-52.85] I'll wait here until you come back.
[54.98-58.65] Sergeant Adams is...
[68.48-69.20] Number 2.
[70.93-72.37] Mark, wake up.
[72.93-73.89] It's after 7.
[74.37-76.29] Your bus will be here in 30 minutes.
[76.69-78.61] Mom, my stomach hurts.
[79.01-80.45] I want to stay home today.
[82.43-83.39] Mark is...
[94.02-94.90] Number 3.
[96.30-96.86] Carla!
[97.10-99.18] I've been accepted at the university.
[99.50-100.70] That's great, Lori.
[102.19-103.31] Lori is...
[113.81-114.61] Number 4.
[116.19-119.07] Private Walters, I told you to clean this floor.
[119.63-120.91] I'm sorry, Sergeant Allen.
[121.47-123.39] I thought you said to clean this door.
[124.86-126.14] Sergeant Allen is...
[137.98-138.86] Number 5.
[140.42-141.06] Hey, Jack.
[141.46-143.06] Your yard really looks nice.
[143.46-144.02] Thanks.
[144.26-145.62] It took me all day to do it.
[146.26-147.30] It was a lot of work.
[149.54-150.50] Jack is...
[162.05-163.41] Let's check your answers.
[166.29-167.81] Number 1 is B.
[168.53-170.13] Sergeant Adams is hungry.
[171.12-173.76] Repeat: Sergeant Adams is hungry.
[177.76-179.44] Number 2 is C.
[180.08-181.28] Mark is sick.
[182.03-184.27] Repeat: Mark is sick.
[187.92-189.52] Number 3 is A.
[190.42-191.62] Lori is happy.
[192.77-195.01] Repeat: Lori is happy.
[198.56-200.16] Number 4 is C.
[201.22-202.98] Sergeant Allen is angry.
[204.03-206.99] Repeat: Sergeant Allen is angry.
[210.69-212.37] Number 5 is B.
[213.23-214.51] Jack is tired.
[215.79-218.35] Repeat: Jack is tired.
#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2d-f9-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now, look at Figure 9.
You will hear a paragraph; listen carefully, then write the main idea.
You will hear the paragraph twice.
Learning a language is not easy.
It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work.
You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can.
You must learn to think in that language, not in your own.
If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Learning a language is not easy.
It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work.
You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can.
You must learn to think in that language and not in your own.
If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon.
Now write the main idea.
The main idea is that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it.
This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.08-3.44] Now, look at Figure 9.
[4.08-9.20] You will hear a paragraph; listen carefully, then write the main idea.
[9.76-11.92] You will hear the paragraph twice.
[14.03-15.95] Learning a language is not easy.
[16.75-19.63] It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work.
[20.61-26.29] You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can.
[27.38-30.66] You must learn to think in that language, not in your own.
[31.63-36.19] If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon.
[38.85-40.69] Listen to the paragraph again.
[42.00-44.00] Learning a language is not easy.
[45.09-47.97] It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work.
[49.09-54.69] You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can.
[55.94-59.14] You must learn to think in that language and not in your own.
[60.13-64.37] If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon.
[67.82-69.66] Now write the main idea.
[100.90-107.86] The main idea is that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it.
[113.68-117.12] This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 12.

587
sources/book-12/tape-3A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,587 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3A.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3A.
Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words and sentences.
Picture A: fire.
Fire.
Jim made a fire to keep warm.
Jim made a fire to keep warm.
Picture B: cassette.
Cassette.
My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music.
My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music.
Picture C: dining room.
Dining room.
We bought some new furniture for the dining room.
We bought some new furniture for the dining room.
Picture D: patio.
Patio.
If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio.
If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio.
Picture E: stereo.
Stereo.
Rodney has a very nice stereo.
He loves to listen to music.
Rodney has a very nice stereo.
He loves to listen to music.
Picture F: story.
Story.
Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building.
Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building.
Picture G: wood.
Wood.
Will you cut some wood for the fire?
Will you cut some wood for the fire?
Picture H: plan.
Plan.
Did you see the plans for Alma's new house?
Did you see the plans for Alma's new house?
Picture I: record.
Record.
Larry got 3 records for his birthday.
Larry got 3 records for his birthday.
Picture J: microwave.
Microwave.
Jane wants to buy a microwave.
Jane wants to buy a microwave.
Picture K: oven.
Oven.
Elaine cooked the chicken in the oven at 375 degrees.
Elaine cooked the chicken in the oven at 375 degrees.
Picture L: fireplace.
Fireplace.
Mr.
Evans has a fireplace in his new house.
Mr.
Evans has a fireplace in his new house.
Look at Figure 1 again.
Listen to a sentence.
Match the sentence to the picture.
Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture.
You will hear each sentence twice.
Number 1: The children are playing on the patio.
The children are playing on the patio.
You should have written the number 1 under Picture D.
Let's continue.
Number 2: Mother is baking a cake in the oven.
Mother is baking a cake in the oven.
Number 3: Have you seen the plans for my new house?
Have you seen the plans for my new house?
Number 4: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful.
Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful.
Number 5: Why don't you make a fire?
Why don't you make a fire?
Number 6: George saves time when he cooks in his microwave.
George saves time when he cooks in his microwave.
Number 7: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette.
Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette.
Number 8: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV.
We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV.
Number 9: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building.
Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building.
Number 10: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace.
Melanie's new house has a large fireplace.
Number 11: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record?
Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record?
Number 12: Ask Tim to cut some more wood.
Ask Tim to cut some more wood.
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 goes under Picture D: The children are playing on the patio.
Repeat: The children are playing on the patio.
Number 2 goes under Picture K: Mother is baking a cake in the oven.
Repeat: Mother is baking a cake in the oven.
Number 3 goes under Picture H: Have you seen the plans for my new house?
Repeat: Have you seen the plans for my new house?
Number 4 goes under Picture E: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful.
Repeat: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful.
Number 5 goes under Picture A: Why don't you make a fire?
Repeat: Why don't you make a fire?
Number 6 goes under Picture J:
George saves time when he cooks in his microwave.
Repeat: George saves time when he cooks in his microwave.
Number 7 goes under Picture B: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette.
Repeat: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette.
Number 8 goes under Picture C: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV.
Repeat: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV.
Number 9 goes under Picture F: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building.
Repeat: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building.
Number 10 goes under Picture L: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace.
Repeat: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace.
Number 11 goes under Picture I: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record?
Repeat: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record?
Number 12 goes under Picture G: Ask Tim to cut some more wood.
Repeat: Ask Tim to cut some more wood.
Repeat the following words and sentences.
Number 1: Add on.
Add on.
Mrs.
Howard just had another baby.
Now there are 5 children in the family.
They need to add on another bedroom.
Mrs.
Howard just had another baby.
Now there are 5 children in the family.
They need to add on another bedroom.
Number 2: Build.
Build.
My son is building his home in the country.
My son is building his home in the country.
Number 3: Enlarge.
Enlarge.
Peggy does a lot of cooking.
She has decided to enlarge her kitchen.
Peggy does a lot of cooking.
She has decided to enlarge her kitchen.
Number 4: Heat.
Heat.
That fire is very hot.
It gives off a lot of heat.
That fire is very hot.
It gives off a lot of heat.
Number 5: Burn.
Burn.
Don't let the baby play near the fire.
It will burn him.
Don't let the baby play near the fire.
It will burn him.
Number 6: Addition.
Addition.
This patio is our newest addition to the house.
This patio is our newest addition to the house.
Number 7: Builder.
Builder.
Mr.
Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas.
Mr.
Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas.
Number 8: Suburb.
Suburb.
Valerie lives in a new suburb outside the city.
Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.52-12.80] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3A.
[19.53-19.83] Hello.
[20.55-23.86] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3A.
[30.93-34.59] Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words and sentences.
[38.08-41.55] Picture A: fire.
[41.54-42.18] Fire.
[43.89-45.97] Jim made a fire to keep warm.
[50.43-52.59] Jim made a fire to keep warm.
[56.82-58.58] Picture B: cassette.
[60.63-61.11] Cassette.
[63.75-66.67] My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music.
[72.80-75.92] My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music.
[82.16-84.24] Picture C: dining room.
[85.79-86.83] Dining room.
[88.93-91.41] We bought some new furniture for the dining room.
[96.70-99.26] We bought some new furniture for the dining room.
[105.14-106.98] Picture D: patio.
[109.05-109.47] Patio.
[112.41-115.28] If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio.
[120.88-123.60] If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio.
[130.05-131.85] Picture E: stereo.
[133.98-134.78] Stereo.
[137.76-139.76] Rodney has a very nice stereo.
[140.56-142.24] He loves to listen to music.
[149.37-151.41] Rodney has a very nice stereo.
[152.00-152.69] He loves to listen to music.
[161.49-163.23] Picture F: story.
[165.45-165.87] Story.
[168.93-172.47] Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building.
[179.15-183.03] Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building.
[190.05-192.09] Picture G: wood.
[193.47-193.95] Wood.
[196.35-198.21] Will you cut some wood for the fire?
[203.19-205.23] Will you cut some wood for the fire?
[211.47-213.33] Picture H: plan.
[214.95-217.77] Plan.
[217.95-220.35] Did you see the plans for Alma's new house?
[226.35-228.87] Did you see the plans for Alma's new house?
[236.37-238.29] Picture I: record.
[240.15-240.69] Record.
[243.87-245.85] Larry got 3 records for his birthday.
[250.41-252.57] Larry got 3 records for his birthday.
[258.93-260.97] Picture J: microwave.
[262.83-263.67] Microwave.
[266.07-268.05] Jane wants to buy a microwave.
[273.09-275.13] Jane wants to buy a microwave.
[281.43-283.17] Picture K: oven.
[285.27-285.57] Oven.
[288.51-292.65] Elaine cooked the chicken in the oven at 375 degrees.
[299.37-303.51] Elaine cooked the chicken in the oven at 375 degrees.
[311.09-312.75] Picture L: fireplace.
[314.91-315.57] Fireplace.
[318.27-318.33] Mr.
[318.63-320.91] Evans has a fireplace in his new house.
[326.25-326.31] Mr.
[326.61-329.01] Evans has a fireplace in his new house.
[335.91-337.29] Look at Figure 1 again.
[338.25-339.51] Listen to a sentence.
[340.35-342.15] Match the sentence to the picture.
[342.81-345.51] Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture.
[346.05-348.21] You will hear each sentence twice.
[349.59-353.43] Number 1: The children are playing on the patio.
[354.57-357.03] The children are playing on the patio.
[373.77-376.83] You should have written the number 1 under Picture D.
[377.67-378.45] Let's continue.
[380.13-383.67] Number 2: Mother is baking a cake in the oven.
[385.29-387.51] Mother is baking a cake in the oven.
[398.01-402.21] Number 3: Have you seen the plans for my new house?
[403.65-406.05] Have you seen the plans for my new house?
[418.29-422.31] Number 4: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful.
[424.05-426.33] Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful.
[438.39-441.57] Number 5: Why don't you make a fire?
[443.19-444.63] Why don't you make a fire?
[456.45-461.55] Number 6: George saves time when he cooks in his microwave.
[463.53-466.59] George saves time when he cooks in his microwave.
[478.05-482.19] Number 7: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette.
[483.93-486.21] Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette.
[497.13-503.25] Number 8: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV.
[504.93-508.89] We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV.
[520.47-524.85] Number 9: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building.
[526.95-529.47] Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building.
[542.55-547.35] Number 10: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace.
[549.09-551.91] Melanie's new house has a large fireplace.
[565.41-569.97] Number 11: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record?
[571.77-574.77] Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record?
[586.47-590.37] Number 12: Ask Tim to cut some more wood.
[592.35-594.51] Ask Tim to cut some more wood.
[611.67-612.99] Let's check your answers.
[614.67-619.71] Number 1 goes under Picture D: The children are playing on the patio.
[620.97-624.03] Repeat: The children are playing on the patio.
[628.65-634.17] Number 2 goes under Picture K: Mother is baking a cake in the oven.
[635.73-638.73] Repeat: Mother is baking a cake in the oven.
[644.91-650.97] Number 3 goes under Picture H: Have you seen the plans for my new house?
[652.17-655.71] Repeat: Have you seen the plans for my new house?
[662.73-668.79] Number 4 goes under Picture E: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful.
[670.05-673.47] Repeat: Frank's new stereo sounds wonderful.
[678.93-684.09] Number 5 goes under Picture A: Why don't you make a fire?
[685.29-687.81] Repeat: Why don't you make a fire?
[692.19-694.89] Number 6 goes under Picture J:
[696.51-699.69] George saves time when he cooks in his microwave.
[701.25-705.51] Repeat: George saves time when he cooks in his microwave.
[713.43-719.67] Number 7 goes under Picture B: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette.
[721.17-724.83] Repeat: Charlie wants to listen to my new cassette.
[731.49-739.95] Number 8 goes under Picture C: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV.
[741.57-746.73] Repeat: We always eat dinner in the dining room, not in front of the TV.
[754.29-760.95] Number 9 goes under Picture F: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building.
[762.57-766.59] Repeat: Bob lives in a 2-story apartment building.
[775.11-781.89] Number 10 goes under Picture L: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace.
[783.39-787.47] Repeat: Melanie's new house has a large fireplace.
[795.93-802.89] Number 11 goes under Picture I: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record?
[804.57-808.89] Repeat: Have you heard Bruce Springsteen's newest record?
[817.47-823.71] Number 12 goes under Picture G: Ask Tim to cut some more wood.
[825.33-828.99] Repeat: Ask Tim to cut some more wood.
[834.69-837.21] Repeat the following words and sentences.
[838.71-841.11] Number 1: Add on.
[843.15-843.81] Add on.
[847.23-847.53] Mrs.
[847.65-849.27] Howard just had another baby.
[853.89-856.47] Now there are 5 children in the family.
[861.69-863.97] They need to add on another bedroom.
[870.69-870.99] Mrs.
[871.11-872.91] Howard just had another baby.
[878.73-881.07] Now there are 5 children in the family.
[889.41-891.57] They need to add on another bedroom.
[898.53-900.21] Number 2: Build.
[902.13-902.61] Build.
[904.83-907.17] My son is building his home in the country.
[912.81-915.57] My son is building his home in the country.
[921.57-924.21] Number 3: Enlarge.
[925.89-926.55] Enlarge.
[928.89-930.27] Peggy does a lot of cooking.
[933.93-936.33] She has decided to enlarge her kitchen.
[941.85-943.23] Peggy does a lot of cooking.
[946.71-949.11] She has decided to enlarge her kitchen.
[955.77-957.33] Number 4: Heat.
[958.89-959.19] Heat.
[961.11-962.67] That fire is very hot.
[963.51-965.07] It gives off a lot of heat.
[971.55-973.17] That fire is very hot.
[973.89-975.63] It gives off a lot of heat.
[982.77-984.33] Number 5: Burn.
[986.19-986.49] Burn.
[988.77-990.93] Don't let the baby play near the fire.
[995.61-999.09] It will burn him.
[1000.77-1002.81] Don't let the baby play near the fire.
[1008.45-1009.59] It will burn him.
[1014.45-1016.31] Number 6: Addition.
[1018.11-1018.77] Addition.
[1022.13-1025.13] This patio is our newest addition to the house.
[1030.41-1033.29] This patio is our newest addition to the house.
[1038.57-1040.25] Number 7: Builder.
[1041.99-1042.35] Builder.
[1045.41-1045.47] Mr.
[1045.83-1047.93] Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas.
[1054.41-1054.47] Mr.
[1054.83-1056.99] Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas.
[1063.71-1065.51] Number 8: Suburb.
[1067.31-1067.79] Suburb.
[1071.87-1075.17] Valerie lives in a new suburb outside the city.
[1081.05-1084.59] Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2, listen to a question, and write the number in front of the correct answer.
Number 1: "Who is Mr.
Ellis?"
The answer is C.
He's the biggest builder in Dallas.
Write the number 1 in front of letter C.
Now listen, then write the number in front of the correct answer.
Ready?
Number 2: "Peggy does a lot of cooking." What did she do to her kitchen?
Number 3: "Where is your son building his home?"
Number 4: "Is this patio new?"
Number 5: "Where is Mrs.
Howard going to put all those children?"
Number 6: "What does the fire give off?"
Number 7: "Where does Valerie live?"
Number 8: "Why can't the baby play near the fire?"
Let's check your answers.
Letter A is number 5.
"Where is Mrs.
Howard going to put all those children?" She's going to add on another bedroom.
Repeat: "She's going to add on another bedroom."
Letter B is number 4.
"Is this patio new?" Yes, it's the newest addition to the house.
Repeat: "Yes, it's the newest addition to the house."
Letter C is number 1.
"Who is Mr.
Ellis?" He's the biggest builder in Dallas.
Repeat: "He's the biggest builder in Dallas."
Letter D is number 7.
"Where does Valerie live?"
She lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
Repeat: "She lives in a new suburb outside of the city."
Letter E is number 2.
"Peggy does a lot of cooking." What did she do to her kitchen?
She enlarged her kitchen.
Repeat: "She enlarged her kitchen."
Letter F is number 6.
"What does the fire give off?" The fire gives off a lot of heat.
Repeat: "The fire gives off a lot of heat."
Letter G is number 3.
"Where is your son building his home?"
He's building it in the country.
Repeat: "He's building it in the country."
Letter H is number 8.
"Why can't the baby play near the fire?" The fire will burn him.
Repeat: "The fire will burn him."
Repeat the following sentences.
"Those questions could be too difficult for him."
I think he's having trouble.
Walter could be at the mall.
I'm not sure.
Could this be Alan's jacket?
It's the same color as his.
Do you think I could borrow your English book tonight?
I can't find mine.
What could John be doing out this late at night?
He's usually home early.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.14-7.74] Look at Figure 2, listen to a question, and write the number in front of the correct answer.
[8.83-11.28] Number 1: "Who is Mr.
[11.28-11.84] Ellis?"
[14.94-16.14] The answer is C.
[17.07-19.23] He's the biggest builder in Dallas.
[19.79-22.35] Write the number 1 in front of letter C.
[23.15-27.07] Now listen, then write the number in front of the correct answer.
[27.47-27.95] Ready?
[29.87-35.73] Number 2: "Peggy does a lot of cooking." What did she do to her kitchen?
[46.86-50.93] Number 3: "Where is your son building his home?"
[64.69-67.65] Number 4: "Is this patio new?"
[79.30-81.90] Number 5: "Where is Mrs.
[81.90-84.14] Howard going to put all those children?"
[97.30-100.59] Number 6: "What does the fire give off?"
[112.62-115.54] Number 7: "Where does Valerie live?"
[125.58-129.25] Number 8: "Why can't the baby play near the fire?"
[146.21-147.57] Let's check your answers.
[148.91-150.83] Letter A is number 5.
[152.02-152.74] "Where is Mrs.
[152.74-158.37] Howard going to put all those children?" She's going to add on another bedroom.
[159.50-162.78] Repeat: "She's going to add on another bedroom."
[167.49-169.17] Letter B is number 4.
[170.59-176.21] "Is this patio new?" Yes, it's the newest addition to the house.
[177.94-181.62] Repeat: "Yes, it's the newest addition to the house."
[187.15-188.83] Letter C is number 1.
[190.26-190.74] "Who is Mr.
[190.74-194.35] Ellis?" He's the biggest builder in Dallas.
[195.74-199.26] Repeat: "He's the biggest builder in Dallas."
[207.09-208.93] Letter D is number 7.
[210.27-211.63] "Where does Valerie live?"
[213.50-216.38] She lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
[217.98-222.38] Repeat: "She lives in a new suburb outside of the city."
[230.78-232.19] Letter E is number 2.
[233.84-238.00] "Peggy does a lot of cooking." What did she do to her kitchen?
[239.60-241.04] She enlarged her kitchen.
[242.30-244.78] Repeat: "She enlarged her kitchen."
[250.29-251.73] Letter F is number 6.
[253.07-258.16] "What does the fire give off?" The fire gives off a lot of heat.
[259.97-263.20] Repeat: "The fire gives off a lot of heat."
[271.17-273.15] Letter G is number 3.
[274.47-276.50] "Where is your son building his home?"
[278.62-280.46] He's building it in the country.
[281.58-284.54] Repeat: "He's building it in the country."
[289.44-291.28] Letter H is number 8.
[292.29-297.10] "Why can't the baby play near the fire?" The fire will burn him.
[298.69-300.93] Repeat: "The fire will burn him."
[305.82-307.82] Repeat the following sentences.
[309.71-312.35] "Those questions could be too difficult for him."
[319.36-320.96] I think he's having trouble.
[328.67-330.11] Walter could be at the mall.
[334.62-335.58] I'm not sure.
[340.83-342.43] Could this be Alan's jacket?
[347.86-349.54] It's the same color as his.
[356.69-359.17] Do you think I could borrow your English book tonight?
[365.98-367.26] I can't find mine.
[374.14-376.70] What could John be doing out this late at night?
[384.70-386.06] He's usually home early.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now, look at Figure 3: write the answers to the questions using "could." The words in Figure 3 will help you answer the questions.
Look at the example: "Where is Robert?"
The answer is: "Robert could be at Jim's house." Do the rest like the example.
Number 1: "Someone left his sweater here.
Whose is it?"
Number 2:
"When is the get-together for Jeff?"
Number 3: "Where is my pencil?
I can't find it."
Number 4: "What is that a picture of?"
Number 5: "How long is this movie?"
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is: "It could be Daniel's." Repeat: "It could be Daniel's."
Number 2 is: "It could be today." Repeat: "It could be today."
Number 3 is: "It could be on your desk." Repeat: "It could be on your desk."
Number 4 is: "It could be a bird in a tree." Repeat: "It could be a bird in a tree."
Number 5 is: "It could be about 2 and a half or 3 hours."
Repeat: "It could be about 2 and a half or 3 hours."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.66-10.85] Now, look at Figure 3: write the answers to the questions using "could." The words in Figure 3 will help you answer the questions.
[11.73-14.29] Look at the example: "Where is Robert?"
[20.66-26.40] The answer is: "Robert could be at Jim's house." Do the rest like the example.
[27.81-31.09] Number 1: "Someone left his sweater here.
[31.95-32.59] Whose is it?"
[48.14-48.86] Number 2:
[50.86-52.70] "When is the get-together for Jeff?"
[65.33-68.19] Number 3: "Where is my pencil?
[68.75-69.71] I can't find it."
[82.77-86.43] Number 4: "What is that a picture of?"
[96.54-99.57] Number 5: "How long is this movie?"
[120.37-121.73] Let's check your answers.
[123.55-130.00] Number 1 is: "It could be Daniel's." Repeat: "It could be Daniel's."
[134.86-141.18] Number 2 is: "It could be today." Repeat: "It could be today."
[145.02-152.29] Number 3 is: "It could be on your desk." Repeat: "It could be on your desk."
[156.29-164.26] Number 4 is: "It could be a bird in a tree." Repeat: "It could be a bird in a tree."
[170.75-175.95] Number 5 is: "It could be about 2 and a half or 3 hours."
[177.36-181.84] Repeat: "It could be about 2 and a half or 3 hours."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation.
The first one is an example.
Okay.
What happened, Gina?
That man stepped on my toe.
Gina is?
The answer is: Gina is angry.
Now listen to the other dialogues.
Number 1.
Hi, Jack.
Is Mr.
West your barber too?
Yes.
He has given me haircuts for the past 10 years.
Jack is?
Number 2.
What are you doing here at the airport so late at night, Jim?
I'm waiting for my brother to arrive.
I've been here for 3 and a half hours.
His plane left New York at 2:30 this afternoon.
The plane is?
Number 3.
Lieutenant Andrews.
Your hands are very greasy, and you are late.
I'm sorry, sir.
I had to change a flat tire this morning.
Lieutenant Andrews is?
Number 4.
Jimmy, what's wrong?
They put too much sugar in this tea.
The tea is too—
Number 5.
Where are you going in such a hurry?
To the airport.
My sister arrives this afternoon.
I haven't seen her for 2 years.
He's?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is B: Jack is pleased.
Repeat: Jack is pleased.
Number 2 is B: The plane is late.
Repeat: The plane is late.
Number 3 is A: Lieutenant Andrews is upset.
Repeat: He's upset.
Number 4 is C: The tea is too sweet.
Repeat: The tea is too sweet.
Number 5 is B: He's excited.
Repeat: He's excited.
This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-10.67] Look at Figure 4, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation.
[11.39-13.39] The first one is an example.
[17.52-17.92] Okay.
[17.92-18.96] What happened, Gina?
[19.92-22.00] That man stepped on my toe.
[24.80-28.35] Gina is?
[28.48-31.20] The answer is: Gina is angry.
[31.60-33.68] Now listen to the other dialogues.
[37.26-37.98] Number 1.
[39.30-39.86] Hi, Jack.
[40.18-40.58] Is Mr.
[40.58-41.70] West your barber too?
[42.26-42.90] Yes.
[42.90-45.54] He has given me haircuts for the past 10 years.
[47.10-48.06] Jack is?
[54.14-54.86] Number 2.
[57.23-59.95] What are you doing here at the airport so late at night, Jim?
[60.85-62.77] I'm waiting for my brother to arrive.
[63.58-65.66] I've been here for 3 and a half hours.
[66.38-69.26] His plane left New York at 2:30 this afternoon.
[70.90-74.19] The plane is?
[78.02-78.74] Number 3.
[80.72-81.68] Lieutenant Andrews.
[82.16-84.88] Your hands are very greasy, and you are late.
[85.74-86.70] I'm sorry, sir.
[87.02-88.94] I had to change a flat tire this morning.
[90.88-94.53] Lieutenant Andrews is?
[98.82-99.46] Number 4.
[101.17-102.13] Jimmy, what's wrong?
[102.99-104.83] They put too much sugar in this tea.
[106.59-110.37] The tea is too—
[115.76-116.08] Number 5.
[118.61-120.13] Where are you going in such a hurry?
[121.38-122.18] To the airport.
[122.82-124.74] My sister arrives this afternoon.
[125.22-126.98] I haven't seen her for 2 years.
[128.40-128.88] He's?
[136.54-137.90] Let's check your answers.
[139.95-143.31] Number 1 is B: Jack is pleased.
[144.14-146.70] Repeat: Jack is pleased.
[149.95-153.39] Number 2 is B: The plane is late.
[154.37-156.77] Repeat: The plane is late.
[160.93-165.39] Number 3 is A: Lieutenant Andrews is upset.
[166.83-168.67] Repeat: He's upset.
[172.90-176.54] Number 4 is C: The tea is too sweet.
[177.76-180.59] Repeat: The tea is too sweet.
[185.65-189.06] Number 5 is B: He's excited.
[190.37-192.53] Repeat: He's excited.
[208.05-211.41] This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 12.

362
sources/book-12/tape-3B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3B.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3B.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Number 1: "Boil."
Boil.
The water must boil before you add the vegetables.
Number 2: "A get-together." A get-together.
Kevin is going to have a get-together at his house on Sunday afternoon.
Number 3: "Get together."
Get together.
Let's get together after work today.
Number 4: "Play."
Play.
Does your son play basketball?
Number 5: "Solve."
Solve.
Did you solve the math problem?
Number 6: "Take place." Take place.
Where did the accident take place?
Number 7: "Interested in."
Interested in.
Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
Number 8: "Near."
Near.
He hopes to add onto his house in the near future.
Number 9: "Perhaps."
Perhaps.
I can't make it for lunch today.
Perhaps we can have lunch tomorrow.
Number 10: "Tiring."
Tiring.
Larry went swimming all day Saturday.
It was very tiring.
Number 11: "Idea."
Idea.
Jeff had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
Number 12: "Meeting."
Meeting.
The major has a meeting with the colonel in 15 minutes.
Number 13: "Solution."
Solution.
Sergeant Allen has a solution to our problem.
Number 14: "Trouble."
Trouble.
Did you have trouble finding Sandy's house?
Look at Figure 1.
Read the answers.
Now, listen to a question.
Write the number of the question in front of the answer.
Number 1: What is Jim interested in?
Number 2: What was Jeff's idea?
Number 3: When do I add the vegetables?
Number 4: What is Kevin having on Sunday afternoon?
Number 5: What time is the meeting with Major Brown?
Let's check your answers.
Letter A is number 2.
He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
Letter B is number 4.
He is planning a get-together at his house.
Letter C is number 3.
Add the vegetables after the water boils.
Letter D is number 1.
Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
Letter E is number 5.
The meeting is in 15 minutes.
Repeat the following sentences.
My son's soccer game was very exciting.
Sergeant Roberts is excited about his high test score.
I borrowed this book from my sister.
She said it is very interesting.
Bob is interested in learning Italian.
My last class in the afternoon is very boring.
Lieutenant Martin looked bored during the meeting this morning.
My mother thinks that maps are very confusing.
Kevin was confused when the instructor asked him a question.
We worked in the yard today.
It was very tiring.
John worked late today.
He looks very tired.
The fire was frightening for everyone.
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
Segment timings (seconds):
[7.49-11.41] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3B.
[18.09-18.51] Hello.
[19.15-22.27] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3B.
[29.50-31.90] Repeat the words and sentences.
[33.44-35.52] Number 1: "Boil."
[37.41-37.77] Boil.
[39.93-43.15] The water must boil before you add the vegetables.
[50.03-55.02] Number 2: "A get-together." A get-together.
[57.31-61.95] Kevin is going to have a get-together at his house on Sunday afternoon.
[70.45-73.01] Number 3: "Get together."
[74.67-75.63] Get together.
[78.19-80.43] Let's get together after work today.
[86.19-88.11] Number 4: "Play."
[89.66-90.30] Play.
[92.38-94.06] Does your son play basketball?
[99.41-101.41] Number 5: "Solve."
[103.04-103.76] Solve.
[106.21-107.97] Did you solve the math problem?
[113.82-118.65] Number 6: "Take place." Take place.
[120.81-122.70] Where did the accident take place?
[127.90-130.69] Number 7: "Interested in."
[132.51-133.95] Interested in.
[136.03-139.39] Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
[147.15-148.83] Number 8: "Near."
[150.81-151.17] Near.
[153.81-156.98] He hopes to add onto his house in the near future.
[164.40-166.08] Number 9: "Perhaps."
[168.81-169.29] Perhaps.
[172.29-174.16] I can't make it for lunch today.
[175.23-176.16] Perhaps we can have lunch tomorrow.
[186.11-188.35] Number 10: "Tiring."
[190.11-190.66] Tiring.
[193.95-196.21] Larry went swimming all day Saturday.
[196.93-198.29] It was very tiring.
[206.26-208.18] Number 11: "Idea."
[210.06-210.78] Idea.
[213.28-216.16] Jeff had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
[224.66-226.74] Number 12: "Meeting."
[228.75-229.34] Meeting.
[231.71-234.87] The major has a meeting with the colonel in 15 minutes.
[241.90-244.71] Number 13: "Solution."
[246.75-247.23] Solution.
[250.35-252.96] Sergeant Allen has a solution to our problem.
[259.54-261.46] Number 14: "Trouble."
[263.31-263.87] Trouble.
[266.40-268.72] Did you have trouble finding Sandy's house?
[275.70-276.98] Look at Figure 1.
[276.98-278.90] Read the answers.
[299.85-302.34] Now, listen to a question.
[302.90-304.87] Write the number of the question in front of the answer.
[307.77-311.07] Number 1: What is Jim interested in?
[324.15-327.17] Number 2: What was Jeff's idea?
[339.22-342.72] Number 3: When do I add the vegetables?
[356.29-360.75] Number 4: What is Kevin having on Sunday afternoon?
[373.89-378.22] Number 5: What time is the meeting with Major Brown?
[395.25-396.61] Let's check your answers.
[398.48-399.87] Letter A is number 2.
[401.67-404.29] He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
[407.28-408.77] Letter B is number 4.
[410.78-413.18] He is planning a get-together at his house.
[415.58-417.74] Letter C is number 3.
[419.23-421.87] Add the vegetables after the water boils.
[424.65-426.57] Letter D is number 1.
[427.90-430.70] Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
[433.42-434.75] Letter E is number 5.
[436.35-438.42] The meeting is in 15 minutes.
[442.10-444.18] Repeat the following sentences.
[445.79-448.43] My son's soccer game was very exciting.
[455.90-459.34] Sergeant Roberts is excited about his high test score.
[467.82-469.82] I borrowed this book from my sister.
[470.69-472.69] She said it is very interesting.
[481.30-483.78] Bob is interested in learning Italian.
[492.00-495.28] My last class in the afternoon is very boring.
[503.98-507.10] Lieutenant Martin looked bored during the meeting this morning.
[518.30-521.18] My mother thinks that maps are very confusing.
[530.98-534.74] Kevin was confused when the instructor asked him a question.
[543.79-545.47] We worked in the yard today.
[545.79-547.07] It was very tiring.
[555.47-557.07] John worked late today.
[557.95-559.23] He looks very tired.
[566.66-568.74] The fire was frightening for everyone.
[575.55-578.19] The children were frightened when the lights went out.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
Write the answers to the questions.
Add "ing" or "ed" to the word.
Look at the example.
How was the movie?
The answer is: The movie was interesting.
Let's do some more.
You will hear each question twice.
Write the answer.
Number 1: How does Peter feel about his new job?
How does Peter feel about his new job?
Number 2: What's wrong with Judy today?
What's wrong with Judy today?
Number 3: Why did you spend so much time on that question?
Why did you spend so much time on that question?
Number 4: How was your vacation to the mountains?
How was your vacation to the mountains?
Number 5: How did your daughter feel after the accident?
How did your daughter feel after the accident?
Number 6: How was Jan's trip to Europe?
How was Jan's trip to Europe?
Number 7: Could you understand my directions?
Could you understand my directions?
Number 8: How was your class this morning?
How was your class this morning?
Now let's check your answers.
Number 1: He is very excited about his new job.
Repeat: He is very excited about his new job.
Number 2: She's bored.
Repeat: She's bored.
Number 3: It was confusing.
Repeat: It was confusing.
Number 4: It was very tiring.
Repeat: It was very tiring.
Number 5: She was frightened.
Repeat: She was frightened.
Number 6: It was very exciting.
Repeat: It was very exciting.
Number 7: No, I was confused.
Repeat: No, I was confused.
Number 8: I was bored.
Repeat: I was bored.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-3.04] Look at Figure 2.
[3.84-5.76] Write the answers to the questions.
[6.82-10.10] Add "ing" or "ed" to the word.
[10.74-11.86] Look at the example.
[13.23-14.19] How was the movie?
[19.41-22.61] The answer is: The movie was interesting.
[23.54-24.58] Let's do some more.
[25.14-27.22] You will hear each question twice.
[27.62-28.58] Write the answer.
[30.58-34.66] Number 1: How does Peter feel about his new job?
[36.69-39.01] How does Peter feel about his new job?
[54.94-58.29] Number 2: What's wrong with Judy today?
[59.95-61.63] What's wrong with Judy today?
[78.78-83.87] Number 3: Why did you spend so much time on that question?
[85.73-88.61] Why did you spend so much time on that question?
[106.19-110.58] Number 4: How was your vacation to the mountains?
[112.14-114.38] How was your vacation to the mountains?
[132.27-136.96] Number 5: How did your daughter feel after the accident?
[138.90-141.46] How did your daughter feel after the accident?
[159.02-162.18] Number 6: How was Jan's trip to Europe?
[164.08-166.00] How was Jan's trip to Europe?
[182.29-187.47] Number 7: Could you understand my directions?
[187.68-189.68] Could you understand my directions?
[209.14-212.64] Number 8: How was your class this morning?
[214.30-216.06] How was your class this morning?
[239.36-241.36] Now let's check your answers.
[242.88-246.99] Number 1: He is very excited about his new job.
[248.24-251.84] Repeat: He is very excited about his new job.
[258.72-260.64] Number 2: She's bored.
[261.84-264.00] Repeat: She's bored.
[268.13-270.93] Number 3: It was confusing.
[272.34-274.74] Repeat: It was confusing.
[280.47-283.52] Number 4: It was very tiring.
[284.97-287.49] Repeat: It was very tiring.
[294.11-296.83] Number 5: She was frightened.
[298.11-300.58] Repeat: She was frightened.
[306.94-309.74] Number 6: It was very exciting.
[311.28-314.00] Repeat: It was very exciting.
[319.12-322.64] Number 7: No, I was confused.
[324.37-327.65] Repeat: No, I was confused.
[333.84-336.50] Number 8: I was bored.
[337.97-340.13] Repeat: I was bored.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3: listen to the question, then listen to the conversation.
Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time.
What did Sergeant Richards need to ask Captain Douglas?
Hello, Alpha Squadron, may I help you?
Yes, Captain Douglas, please.
I'm sorry, sir, he's not hereright now.
May I take a message?
Yes, this is Sergeant Richards.
I am in Detroit, and I won't be back tomorrow.
I need to ask for 2 more days of leave.
Okay, Sergeant Richards.
I'll give him your message.
Call back in 2 hours and I'll have an answer for you.
Thanks.
Captain Douglas?
Yes.
Sergeant Richard called.
He said that he was in Detroit and needed 2 more days of leave.
He'll call back in about 30 minutes for his answer.
If I'm not here, tell him okay, there's no problem with leave.
I'll see him in about 2 days.
Yes, sir.
What did Sergeant Richards need to ask Captain Douglas?
The answer is: Sergeant Richards needed to ask for 2 more days of leave.
Repeat: Sergeant Richards needed to ask for 2 more days of leave.
Now listen to the second question and the second conversation.
Where does Sue want Lorraine to go, and at what time?
Hi, Mrs.
Peterson, is Lorraine home?
No, she's not.
What do you need?
Well, well, my mom said that I could ask a friend to come for dinner tonight, and I wanted to ask Lorraine.
I'm sure she'd love to come, Sue.
She'll be home at 5:30.
What time is dinner?
It's not until 7 tonight.
I'll have her at your house at 7 o'clock.
Thanks.
I'm home, Mom.
Lorraine, Sue has asked you to have dinner at her house tonight.
They are going to eat at 7 o'clock.
Did you tell her that I could go?
Yes.
And I told her you'd be there by 7 o'clock.
So let's go.
Yes, Ma'am.
Where does Sue want Lorraine to go, and at what time?
The answer is: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock.
Repeat: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock.
This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-7.84] Look at Figure 3: listen to the question, then listen to the conversation.
[8.96-12.48] Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time.
[14.82-17.78] What did Sergeant Richards need to ask Captain Douglas?
[23.55-25.71] Hello, Alpha Squadron, may I help you?
[26.43-28.03] Yes, Captain Douglas, please.
[29.17-31.25] I'm sorry, sir, he's not hereright now.
[31.57-32.45] May I take a message?
[32.69-34.61] Yes, this is Sergeant Richards.
[35.33-38.05] I am in Detroit, and I won't be back tomorrow.
[39.12-41.12] I need to ask for 2 more days of leave.
[42.59-43.87] Okay, Sergeant Richards.
[44.27-45.47] I'll give him your message.
[46.27-49.23] Call back in 2 hours and I'll have an answer for you.
[49.79-50.27] Thanks.
[55.76-56.56] Captain Douglas?
[56.88-57.36] Yes.
[58.08-59.28] Sergeant Richard called.
[60.00-63.12] He said that he was in Detroit and needed 2 more days of leave.
[63.76-66.24] He'll call back in about 30 minutes for his answer.
[67.89-71.25] If I'm not here, tell him okay, there's no problem with leave.
[71.81-73.25] I'll see him in about 2 days.
[74.08-74.48] Yes, sir.
[79.02-82.30] What did Sergeant Richards need to ask Captain Douglas?
[97.09-102.37] The answer is: Sergeant Richards needed to ask for 2 more days of leave.
[102.69-107.73] Repeat: Sergeant Richards needed to ask for 2 more days of leave.
[117.60-120.96] Now listen to the second question and the second conversation.
[122.37-125.17] Where does Sue want Lorraine to go, and at what time?
[129.02-129.58] Hi, Mrs.
[129.58-131.58] Peterson, is Lorraine home?
[132.06-133.10] No, she's not.
[133.26-134.22] What do you need?
[135.12-144.56] Well, well, my mom said that I could ask a friend to come for dinner tonight, and I wanted to ask Lorraine.
[145.12-147.44] I'm sure she'd love to come, Sue.
[147.84-149.60] She'll be home at 5:30.
[150.08-151.28] What time is dinner?
[151.92-153.65] It's not until 7 tonight.
[154.72-157.28] I'll have her at your house at 7 o'clock.
[158.05-158.93] Thanks.
[163.09-164.18] I'm home, Mom.
[164.53-168.21] Lorraine, Sue has asked you to have dinner at her house tonight.
[168.85-170.85] They are going to eat at 7 o'clock.
[171.49-173.49] Did you tell her that I could go?
[173.65-174.45] Yes.
[174.77-177.33] And I told her you'd be there by 7 o'clock.
[177.57-178.53] So let's go.
[179.09-179.89] Yes, Ma'am.
[185.33-188.45] Where does Sue want Lorraine to go, and at what time?
[205.17-210.77] The answer is: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock.
[211.74-217.02] Repeat: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock.
[228.94-231.50] This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 12.

377
sources/book-12/tape-3C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3C.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3C.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to a dialogue and take notes.
You will be asked questions on the dialogue.
Hi, Mike.
What are you doing?
Well, I want to add on another bedroom and bathroom to my house.
That sounds nice.
It will be nice once it's finished.
Hey, Carl.
Did you hear about Mike's plans?
No, I didn't.
He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house.
Look at Figure 1 again.
Write the answer to the question about the dialogue.
What did Mike say about his house?
The answer is: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house.
Listen to this dialogue and take notes.
Hello, Mr.
Parker.
Where is Mrs.
Parker?
She's not home.
She's in Chicago.
Tell her hello for me when you talk to her.
What did he say about Mrs.
Parker?
He said that she wasn't home.
He said that she was in Chicago.
Now answer this question.
Use your notes to help you.
What did Mr.
Parker say about his wife?
The answer is: He said that Mrs.
Parker wasn't home.
He said that she was in Chicago.
Listen to one more dialogue and take notes.
Oh, good afternoon, Captain Brooks.
Hello, Sergeant Jackson.
Are you looking for someone?
I'm looking for Sergeant Robinson, sir.
He takes the mail to Colonel Travis every day at this time.
He'll be back in about 30 minutes.
Thank you, sir.
I'll come back later.
Sergeant Robinson?
Yes, sir.
Sergeant Jackson came by.
He wanted to see you.
Thank you for the message, sir.
Answer this question from your notes.
What did Captain Brooks say about Sergeant Robinson?
The answer is: He said that Sergeant Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time.
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.63-14.03] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3C.
[19.87-20.35] Hello.
[20.91-23.61] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3C.
[32.13-33.17] Look at Figure 1.
[33.81-36.21] Listen to a dialogue and take notes.
[37.04-39.52] You will be asked questions on the dialogue.
[43.09-43.73] Hi, Mike.
[44.05-44.77] What are you doing?
[45.41-49.97] Well, I want to add on another bedroom and bathroom to my house.
[50.69-51.65] That sounds nice.
[51.89-53.97] It will be nice once it's finished.
[54.72-55.28] Hey, Carl.
[55.28-56.64] Did you hear about Mike's plans?
[57.04-57.76] No, I didn't.
[59.23-62.99] He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house.
[66.62-68.06] Look at Figure 1 again.
[68.70-71.34] Write the answer to the question about the dialogue.
[73.01-74.85] What did Mike say about his house?
[106.72-113.68] The answer is: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house.
[114.67-117.15] Listen to this dialogue and take notes.
[121.23-121.71] Hello, Mr.
[121.71-122.19] Parker.
[122.67-123.23] Where is Mrs.
[123.23-123.63] Parker?
[124.46-125.26] She's not home.
[125.50-126.38] She's in Chicago.
[127.02-128.67] Tell her hello for me when you talk to her.
[129.78-131.06] What did he say about Mrs.
[131.06-131.46] Parker?
[133.58-135.10] He said that she wasn't home.
[135.42-137.10] He said that she was in Chicago.
[140.27-142.03] Now answer this question.
[142.67-144.19] Use your notes to help you.
[145.55-146.19] What did Mr.
[146.19-147.95] Parker say about his wife?
[179.76-182.56] The answer is: He said that Mrs.
[182.56-183.92] Parker wasn't home.
[184.32-186.80] He said that she was in Chicago.
[189.76-192.40] Listen to one more dialogue and take notes.
[196.69-198.29] Oh, good afternoon, Captain Brooks.
[198.93-200.05] Hello, Sergeant Jackson.
[200.61-201.65] Are you looking for someone?
[202.21-204.05] I'm looking for Sergeant Robinson, sir.
[204.80-207.68] He takes the mail to Colonel Travis every day at this time.
[208.16-209.92] He'll be back in about 30 minutes.
[210.16-210.80] Thank you, sir.
[211.04-211.92] I'll come back later.
[214.45-215.41] Sergeant Robinson?
[216.32-216.64] Yes, sir.
[217.65-219.09] Sergeant Jackson came by.
[219.41-220.37] He wanted to see you.
[221.60-222.88] Thank you for the message, sir.
[226.74-228.66] Answer this question from your notes.
[229.38-231.94] What did Captain Brooks say about Sergeant Robinson?
[263.95-270.67] The answer is: He said that Sergeant Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2, read the paragraph, and then listen to the questions.
Underline the answer, then write the number of the question under the answer.
Look at the example.
Number 1: Where did Barbara go?
Number 2: What kind of things did she need?
Number 3: What did she buy for her living room?
Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen?
Number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Where did Barbara go?
You should have "the mall" underlined.
Number 2: What kind of things did she need?
You should have "things for her house" underlined.
Number 3: What did she buy for her living room?
You should have "sofa" underlined.
Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen?
You should have "microwave" underlined.
And number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom?
You should have "curtains" underlined.
Now let's begin.
Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions.
Now listen to the questions.
Answer them like the example.
Number 1: What did Art do to his house?
Number 2: What were his additions?
Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen?
Number 4: What did he buy for the living room?
Number 5: What did he buy for the patio?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: What did Art do to his house?
You should have "added on" underlined.
Number 2: What were his additions?
You should have "a bedroom," "a bathroom," and "a patio" underlined.
Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen?
You should have "a microwave" underlined.
Number 4: What did he buy for the living room?
You should have "a stereo" underlined.
And number 5: What did he buy for the patio?
You should have "a table" underlined.
Now read the next paragraph.
Listen to the questions and answer them as you did before.
Number 1: What is Virginia planning?
Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring?
Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do?
Number 4: What is she doing?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: What is Virginia planning?
You should have "a get-together" underlined.
Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring?
You should have "their cassettes and their records" underlined.
Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do?
You should have "cut wood for the fireplace" underlined.
And number 4: What is she doing?
You should have "cooking a lot of food" underlined.
Read the last paragraph.
Answer the questions.
Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house?
Number 2: What did she do to the living room?
Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen?
Number 4: What else did she enlarge?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house?
You should have "enlarged several rooms" underlined.
Number 2: What did she do to the living room?
You should have "enlarged the living room and added a fireplace" underlined.
Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen?
You should have "enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave" underlined.
And number 4: What else did she enlarge?
You should have "patio" underlined.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-6.93] Look at Figure 2, read the paragraph, and then listen to the questions.
[7.57-12.21] Underline the answer, then write the number of the question under the answer.
[12.93-13.97] Look at the example.
[17.12-19.84] Number 1: Where did Barbara go?
[30.85-34.29] Number 2: What kind of things did she need?
[44.96-48.53] Number 3: What did she buy for her living room?
[58.64-62.10] Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen?
[73.33-76.90] Number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom?
[89.94-91.38] Let's check your answers.
[92.77-95.71] Number 1: Where did Barbara go?
[96.98-100.02] You should have "the mall" underlined.
[102.10-105.94] Number 2: What kind of things did she need?
[107.57-111.49] You should have "things for her house" underlined.
[113.70-117.39] Number 3: What did she buy for her living room?
[118.83-122.03] You should have "sofa" underlined.
[123.97-127.55] Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen?
[128.83-132.19] You should have "microwave" underlined.
[133.63-137.74] And number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom?
[138.38-141.10] You should have "curtains" underlined.
[146.67-147.79] Now let's begin.
[148.35-151.55] Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions.
[174.64-176.16] Now listen to the questions.
[176.56-178.16] Answer them like the example.
[179.60-183.20] Number 1: What did Art do to his house?
[193.70-196.90] Number 2: What were his additions?
[207.31-210.46] Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen?
[221.79-225.10] Number 4: What did he buy for the living room?
[236.46-239.58] Number 5: What did he buy for the patio?
[253.22-254.58] Let's check your answers.
[255.75-259.14] Number 1: What did Art do to his house?
[260.24-263.60] You should have "added on" underlined.
[265.89-268.86] Number 2: What were his additions?
[269.95-275.71] You should have "a bedroom," "a bathroom," and "a patio" underlined.
[277.83-280.90] Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen?
[282.03-285.84] You should have "a microwave" underlined.
[287.77-290.88] Number 4: What did he buy for the living room?
[291.95-295.23] You should have "a stereo" underlined.
[296.79-300.66] And number 5: What did he buy for the patio?
[300.66-304.02] You should have "a table" underlined.
[309.30-310.98] Now read the next paragraph.
[328.43-331.87] Listen to the questions and answer them as you did before.
[334.02-337.42] Number 1: What is Virginia planning?
[347.66-351.71] Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring?
[363.49-367.44] Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do?
[378.85-381.30] Number 4: What is she doing?
[389.76-390.53] Let's check your answers.
[393.82-396.77] Number 1: What is Virginia planning?
[397.98-400.83] You should have "a get-together" underlined.
[403.47-406.67] Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring?
[408.13-412.91] You should have "their cassettes and their records" underlined.
[414.88-419.42] Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do?
[419.68-424.10] You should have "cut wood for the fireplace" underlined.
[424.68-428.74] And number 4: What is she doing?
[429.54-433.62] You should have "cooking a lot of food" underlined.
[443.38-444.74] Read the last paragraph.
[455.14-456.42] Answer the questions.
[458.55-461.77] Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house?
[469.65-472.88] Number 2: What did she do to the living room?
[480.22-482.83] Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen?
[489.74-492.94] Number 4: What else did she enlarge?
[501.54-502.90] Let's check your answers.
[510.27-514.21] Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house?
[515.68-519.34] You should have "enlarged several rooms" underlined.
[522.27-526.57] Number 2: What did she do to the living room?
[526.77-532.77] You should have "enlarged the living room and added a fireplace" underlined.
[534.94-538.38] Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen?
[539.19-544.65] You should have "enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave" underlined.
[546.21-550.35] And number 4: What else did she enlarge?
[550.47-553.59] You should have "patio" underlined.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3: there are some dialogues that are not complete.
Ask questions to complete these dialogues.
Look at the example.
Mike says, "Do you speak French or Spanish?" Stan's answer is not there.
Then there is a question that says, "Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish?" This is the kind of question that you need to ask.
Ask the question.
"Stan said that he spoke French." Write "I speak French" on the line next to the name Stan.
Read Dialogue 1 and write a question to ask what Pat said.
Let's check your question.
Your question should be, "Did Pat say he wanted Chinese or Italian food?"
Now listen to the answer: "He said he wanted Italian food." Write Pat's answer on the line to complete the dialogue.
Did you write "I want Italian food" on the line?
That completes this dialogue.
Go to Dialogue 2 and write down a question.
Let's check your question.
It should be, "Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies?" Now listen to the answer: "He said that he wanted to watch TV." Write his answer on the line.
The answer is, "I want to watch TV."
Read Dialogue 3 and write your question.
Your question should be, "Did Paul say that he swam every day?" Now listen to the answer:
"Paul said that he didn't like to swim." Now write what he said on the line.
The answer is, "No, I don't like to swim."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.98-6.06] Look at Figure 3: there are some dialogues that are not complete.
[7.46-9.86] Ask questions to complete these dialogues.
[10.58-11.62] Look at the example.
[12.48-18.54] Mike says, "Do you speak French or Spanish?" Stan's answer is not there.
[19.18-28.54] Then there is a question that says, "Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish?" This is the kind of question that you need to ask.
[29.57-30.69] Ask the question.
[33.09-40.66] "Stan said that he spoke French." Write "I speak French" on the line next to the name Stan.
[43.12-48.62] Read Dialogue 1 and write a question to ask what Pat said.
[69.82-71.18] Let's check your question.
[72.48-78.21] Your question should be, "Did Pat say he wanted Chinese or Italian food?"
[80.75-90.48] Now listen to the answer: "He said he wanted Italian food." Write Pat's answer on the line to complete the dialogue.
[98.37-101.73] Did you write "I want Italian food" on the line?
[103.52-105.04] That completes this dialogue.
[107.73-110.85] Go to Dialogue 2 and write down a question.
[135.36-136.64] Let's check your question.
[137.44-153.46] It should be, "Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies?" Now listen to the answer: "He said that he wanted to watch TV." Write his answer on the line.
[163.95-166.75] The answer is, "I want to watch TV."
[171.75-174.59] Read Dialogue 3 and write your question.
[195.50-202.85] Your question should be, "Did Paul say that he swam every day?" Now listen to the answer:
[204.40-210.66] "Paul said that he didn't like to swim." Now write what he said on the line.
[224.99-228.75] The answer is, "No, I don't like to swim."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3c-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4.
This is a dictation exercise.
You will hear a paragraph three times; the first time, just listen.
Randy is in his last year of high school.
Last Friday he made up his mind to go to college.
Now he has to decide what career field to choose.
His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future.
He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Write what you hear.
Randy is in his last year...
of high school.
Last Friday...
he made up his mind...
to go to college.
Now he has to decide...
what career field to choose.
His parents told him...
that a degree in business...
would give him...
a good future.
He's still confused...
about the courses...
he wants to study...
but he has time...
to think it over.
Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
Randy is in his last year of high school.
Last Friday he made up his mind to go to college.
Now he has to decide what career field to choose.
His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future.
He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.
To check your paragraph, turn to page 45.
This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-3.09] Look at Figure 4.
[3.65-5.65] This is a dictation exercise.
[6.29-10.69] You will hear a paragraph three times; the first time, just listen.
[12.19-14.99] Randy is in his last year of high school.
[15.98-19.34] Last Friday he made up his mind to go to college.
[20.24-24.32] Now he has to decide what career field to choose.
[25.50-29.90] His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future.
[30.96-36.64] He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.
[41.78-43.38] Listen to the paragraph again.
[44.18-45.38] Write what you hear.
[46.51-51.03] Randy is in his last year...
[64.13-65.01] of high school.
[78.06-79.18] Last Friday...
[88.38-92.61] he made up his mind...
[105.79-106.99] to go to college.
[119.12-123.81] Now he has to decide...
[137.97-140.13] what career field to choose.
[154.37-158.37] His parents told him...
[169.87-174.87] that a degree in business...
[184.21-185.09] would give him...
[198.59-202.17] a good future.
[209.58-213.63] He's still confused...
[223.81-225.03] about the courses...
[237.73-239.09] he wants to study...
[250.62-255.03] but he has time...
[263.55-264.43] to think it over.
[279.94-283.22] Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
[284.82-287.62] Randy is in his last year of high school.
[290.32-293.76] Last Friday he made up his mind to go to college.
[296.06-299.98] Now he has to decide what career field to choose.
[302.38-307.02] His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future.
[309.47-316.03] He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.
[320.49-323.22] To check your paragraph, turn to page 45.
[336.69-339.52] This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 12.

478
sources/book-12/tape-3D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3D.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D.
Listen to a dialogue.
Hi, Carl.
Why did you bring your umbrella?
Look at the sky.
It might rain today.
I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat.
I could get wet.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to the first sentence, then say yours.
Hi, Carl.
Why did you bring an umbrella?
I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat.
I could get wet.
Segment timings (seconds):
[6.69-10.85] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 3D.
[17.74-18.22] Hello.
[18.94-21.23] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D.
[29.12-30.48] Listen to a dialogue.
[33.90-34.54] Hi, Carl.
[35.10-36.30] Why did you bring your umbrella?
[37.02-38.06] Look at the sky.
[38.38-39.58] It might rain today.
[40.45-42.45] I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat.
[42.85-43.73] I could get wet.
[45.97-47.01] Look at Figure 1.
[47.89-50.93] Listen to the first sentence, then say yours.
[52.82-53.46] Hi, Carl.
[54.18-55.38] Why did you bring an umbrella?
[60.66-62.90] I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat.
[63.46-64.34] I could get wet.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 2; this time you begin.
Look at the sky; it might rain today.
Now listen to this dialogue.
Excuse me, sir, where's Major Adams?
Isn't he in his office?
No, and I need to speak to him now.
He may be in the Colonel's office.
Thank you.
I'll look.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.70-5.22] Look at figure 2; this time you begin.
[11.71-14.03] Look at the sky; it might rain today.
[21.42-22.86] Now listen to this dialogue.
[24.88-27.44] Excuse me, sir, where's Major Adams?
[28.16-29.52] Isn't he in his office?
[30.24-32.40] No, and I need to speak to him now.
[32.88-34.48] He may be in the Colonel's office.
[35.12-35.68] Thank you.
[35.92-36.56] I'll look.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 3: someone will read the first line; you follow with your lines.
Excuse me, sir, where's Major Adams?
No, and I need to speak to him now.
Thank you.
I'll look.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-7.92] Look at figure 3: someone will read the first line; you follow with your lines.
[9.71-12.03] Excuse me, sir, where's Major Adams?
[16.58-18.98] No, and I need to speak to him now.
[23.42-23.90] Thank you.
[24.30-24.86] I'll look.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4.
This time, you begin.
Isn't he in his office?
He may be in the Colonel's office.
Listen to this dialogue.
Oh, Linda.
Where's Ms.
Evans?
She could be in the next office.
I'll check.
She's not there.
She might be in the mailroom.
Well, she's not there.
She may be in Mrs.
Brown's office.
We're in luck, Nancy.
She's in Mrs.
Brown's office, and we'll be here in about 10 minutes.
Thanks, Linda.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.11-3.07] Look at Figure 4.
[3.79-5.39] This time, you begin.
[11.09-12.37] Isn't he in his office?
[17.07-18.67] He may be in the Colonel's office.
[24.29-25.65] Listen to this dialogue.
[28.34-28.98] Oh, Linda.
[29.38-29.86] Where's Ms.
[29.94-30.50] Evans?
[31.42-32.94] She could be in the next office.
[33.18-33.98] I'll check.
[34.98-35.94] She's not there.
[36.42-37.78] She might be in the mailroom.
[39.09-40.53] Well, she's not there.
[41.25-42.37] She may be in Mrs.
[42.37-43.49] Brown's office.
[44.62-45.74] We're in luck, Nancy.
[45.74-46.46] She's in Mrs.
[46.46-49.18] Brown's office, and we'll be here in about 10 minutes.
[49.66-50.38] Thanks, Linda.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 5.
You answer the question.
This time you have several lines; read all of them.
Oh, Linda.
Where's Ms.
Evans?
Thanks, Linda.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.30-3.50] Look at figure 5.
[4.22-5.66] You answer the question.
[6.06-9.10] This time you have several lines; read all of them.
[10.22-10.94] Oh, Linda.
[11.42-11.82] Where's Ms.
[11.90-12.54] Evans?
[35.47-36.19] Thanks, Linda.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 6: the roles change.
I have to read several lines.
You begin.
"She could be in the next office.
I'll check." "She's not there." "She might be in the mailroom." "Well, she's not there.
She may be in Ms.
Brown's office." "We're in luck, Nancy.
She's in Ms.
Brown's office and will be here in about 10 minutes."
Listen to the next dialogue.
It's the last one.
Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?
I might be able to.
What time do you need to leave?
I usually leave at 7:15.
I'll let you know.
I may see you at 7:15.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-5.42] Now look at Figure 6: the roles change.
[6.14-8.14] I have to read several lines.
[8.38-9.18] You begin.
[14.90-16.58] "She could be in the next office.
[16.90-24.48] I'll check." "She's not there." "She might be in the mailroom." "Well, she's not there.
[25.12-26.08] She may be in Ms.
[26.08-29.26] Brown's office." "We're in luck, Nancy.
[29.42-30.06] She's in Ms.
[30.06-32.70] Brown's office and will be here in about 10 minutes."
[37.18-38.78] Listen to the next dialogue.
[39.26-40.38] It's the last one.
[43.76-45.60] Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?
[46.40-47.44] I might be able to.
[48.08-49.36] What time do you need to leave?
[50.00-51.92] I usually leave at 7:15.
[52.64-53.44] I'll let you know.
[54.16-55.84] I may see you at 7:15.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 7: you will hear a line, you read the next one.
"Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?"
"I usually leave at 7:15."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-6.67] Look at figure 7: you will hear a line, you read the next one.
[8.66-10.34] "Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?"
[15.97-17.33] "I usually leave at 7:15."
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 8.
You begin this time.
I might be able to.
What time do you need to leave?
I'll let you know.
I may see you at 7:15.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.15-2.03] Look at Figure 8.
[2.67-3.87] You begin this time.
[8.43-9.55] I might be able to.
[10.27-11.63] What time do you need to leave?
[17.66-18.54] I'll let you know.
[19.18-20.78] I may see you at 7:15.
#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f9-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 9.
You will hear some questions.
Answer the questions.
Use "could," "may," or "might." Look at the example.
Where is Mr.
Williams?
Repeat: "He could be in the library." Write the answers to the rest of the questions.
Number 1: Where is my new record?
Number 2: Why is Janet wearing her jacket?
Number 3: Why is Mike riding the bus to work?
Number 4: Where is Sally's dog?
Number 5: What is this tool for?
Number 6: Where are my keys?
Number 7: Why is Betty running down the hall?
Number 8: Who is this package for?
Number 9: Why isn't Tim home yet?
Number 10: Who has been in the major's office for the last hour?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: It could be in the living room.
Repeat: "It could be in the living room."
Number 2: It may be cold outside.
Repeat: "It may be cold outside."
Number 3: His car might be in the garage.
Repeat: "His car might be in the garage."
Number 4: It could be in the neighbor's yard.
Repeat: "It could be in the neighbor's yard."
Number 5: It may be for tightening nuts.
Repeat: "It may be for tightening nuts."
Number 6: They might be on the dining room table.
Repeat: "They might be on the dining room table."
Number 7: She could be late.
Repeat: "She could be late."
Number 8: It may be for you.
Repeat: "It may be for you."
Number 9: He might be stuck in traffic.
Repeat: "He might be stuck in traffic."
Number 10: It could be Lieutenant Mitchell.
Repeat: "It could be Lieutenant Mitchell."
Repeat the following sentences.
Hurry, you're late.
The meeting has already begun.
Hurry, you're late.
The meeting has already begun.
He's broken his leg.
He's broken his leg.
This dog has cost us a lot of money.
This dog has cost us a lot of money.
The water in the lake has frozen.
The water in the lake has frozen.
Mark has had that car since 1984.
Mark has had that car since 1984.
Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
I've ridden the bus for 3 years.
I've ridden the bus for 3 years.
Jill hasn't slept well for 3 nights.
Jill hasn't slept well for 3 nights.
Mr.
Evans has taught that course for 6 years.
Mr.
Evans has taught that course for 6 years.
Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.95-2.67] Look at Figure 9.
[3.71-5.23] You will hear some questions.
[5.95-7.15] Answer the questions.
[7.87-12.83] Use "could," "may," or "might." Look at the example.
[13.86-14.42] Where is Mr.
[14.42-15.06] Williams?
[18.85-25.33] Repeat: "He could be in the library." Write the answers to the rest of the questions.
[28.88-31.44] Number 1: Where is my new record?
[49.28-53.04] Number 2: Why is Janet wearing her jacket?
[68.45-72.13] Number 3: Why is Mike riding the bus to work?
[88.21-91.18] Number 4: Where is Sally's dog?
[104.54-107.73] Number 5: What is this tool for?
[125.49-128.48] Number 6: Where are my keys?
[144.77-148.37] Number 7: Why is Betty running down the hall?
[161.52-164.48] Number 8: Who is this package for?
[179.84-182.96] Number 9: Why isn't Tim home yet?
[199.76-204.27] Number 10: Who has been in the major's office for the last hour?
[225.38-226.66] Let's check your answers.
[228.21-231.01] Number 1: It could be in the living room.
[232.16-234.96] Repeat: "It could be in the living room."
[239.66-242.86] Number 2: It may be cold outside.
[244.11-246.91] Repeat: "It may be cold outside."
[251.63-254.99] Number 3: His car might be in the garage.
[256.24-259.44] Repeat: "His car might be in the garage."
[265.07-268.35] Number 4: It could be in the neighbor's yard.
[269.86-272.98] Repeat: "It could be in the neighbor's yard."
[279.15-282.86] Number 5: It may be for tightening nuts.
[284.27-287.47] Repeat: "It may be for tightening nuts."
[292.40-296.24] Number 6: They might be on the dining room table.
[297.90-301.18] Repeat: "They might be on the dining room table."
[308.48-310.96] Number 7: She could be late.
[312.62-314.70] Repeat: "She could be late."
[318.96-321.44] Number 8: It may be for you.
[322.59-325.07] Repeat: "It may be for you."
[329.86-333.52] Number 9: He might be stuck in traffic.
[334.96-337.76] Repeat: "He might be stuck in traffic."
[342.72-345.52] Number 10: It could be Lieutenant Mitchell.
[346.80-349.44] Repeat: "It could be Lieutenant Mitchell."
[354.88-356.88] Repeat the following sentences.
[358.02-358.90] Hurry, you're late.
[359.62-361.30] The meeting has already begun.
[366.62-367.50] Hurry, you're late.
[368.14-369.82] The meeting has already begun.
[375.60-376.96] He's broken his leg.
[379.73-380.87] He's broken his leg.
[386.79-389.22] This dog has cost us a lot of money.
[395.20-397.76] This dog has cost us a lot of money.
[404.54-406.46] The water in the lake has frozen.
[411.58-413.66] The water in the lake has frozen.
[419.46-421.78] Mark has had that car since 1984.
[428.43-431.08] Mark has had that car since 1984.
[438.87-442.50] Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
[449.41-452.26] Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
[460.88-462.88] Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
[468.40-470.13] Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
[478.02-480.26] I've ridden the bus for 3 years.
[484.98-487.66] I've ridden the bus for 3 years.
[494.08-496.48] Jill hasn't slept well for 3 nights.
[499.95-501.89] Jill hasn't slept well for 3 nights.
[509.55-509.60] Mr.
[509.87-512.67] Evans has taught that course for 6 years.
[518.69-518.93] Mr.
[518.93-521.73] Evans has taught that course for 6 years.
[528.06-531.42] Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
[538.29-541.89] Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
#### TAPE — Figure 10 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f10-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now, look at Figure 10: write answers to the questions.
Use the words you see.
Number 1: "Why do I have to hurry?"
Number 2: "What has he broken?"
Number 3: "What has cost us a lot of money?"
Number 4: "What has frozen?"
Number 5: "How long has Mark had that car?"
Number 6: "What has Lieutenant Martin kept?"
Number 7: "Has Ralph paid that bill yet?"
Number 8: "How many years have you ridden the bus?"
Number 9: "Why is Jill tired?"
Number 10: "How long has Mr.
Evans taught that course?"
Number 11: "What has Peter done with his money?"
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: "You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun."
Repeat: "You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun."
Number 2: "He has broken his leg." Repeat: "He has broken his leg."
Number 3: "This dog has cost us a lot of money." Repeat: "This dog has cost us a lot of money."
Number 4: "The water in the lake has frozen." Repeat: "The water in the lake has frozen."
Number 5: "Mark has had that car since 1984."
Repeat: "Mark has had that car since 1984."
Number 6: "Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets."
Repeat: "Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets."
Number 7: "No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet."
Repeat: "No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet."
Number 8: "I've ridden the bus for 3 years."
Repeat: "I've ridden the bus for 3 years."
Number 9: "She hasn't slept well for 3 nights."
Repeat: "She hasn't slept well for 3 nights."
Number 10: "He has taught that course for 6 years." Repeat: "He has taught that course for 6 years."
Number 11: "He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank."
Repeat: "He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.54-5.62] Now, look at Figure 10: write answers to the questions.
[6.34-7.70] Use the words you see.
[9.60-12.82] Number 1: "Why do I have to hurry?"
[30.22-33.04] Number 2: "What has he broken?"
[51.76-55.39] Number 3: "What has cost us a lot of money?"
[72.00-74.48] Number 4: "What has frozen?"
[92.21-96.13] Number 5: "How long has Mark had that car?"
[112.64-116.30] Number 6: "What has Lieutenant Martin kept?"
[136.50-139.81] Number 7: "Has Ralph paid that bill yet?"
[162.40-165.84] Number 8: "How many years have you ridden the bus?"
[187.31-190.38] Number 9: "Why is Jill tired?"
[210.93-214.13] Number 10: "How long has Mr.
[214.13-215.81] Evans taught that course?"
[232.11-235.98] Number 11: "What has Peter done with his money?"
[257.58-258.94] Let's check your answers.
[260.27-265.02] Number 1: "You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun."
[266.56-271.25] Repeat: "You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun."
[279.47-286.58] Number 2: "He has broken his leg." Repeat: "He has broken his leg."
[292.38-302.03] Number 3: "This dog has cost us a lot of money." Repeat: "This dog has cost us a lot of money."
[308.98-317.47] Number 4: "The water in the lake has frozen." Repeat: "The water in the lake has frozen."
[323.89-328.38] Number 5: "Mark has had that car since 1984."
[330.45-334.58] Repeat: "Mark has had that car since 1984."
[342.91-348.22] Number 6: "Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets."
[349.76-354.32] Repeat: "Lieutenant Martin has kept all of his old jackets."
[362.45-366.70] Number 7: "No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet."
[368.27-372.30] Repeat: "No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet."
[381.17-384.78] Number 8: "I've ridden the bus for 3 years."
[386.35-389.95] Repeat: "I've ridden the bus for 3 years."
[397.79-402.14] Number 9: "She hasn't slept well for 3 nights."
[403.78-407.30] Repeat: "She hasn't slept well for 3 nights."
[414.13-423.41] Number 10: "He has taught that course for 6 years." Repeat: "He has taught that course for 6 years."
[431.60-436.80] Number 11: "He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank."
[438.54-443.01] Repeat: "He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank."
#### TAPE — Figure 11 (clip filenames start: bk12-l3d-f11-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 11.
You will hear a paragraph.
When you hear a number, write it down.
Write only the numbers.
Nick got a job last week.
He started today.
He counts pennies for the bank.
A customer gave him 250 pennies.
Another customer gave him 530.
His last customer gave him 1,001 pennies.
His new job will keep him very busy.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Check the numbers you wrote.
Nick got a job last week.
He started today.
He counts pennies for the bank.
A customer gave him 250 pennies.
Another customer gave him 530.
His last customer gave him 1,001 pennies.
His new job will keep him very busy.
The numbers are: 250, 530, 1,001.
Listen to another paragraph.
Remember, write only the numbers.
Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city.
There are 200 children in kindergarten, 250 in the first grade, 247 in the second grade, 272 in the third grade, 302 in the fourth grade, and 287 in the fifth grade.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Check the numbers you wrote.
Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city.
There are 200 children in kindergarten,
250 in first grade, 247 in second grade, 272 in third grade, 302 in fourth grade, and 287 in fifth grade.
The numbers are: kindergarten 200, first grade 250, second grade 247, third grade 272, fourth grade 302, fifth grade 287.
This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-3.02] Look at Figure 11.
[3.74-5.10] You will hear a paragraph.
[5.84-8.08] When you hear a number, write it down.
[8.64-10.24] Write only the numbers.
[11.95-13.95] Nick got a job last week.
[14.88-16.08] He started today.
[17.15-19.07] He counts pennies for the bank.
[20.19-23.31] A customer gave him 250 pennies.
[24.67-27.07] Another customer gave him 530.
[28.61-32.45] His last customer gave him 1,001 pennies.
[33.63-36.07] His new job will keep him very busy.
[42.03-43.60] Listen to the paragraph again.
[44.16-45.76] Check the numbers you wrote.
[47.23-49.15] Nick got a job last week.
[50.00-51.20] He started today.
[52.06-53.90] He counts pennies for the bank.
[54.96-57.92] A customer gave him 250 pennies.
[59.02-61.74] Another customer gave him 530.
[63.27-66.93] His last customer gave him 1,001 pennies.
[68.07-70.02] His new job will keep him very busy.
[74.50-82.59] The numbers are: 250, 530, 1,001.
[85.17-86.85] Listen to another paragraph.
[87.39-89.36] Remember, write only the numbers.
[91.74-95.34] Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city.
[96.62-117.86] There are 200 children in kindergarten, 250 in the first grade, 247 in the second grade, 272 in the third grade, 302 in the fourth grade, and 287 in the fifth grade.
[123.78-125.46] Listen to the paragraph again.
[126.18-127.78] Check the numbers you wrote.
[129.41-132.93] Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city.
[134.38-136.54] There are 200 children in kindergarten,
[138.14-155.97] 250 in first grade, 247 in second grade, 272 in third grade, 302 in fourth grade, and 287 in fifth grade.
[161.89-184.35] The numbers are: kindergarten 200, first grade 250, second grade 247, third grade 272, fourth grade 302, fifth grade 287.
[190.77-194.43] This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 12.

331
sources/book-12/tape-4A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4A.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4A.
Look at Figure 1.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Picture A: fish, fish.
Mr.
Thrasher caught a big fish last Saturday.
Picture B: fish, fish.
The boys are fishing off the pier.
Their fathers are fishing off the boat.
Picture C: hunt, hunt.
My uncle is hunting ducks.
Picture D: country, country.
The flowers are beautiful out in the country.
Picture E: high, high.
Roger could see the whole city from the high hill.
Picture F: low, low.
The temperature was 37 degrees.
That was low for April.
Picture G: outdoors, outdoors.
Put that dog outdoors.
Picture H: out of doors, out of doors.
We like to play out of doors.
Picture I: indoors, indoors.
It's rainy and cold.
It's a good day to stay indoors.
Picture J: deer,
deer.
The deer are eating by the lake.
Picture K: duck, duck.
The children enjoy feeding the ducks.
Picture L: gun, gun.
The store sells many kinds of guns.
Picture M: rifle, rifle.
My grandfather bought me this new rifle.
Picture N: weapon, weapon.
That soldier has used all the weapons.
Look at Figure 1 again.
Listen to the sentences.
Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture.
You will hear each sentence twice.
Number 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting.
My neighbor enjoys hunting.
Number 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
Number 3: Look at the deer.
Look at the deer.
Number 4: Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns.
Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns.
Number 5: The temperature was very low.
The temperature was very low.
Number 6: That's really a big fish.
That's really a big fish.
Number 7: Look how high he is.
Look how high he is.
Number 8: John learned all about weapons in the military.
John learned all about weapons in the military.
Number 9: It's still raining; I've been indoors all day.
It's still raining; I've been indoors all day.
Number 10: They have to play soccer out of doors.
They have to play soccer out of doors.
Number 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
Number 12: The boys ask their fathers to go fishing.
The boys ask their fathers to go fishing.
Number 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
Number 14: The ducks like to play in the water.
The ducks like to play in the water.
Let's check your answers.
Picture A is 6: That's really a big fish.
Picture B is 12: The boys ask their fathers to go fishing.
Picture C is 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting.
Picture D is 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
Picture E is 7: Look how high he is.
Picture F is 5: The temperature was very low.
Picture G is 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
Picture H is 10: They have to play soccer out of doors.
Picture I is 9: It's still raining; I've been indoors all day.
Picture J is 3: Look at the deer.
Picture K is 14: The ducks like to play in the water.
Picture L is 4: Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns.
Picture M is 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
Picture N is 8: John learned all about weapons in the military.
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.70-13.02] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4A.
[20.07-20.40] Hello.
[21.36-24.64] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4A.
[31.18-33.07] Look at Figure 1.
[33.02-34.94] Repeat the words and sentences.
[38.94-43.04] Picture A: fish, fish.
[44.32-44.72] Mr.
[44.72-47.44] Thrasher caught a big fish last Saturday.
[54.74-57.75] Picture B: fish, fish.
[59.78-62.26] The boys are fishing off the pier.
[68.22-70.94] Their fathers are fishing off the boat.
[77.12-80.72] Picture C: hunt, hunt.
[81.87-83.71] My uncle is hunting ducks.
[90.54-94.00] Picture D: country, country.
[95.12-97.92] The flowers are beautiful out in the country.
[105.34-109.04] Picture E: high, high.
[111.04-114.00] Roger could see the whole city from the high hill.
[120.77-124.11] Picture F: low, low.
[125.20-127.92] The temperature was 37 degrees.
[134.61-136.13] That was low for April.
[141.38-145.86] Picture G: outdoors, outdoors.
[147.42-149.50] Put that dog outdoors.
[156.10-161.18] Picture H: out of doors, out of doors.
[162.81-165.41] We like to play out of doors.
[172.59-176.67] Picture I: indoors, indoors.
[177.87-181.59] It's rainy and cold.
[184.61-186.77] It's a good day to stay indoors.
[192.69-194.66] Picture J: deer,
[196.23-196.53] deer.
[198.15-200.18] The deer are eating by the lake.
[206.16-209.46] Picture K: duck, duck.
[211.50-213.50] The children enjoy feeding the ducks.
[219.33-222.69] Picture L: gun, gun.
[223.97-226.37] The store sells many kinds of guns.
[234.27-237.55] Picture M: rifle, rifle.
[239.78-242.10] My grandfather bought me this new rifle.
[249.07-252.43] Picture N: weapon, weapon.
[253.55-255.87] That soldier has used all the weapons.
[262.89-264.15] Look at Figure 1 again.
[265.17-266.37] Listen to the sentences.
[267.51-270.37] Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture.
[271.52-273.68] You will hear each sentence twice.
[276.14-279.15] Number 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting.
[281.07-282.99] My neighbor enjoys hunting.
[299.91-304.75] Number 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
[306.33-309.81] George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
[325.35-327.75] Number 3: Look at the deer.
[328.95-329.91] Look at the deer.
[346.71-351.82] Number 4: Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns.
[352.72-356.07] Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns.
[373.85-377.31] Number 5: The temperature was very low.
[377.63-380.01] The temperature was very low.
[401.18-404.32] Number 6: That's really a big fish.
[404.60-407.18] That's really a big fish.
[423.69-426.45] Number 7: Look how high he is.
[427.76-429.36] Look how high he is.
[445.84-449.91] Number 8: John learned all about weapons in the military.
[451.47-454.59] John learned all about weapons in the military.
[473.91-478.59] Number 9: It's still raining; I've been indoors all day.
[480.00-483.62] It's still raining; I've been indoors all day.
[503.42-507.18] Number 10: They have to play soccer out of doors.
[507.18-509.98] They have to play soccer out of doors.
[526.95-531.20] Number 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
[531.98-535.00] Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
[552.37-557.01] Number 12: The boys ask their fathers to go fishing.
[557.81-561.17] The boys ask their fathers to go fishing.
[580.59-585.31] Number 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
[586.11-589.35] Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
[605.36-609.01] Number 14: The ducks like to play in the water.
[610.72-613.04] The ducks like to play in the water.
[629.97-631.27] Let's check your answers.
[632.31-636.57] Picture A is 6: That's really a big fish.
[637.41-642.51] Picture B is 12: The boys ask their fathers to go fishing.
[644.25-648.39] Picture C is 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting.
[650.07-656.61] Picture D is 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
[657.99-661.59] Picture E is 7: Look how high he is.
[662.91-667.65] Picture F is 5: The temperature was very low.
[668.85-674.79] Picture G is 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
[675.93-681.27] Picture H is 10: They have to play soccer out of doors.
[682.41-688.47] Picture I is 9: It's still raining; I've been indoors all day.
[691.05-694.77] Picture J is 3: Look at the deer.
[695.67-700.77] Picture K is 14: The ducks like to play in the water.
[701.97-707.73] Picture L is 4: Don's Gun Store has a large variety of guns.
[709.29-714.69] Picture M is 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
[715.89-721.35] Picture N is 8: John learned all about weapons in the military.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
Repeat the words in sentences.
Write the missing words in the blank.
Number 1: catch, catch.
The ocean is a good place to catch fish.
Number 2: shoot, shoot.
My grandfather taught me how to shoot a rifle.
Number 3: own, own.
We enlarged the house, so now I have my own room.
Number 4: shot, shot.
The police heard a shot when they arrived at the house.
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: you should have written catch, C-A-T-C-H.
Number 2: you should have written shoot, S-H-O-O-T.
Number 3: you should have written own, O-W-N.
Number 4: you should have written shot, S-H-O-T.
Repeat these sentences.
Frank used to be in the army.
Now he works in an office.
Don used to play football.
Now he plays tennis.
Beth used to cook dinner every night.
But now her daughter does.
My nephew used to visit us every weekend.
But he doesn't anymore.
My father used to take me fishing every summer.
Now I take my son.
Uncle Jim used to take me hunting every fall.
But we haven't gone for 6 years.
My neighbor used to own a gun.
But he sold it last month.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.95-3.15] Look at Figure 2.
[3.87-5.79] Repeat the words in sentences.
[6.59-8.51] Write the missing words in the blank.
[9.65-13.46] Number 1: catch, catch.
[14.32-17.68] The ocean is a good place to catch fish.
[24.69-27.31] Number 2: shoot, shoot.
[28.85-31.89] My grandfather taught me how to shoot a rifle.
[39.86-43.92] Number 3: own, own.
[44.93-48.69] We enlarged the house, so now I have my own room.
[55.38-58.47] Number 4: shot, shot.
[59.97-63.33] The police heard a shot when they arrived at the house.
[73.94-75.30] Let's check your answers.
[76.10-85.11] Number 1: you should have written catch, C-A-T-C-H.
[86.37-95.37] Number 2: you should have written shoot, S-H-O-O-T.
[96.45-102.51] Number 3: you should have written own, O-W-N.
[103.83-110.97] Number 4: you should have written shot, S-H-O-T.
[115.05-116.25] Repeat these sentences.
[117.33-119.25] Frank used to be in the army.
[123.39-125.78] Now he works in an office.
[131.71-136.65] Don used to play football.
[139.53-141.38] Now he plays tennis.
[146.50-149.14] Beth used to cook dinner every night.
[155.15-156.91] But now her daughter does.
[162.64-165.68] My nephew used to visit us every weekend.
[171.70-173.30] But he doesn't anymore.
[178.83-182.03] My father used to take me fishing every summer.
[189.23-190.99] Now I take my son.
[196.59-199.87] Uncle Jim used to take me hunting every fall.
[206.22-208.54] But we haven't gone for 6 years.
[213.31-215.55] My neighbor used to own a gun.
[219.12-220.88] But he sold it last month.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3, listen to a paragraph, take notes, listen for "used to," be ready to answer the questions.
Hank used to live in Phoenix, Arizona.
It gets very hot there, so people try to plan their work very carefully.
Hank used to go to work at 6:30 every morning, and he used to leave at 2:30 in the afternoon.
He used to wear cotton shirts and pants to work.
He never wore a suit and tie.
Now he lives in Seattle, Washington.
It's very cool there.
He doesn't go to work early, and he works until 5:30 in the afternoon.
He always wears a suit and tie to work.
Now write answers from your notes.
Number 1: Where did Hank used to live?
Number 2: How was the climate there?
Number 3: What time did Hank used to go to work?
Number 4: When did he used to leave work?
Number 5: What did he used to wear to work?
Number 6: Where does he live now?
Number 7: What time does he leave work there?
Number 8: What does he wear to work?
Now let's check your answers.
Number 1: He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona.
Number 2: It's very hot.
Number 3: He used to go to work at 6:30.
Number 4: He used to leave work at 2:30.
Number 5: He used to wear cotton shirts and pants.
Number 6: Now he lives in Seattle, Washington.
Number 7: He leaves work at 5:30.
Number 8: He always wears a suit and tie.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.66-12.14] Look at Figure 3, listen to a paragraph, take notes, listen for "used to," be ready to answer the questions.
[15.07-17.95] Hank used to live in Phoenix, Arizona.
[23.50-28.70] It gets very hot there, so people try to plan their work very carefully.
[35.71-43.23] Hank used to go to work at 6:30 every morning, and he used to leave at 2:30 in the afternoon.
[53.90-57.50] He used to wear cotton shirts and pants to work.
[63.70-66.34] He never wore a suit and tie.
[72.88-75.68] Now he lives in Seattle, Washington.
[81.57-82.85] It's very cool there.
[89.41-94.61] He doesn't go to work early, and he works until 5:30 in the afternoon.
[100.78-104.14] He always wears a suit and tie to work.
[111.55-113.63] Now write answers from your notes.
[114.43-117.63] Number 1: Where did Hank used to live?
[138.85-141.97] Number 2: How was the climate there?
[165.44-169.20] Number 3: What time did Hank used to go to work?
[193.46-196.74] Number 4: When did he used to leave work?
[222.75-226.03] Number 5: What did he used to wear to work?
[245.54-248.64] Number 6: Where does he live now?
[264.51-267.87] Number 7: What time does he leave work there?
[288.48-292.42] Number 8: What does he wear to work?
[315.12-316.80] Now let's check your answers.
[317.44-321.20] Number 1: He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona.
[323.13-326.02] Number 2: It's very hot.
[327.39-331.55] Number 3: He used to go to work at 6:30.
[332.51-336.35] Number 4: He used to leave work at 2:30.
[337.71-342.32] Number 5: He used to wear cotton shirts and pants.
[343.34-348.54] Number 6: Now he lives in Seattle, Washington.
[349.74-354.02] Number 7: He leaves work at 5:30.
[355.20-359.20] Number 8: He always wears a suit and tie.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4, listen carefully, write the correct punctuation in the chart.
Use the key to help you.
Number 1: put the exclamation mark in column 1, row 2.
Put the exclamation mark in column 1, row 2.
Number 2: put the apostrophe in column 3, row 2.
Put the apostrophe in column 3, row 2.
Number 3: put the question mark in column 2, row 1.
Put the question mark in column 2, row 1.
Number 4: put the comma in column 4, row 3.
Put the comma in column 4, row 3.
Look at page 58 to check your answers.
This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.21-8.45] Look at Figure 4, listen carefully, write the correct punctuation in the chart.
[9.31-10.59] Use the key to help you.
[11.60-17.58] Number 1: put the exclamation mark in column 1, row 2.
[19.28-24.24] Put the exclamation mark in column 1, row 2.
[26.42-32.51] Number 2: put the apostrophe in column 3, row 2.
[33.73-37.38] Put the apostrophe in column 3, row 2.
[39.69-45.04] Number 3: put the question mark in column 2, row 1.
[46.26-49.89] Put the question mark in column 2, row 1.
[51.99-56.78] Number 4: put the comma in column 4, row 3.
[58.03-61.63] Put the comma in column 4, row 3.
[66.11-68.75] Look at page 58 to check your answers.
[76.03-79.55] This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 12.

416
sources/book-12/tape-4B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4B.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4B.
Repeat the following words and sentences.
Go, go.
Victor drives to the lake to go fishing.
Victor drives to the lake to go fishing.
Instructions, instructions.
I don't know how to do this.
Please read the instructions to me.
I don't know how to do this.
Please read the instructions to me.
Plenty, plenty.
Please stay for dinner.
There is plenty of food.
Please stay for dinner.
There is plenty of food.
Practice, practice.
Michelle practices tennis every day.
She's quite good.
Michelle practices tennis every day.
She's quite good.
Prepare, prepare.
The soldier was preparing dinner.
He's a good cook.
The soldier was preparing dinner.
He's a good cook.
Used to, used to.
Jeff used to be in the military.
Now he's going to school.
Jeff used to be in the military.
Now he's going to school.
Would, would.
Last year Margaret would come to our house every evening.
Last year Margaret would come to our house every evening.
All over, all over.
The baby spilled the milk all over his mother.
The baby spilled the milk all over his mother.
Farther, farther.
Larry can run farther than Mike can.
Mike can run only 1 mile.
Larry can run farther than Mike can.
Mike can run only 1 mile.
Hard, hard.
The math test was really hard.
I didn't get a good score.
The math test was really hard.
I didn't get a good score.
More, more.
Billy has more money than I do.
He has $10, I have only 5.
Billy has more money than I do.
He has $10, I have only 5.
Once, once.
My uncle went fishing once.
He has never gone again.
My uncle went fishing once.
He has never gone again.
Several, several.
There were several people from Korea at the get-together.
There were several people from Korea at the get-together.
Slow, slow.
She hurt her leg.
Now Mrs.
Martin walks very slow.
She hurt her leg.
Now Mrs.
Martin walks very slow.
Twice, twice.
Bobby has been sick twice this year.
He's been sick 2 times.
Bobby has been sick twice this year.
He's been sick 2 times.
Whole, whole.
Sandy's son ate the whole pie.
He ate all of it.
Sandy's son ate the whole pie.
He ate all of it.
Look at Figure 1.
Read the sentences.
Now listen to a question and choose the correct answer to the question.
Number 1: Why does Victor drive to the lake?
Number 2: Can you tell me how to do this?
Number 3: Is there plenty of food?
Number 4: How often does Michelle practice tennis?
Number 5: What was the soldier preparing?
Number 6: Was the math test hard?
Number 7: How many times has Bobby been sick this year?
Number 8: How many people from Korea were at the get-together?
Let's check your answers.
Letter A is 6.
Was the math test hard?
Yes, it was really hard.
Repeat: Yes, it was really hard.
Letter B is 4.
How often does Michelle practice tennis?
She practices every day.
Repeat: She practices every day.
Letter C is 1.
Why does Victor drive to the lake?
He drives to the lake to go fishing.
Repeat: He drives to the lake to go fishing.
Letter D is 8.
How many people from Korea were at the get-together?
Several people from Korea were at the get-together.
Repeat: Several people from Korea were at the get-together.
Letter E is 2.
Can you tell me how to do this?
Yes, I can.
Let me read the instructions.
Repeat: Yes, I can.
Let me read the instructions.
Letter F is 3.
Is there plenty of food?
Yes, there is plenty of food.
Repeat: Yes, there is plenty of food.
Letter G is 5.
What was the soldier preparing?
He was preparing dinner.
Repeat: He was preparing dinner.
Letter H is 7.
How many times has Bobby been sick this year?
He's been sick twice.
Repeat: He's been sick twice.
Segment timings (seconds):
[11.81-16.05] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4B.
[23.28-23.76] Hello.
[24.64-28.32] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4B.
[33.57-36.05] Repeat the following words and sentences.
[40.38-42.91] Go, go.
[44.19-46.74] Victor drives to the lake to go fishing.
[56.50-59.30] Victor drives to the lake to go fishing.
[70.02-71.83] Instructions, instructions.
[73.89-75.71] I don't know how to do this.
[86.67-88.51] Please read the instructions to me.
[98.82-100.50] I don't know how to do this.
[112.29-114.05] Please read the instructions to me.
[125.54-127.63] Plenty, plenty.
[128.50-129.70] Please stay for dinner.
[139.76-141.04] There is plenty of food.
[152.21-153.49] Please stay for dinner.
[163.25-164.53] There is plenty of food.
[175.97-178.05] Practice, practice.
[178.98-181.75] Michelle practices tennis every day.
[194.58-195.70] She's quite good.
[206.58-209.06] Michelle practices tennis every day.
[220.82-222.02] She's quite good.
[232.59-235.15] Prepare, prepare.
[235.15-237.90] The soldier was preparing dinner.
[250.03-251.23] He's a good cook.
[262.82-264.74] The soldier was preparing dinner.
[276.67-277.79] He's a good cook.
[289.31-291.87] Used to, used to.
[293.41-295.81] Jeff used to be in the military.
[309.03-310.66] Now he's going to school.
[322.56-324.80] Jeff used to be in the military.
[337.11-338.90] Now he's going to school.
[349.01-350.97] Would, would.
[352.05-355.35] Last year Margaret would come to our house every evening.
[372.78-377.10] Last year Margaret would come to our house every evening.
[392.94-395.63] All over, all over.
[396.58-399.38] The baby spilled the milk all over his mother.
[412.83-415.95] The baby spilled the milk all over his mother.
[428.30-430.38] Farther, farther.
[431.25-433.49] Larry can run farther than Mike can.
[446.29-448.37] Mike can run only 1 mile.
[460.43-462.83] Larry can run farther than Mike can.
[474.42-476.55] Mike can run only 1 mile.
[489.97-492.05] Hard, hard.
[492.93-494.93] The math test was really hard.
[506.48-508.16] I didn't get a good score.
[519.36-521.36] The math test was really hard.
[532.62-534.30] I didn't get a good score.
[544.13-546.21] More, more.
[547.29-549.02] Billy has more money than I do.
[559.76-561.57] He has $10, I have only 5.
[573.87-575.61] Billy has more money than I do.
[587.37-589.77] He has $10, I have only 5.
[601.89-603.81] Once, once.
[604.95-606.17] My uncle went fishing once.
[617.28-618.76] He has never gone again.
[629.31-630.99] My uncle went fishing once.
[643.23-644.85] He has never gone again.
[655.62-657.39] Several, several.
[660.93-663.87] There were several people from Korea at the get-together.
[675.99-679.05] There were several people from Korea at the get-together.
[691.05-693.09] Slow, slow.
[694.47-698.01] She hurt her leg.
[706.17-706.89] Now Mrs.
[707.13-708.69] Martin walks very slow.
[720.03-723.63] She hurt her leg.
[732.39-733.17] Now Mrs.
[733.35-734.43] Martin walks very slow.
[750.50-752.22] Twice, twice.
[753.87-755.97] Bobby has been sick twice this year.
[768.03-769.74] He's been sick 2 times.
[782.19-784.13] Bobby has been sick twice this year.
[795.36-797.12] He's been sick 2 times.
[810.77-812.96] Whole, whole.
[814.00-816.24] Sandy's son ate the whole pie.
[829.58-830.94] He ate all of it.
[842.02-844.62] Sandy's son ate the whole pie.
[856.30-857.79] He ate all of it.
[868.14-869.26] Look at Figure 1.
[869.26-871.39] Read the sentences.
[890.80-894.30] Now listen to a question and choose the correct answer to the question.
[896.37-899.97] Number 1: Why does Victor drive to the lake?
[913.17-916.17] Number 2: Can you tell me how to do this?
[928.35-931.23] Number 3: Is there plenty of food?
[942.99-946.59] Number 4: How often does Michelle practice tennis?
[959.07-962.43] Number 5: What was the soldier preparing?
[974.19-977.25] Number 6: Was the math test hard?
[988.59-992.85] Number 7: How many times has Bobby been sick this year?
[1002.81-1007.25] Number 8: How many people from Korea were at the get-together?
[1028.31-1029.63] Let's check your answers.
[1030.89-1032.87] Letter A is 6.
[1033.65-1035.21] Was the math test hard?
[1035.99-1037.73] Yes, it was really hard.
[1038.27-1041.15] Repeat: Yes, it was really hard.
[1050.87-1052.67] Letter B is 4.
[1053.33-1055.79] How often does Michelle practice tennis?
[1056.45-1058.37] She practices every day.
[1058.73-1061.49] Repeat: She practices every day.
[1071.39-1073.01] Letter C is 1.
[1075.53-1077.33] Why does Victor drive to the lake?
[1077.99-1079.97] He drives to the lake to go fishing.
[1080.63-1083.69] Repeat: He drives to the lake to go fishing.
[1094.37-1096.05] Letter D is 8.
[1096.83-1099.53] How many people from Korea were at the get-together?
[1100.43-1103.25] Several people from Korea were at the get-together.
[1103.79-1107.99] Repeat: Several people from Korea were at the get-together.
[1118.07-1119.69] Letter E is 2.
[1120.65-1122.27] Can you tell me how to do this?
[1123.17-1124.01] Yes, I can.
[1124.49-1126.17] Let me read the instructions.
[1126.83-1128.69] Repeat: Yes, I can.
[1128.93-1130.49] Let me read the instructions.
[1140.75-1142.43] Letter F is 3.
[1143.03-1144.35] Is there plenty of food?
[1144.89-1146.57] Yes, there is plenty of food.
[1146.93-1149.39] Repeat: Yes, there is plenty of food.
[1155.63-1157.61] Letter G is 5.
[1158.21-1159.89] What was the soldier preparing?
[1160.49-1161.93] He was preparing dinner.
[1162.29-1164.69] Repeat: He was preparing dinner.
[1175.19-1177.11] Letter H is 7.
[1177.77-1180.23] How many times has Bobby been sick this year?
[1180.71-1181.97] He's been sick twice.
[1182.87-1185.09] Repeat: He's been sick twice.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
Listen to a dialogue and take notes.
Listen for "would." Be ready to answer the questions.
Hey, Dad.
Tell us about your hunting trips.
Okay.
Every fall, my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting.
We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer.
In the evening, we would eat dinner, then go to bed very early.
We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold.
We would stay about 2 or 3 days and then go back home.
Listen to the dialogue again.
Hey, Dad.
Tell us about your hunting trips.
Okay.
Every fall, my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting.
We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer.
In the evening, we would eat dinner, then go to bed very early.
We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold.
We would stay about 2 or 3 days and then go back home.
Now write the answers to the questions.
Number 1: When would they go hunting?
Number 2: What would they do in the morning?
Number 3: When would they have to be quiet?
Number 4: Was it always exciting?
Number 5: What would they do in the evening?
Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes?
Number 7: How long would they stay?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: When would they go hunting?
They would go hunting in the fall.
Repeat: They would go hunting in the fall.
Number 2: What would they do in the morning?
They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
Repeat: They would get up early.
Eat breakfast and get ready to hunt.
Number 3: When would they have to be quiet?
They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
Repeat: They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
Number 4: Was it always exciting?
No, it was sometimes boring.
Repeat: No, it was sometimes boring.
Number 5: What would they do in the evening?
They would eat dinner, then go to bed early.
Repeat: They would eat dinner.
Then go to bed early.
Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes?
They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold.
Repeat: They would sleep in a lot of clothes.
Because it was very cold.
Number 7: How long would they stay?
They would stay about 2 or 3 days.
Repeat: They would stay about 2 or 3 days.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.70-2.82] Look at Figure 2.
[3.62-5.94] Listen to a dialogue and take notes.
[6.74-11.36] Listen for "would." Be ready to answer the questions.
[14.42-14.98] Hey, Dad.
[15.62-17.06] Tell us about your hunting trips.
[17.62-18.18] Okay.
[19.15-24.59] Every fall, my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting.
[25.42-30.06] We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
[31.34-33.90] We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
[34.86-38.38] Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer.
[39.73-43.57] In the evening, we would eat dinner, then go to bed very early.
[44.56-48.40] We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold.
[49.41-52.77] We would stay about 2 or 3 days and then go back home.
[55.04-56.48] Listen to the dialogue again.
[57.89-58.45] Hey, Dad.
[59.09-60.53] Tell us about your hunting trips.
[61.09-61.65] Okay.
[62.62-68.14] Every fall, my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting.
[68.90-73.54] We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
[74.82-77.38] We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
[78.42-81.86] Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer.
[83.20-87.04] In the evening, we would eat dinner, then go to bed very early.
[88.03-91.87] We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold.
[92.96-96.24] We would stay about 2 or 3 days and then go back home.
[99.30-101.38] Now write the answers to the questions.
[101.86-104.82] Number 1: When would they go hunting?
[135.44-138.64] Number 2: What would they do in the morning?
[169.70-173.33] Number 3: When would they have to be quiet?
[205.23-208.66] Number 4: Was it always exciting?
[243.81-247.39] Number 5: What would they do in the evening?
[277.39-281.42] Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes?
[310.54-313.90] Number 7: How long would they stay?
[347.46-348.90] Let's check your answers.
[349.76-352.72] Number 1: When would they go hunting?
[353.52-355.28] They would go hunting in the fall.
[355.76-358.64] Repeat: They would go hunting in the fall.
[366.85-370.14] Number 2: What would they do in the morning?
[370.70-374.70] They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
[375.42-379.71] Repeat: They would get up early.
[386.08-388.72] Eat breakfast and get ready to hunt.
[398.13-401.57] Number 3: When would they have to be quiet?
[402.29-405.09] They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
[405.41-409.57] Repeat: They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
[419.87-423.22] Number 4: Was it always exciting?
[423.62-425.70] No, it was sometimes boring.
[426.10-428.98] Repeat: No, it was sometimes boring.
[437.73-441.20] Number 5: What would they do in the evening?
[442.21-444.69] They would eat dinner, then go to bed early.
[445.09-449.43] Repeat: They would eat dinner.
[454.69-456.21] Then go to bed early.
[462.59-466.77] Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes?
[466.94-470.10] They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold.
[471.17-474.50] Repeat: They would sleep in a lot of clothes.
[481.54-483.79] Because it was very cold.
[489.90-493.38] Number 7: How long would they stay?
[493.70-496.18] They would stay about 2 or 3 days.
[496.50-500.26] Repeat: They would stay about 2 or 3 days.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 3.
Read the answers you see.
Listen to number 1.
Number 1: "The desk was too heavy for me to move."
Write the number 1 in front of letter B.
The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help.
Let's do some more.
Number 2: "Andy wanted to go to the movie."
Number 3: "Henry couldn't find his keys."
Number 4: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage."
Number 5: "Jim likes to go hunting."
Number 6: "Roger is shooting with his rifle."
Now let's check your answers.
Letter A is 3: "Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard." Repeat: "Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard."
Letter B is 1: "The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help." Repeat: "The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help."
Letter C is 5: "Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing." Repeat: "Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing."
Letter D is 2: "Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't." Repeat: "Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't."
Letter E is 4: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work." Repeat: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work."
Letter F is 6: "Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol." Repeat: "Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol."
This is the end of lesson 4B, book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.06-3.34] Look at figure 3.
[4.24-5.84] Read the answers you see.
[29.82-31.02] Listen to number 1.
[32.46-36.91] Number 1: "The desk was too heavy for me to move."
[42.83-45.95] Write the number 1 in front of letter B.
[47.01-51.57] The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help.
[53.63-54.51] Let's do some more.
[55.31-59.07] Number 2: "Andy wanted to go to the movie."
[69.92-73.36] Number 3: "Henry couldn't find his keys."
[84.14-88.62] Number 4: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage."
[99.18-102.46] Number 5: "Jim likes to go hunting."
[112.67-116.27] Number 6: "Roger is shooting with his rifle."
[127.98-129.66] Now let's check your answers.
[129.98-142.14] Letter A is 3: "Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard." Repeat: "Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard."
[153.52-164.80] Letter B is 1: "The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help." Repeat: "The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help."
[176.21-187.09] Letter C is 5: "Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing." Repeat: "Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing."
[197.46-208.83] Letter D is 2: "Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't." Repeat: "Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't."
[220.54-234.00] Letter E is 4: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work." Repeat: "Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work."
[246.43-259.15] Letter F is 6: "Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol." Repeat: "Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol."
[281.98-285.42] This is the end of lesson 4B, book 12.

250
sources/book-12/tape-4C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4C.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4C.
Look at Figure 1, repeat the sentences, then write the answers to the questions.
Number 1: "Joan arrived later than Martha." Joan arrived later than Martha.
Who arrived later than Martha?
Number 2: "Sally left earlier than John did." Sally left earlier than John did.
Who left earlier?
Number 3: "Alan works harder than Bob does." Alan works harder than Bob does.
Who works harder than Bob?
Number 4: "My grandmother drives slower than my brother does." My grandmother drives slower than my brother does.
Who drives slower than my brother does?
Number 5: "His relatives came sooner than Bill expected." His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
Who came sooner than Bill expected?
Number 6: "Cars move faster than buses do." Cars move faster than buses do.
Which move faster, cars or buses?
Number 7: "Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does." Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does.
Who throws the baseball farther?
Number 8: "Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can." Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Who can draw straighter lines?
Number 9: "The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots." The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
Which pilots try to fly higher?
Number 10: "That red plane flies lower than the blue plane." That red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
Which plane flies lower?
Let's look at the answers.
Number 1: "Joan arrived later than Martha." Repeat: Joan arrived later than Martha.
Number 2: "Sally left earlier than John did." Repeat: Sally left earlier than John did.
Number 3: "Alan works harder than Bob does." Repeat: Alan works harder than Bob does.
Number 4: "Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does." Repeat: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does.
Number 5: "His relatives came sooner than Bill expected." Repeat: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
Number 6: "Cars move faster than buses do." Repeat: Cars move faster than buses do.
Number 7: "Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does." Repeat: Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does.
Number 8: "Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can." Repeat: Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Number 9: "The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots." Repeat: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
Number 10: "The red plane flies lower than the blue plane." Repeat: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
Segment timings (seconds):
[10.90-15.38] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4C.
[22.53-22.58] Hello.
[24.14-26.97] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4C.
[33.15-39.71] Look at Figure 1, repeat the sentences, then write the answers to the questions.
[42.91-49.63] Number 1: "Joan arrived later than Martha." Joan arrived later than Martha.
[51.06-52.66] Who arrived later than Martha?
[83.95-92.67] Number 2: "Sally left earlier than John did." Sally left earlier than John did.
[93.98-95.02] Who left earlier?
[127.65-135.34] Number 3: "Alan works harder than Bob does." Alan works harder than Bob does.
[136.66-137.94] Who works harder than Bob?
[171.47-180.50] Number 4: "My grandmother drives slower than my brother does." My grandmother drives slower than my brother does.
[183.93-186.13] Who drives slower than my brother does?
[220.30-229.02] Number 5: "His relatives came sooner than Bill expected." His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
[230.72-232.72] Who came sooner than Bill expected?
[261.55-269.73] Number 6: "Cars move faster than buses do." Cars move faster than buses do.
[271.17-274.35] Which move faster, cars or buses?
[311.57-320.91] Number 7: "Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does." Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does.
[322.14-323.90] Who throws the baseball farther?
[359.79-368.88] Number 8: "Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can." Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
[370.21-371.81] Who can draw straighter lines?
[407.52-417.76] Number 9: "The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots." The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
[419.91-421.81] Which pilots try to fly higher?
[457.39-467.20] Number 10: "That red plane flies lower than the blue plane." That red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
[468.32-470.00] Which plane flies lower?
[502.27-503.71] Let's look at the answers.
[505.46-513.62] Number 1: "Joan arrived later than Martha." Repeat: Joan arrived later than Martha.
[517.41-526.00] Number 2: "Sally left earlier than John did." Repeat: Sally left earlier than John did.
[530.08-538.57] Number 3: "Alan works harder than Bob does." Repeat: Alan works harder than Bob does.
[543.70-553.68] Number 4: "Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does." Repeat: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does.
[561.23-570.51] Number 5: "His relatives came sooner than Bill expected." Repeat: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
[578.73-586.72] Number 6: "Cars move faster than buses do." Repeat: Cars move faster than buses do.
[592.35-602.27] Number 7: "Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does." Repeat: Pete throws the baseball farther than Don does.
[609.63-619.95] Number 8: "Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can." Repeat: Laurie can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
[626.13-638.07] Number 9: "The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots." Repeat: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
[644.73-653.97] Number 10: "The red plane flies lower than the blue plane." Repeat: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2, listen to a question, then listen to a dialogue.
Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time.
What did Mr.
Sandoval say about the car?
Hello.
May I speak to Joe Ferguson, please?
He's not hereright now.
May I take a message?
Yes, this is Fred Sandoval.
His car is ready.
Thank you, Mr.
Sandoval.
I'll tell him.
What did Mr.
Sandoval say about the car?
Mr.
Sandoval said, "The car was ready." Repeat: Mr.
Sandoval said, "The car was ready."
Now listen to another question and dialogue.
What did Captain Richardson say about the money?
Yes, sir.
May I help you?
I'm Captain Richardson.
I'm looking for Captain Brown.
Is this his office?
Yes, it is, but he's not hereright now.
He's at lunch.
I have his money at my office.
I'll tell him, sir.
What did Captain Richardson say about the money?
He said he had the money at his office.
Repeat: He said he had the money at his office.
Now listen to another question and dialogue.
What did Jane say about cooking?
This chicken is very good, Jane.
Thanks, Mary.
It's very easy to prepare.
I'm not a very good cook.
Maybe you could teach me some things.
Certainly.
I like to cook.
What did Jane say about cooking?
She said she liked to cook.
Repeat: She said she liked to cook.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-8.13] Look at Figure 2, listen to a question, then listen to a dialogue.
[9.30-13.30] Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time.
[15.06-15.70] What did Mr.
[15.70-17.78] Sandoval say about the car?
[21.28-21.84] Hello.
[22.48-24.32] May I speak to Joe Ferguson, please?
[24.96-26.16] He's not hereright now.
[26.48-27.44] May I take a message?
[27.84-29.68] Yes, this is Fred Sandoval.
[30.80-31.68] His car is ready.
[32.40-32.96] Thank you, Mr.
[32.96-33.68] Sandoval.
[33.68-34.24] I'll tell him.
[37.90-38.54] What did Mr.
[38.54-40.54] Sandoval say about the car?
[54.30-54.54] Mr.
[54.54-59.92] Sandoval said, "The car was ready." Repeat: Mr.
[59.92-62.08] Sandoval said, "The car was ready."
[66.27-68.83] Now listen to another question and dialogue.
[70.53-73.09] What did Captain Richardson say about the money?
[76.58-76.98] Yes, sir.
[77.06-77.70] May I help you?
[78.50-79.54] I'm Captain Richardson.
[80.26-81.70] I'm looking for Captain Brown.
[82.10-83.14] Is this his office?
[83.62-85.70] Yes, it is, but he's not hereright now.
[86.02-86.82] He's at lunch.
[87.54-88.98] I have his money at my office.
[89.78-90.58] I'll tell him, sir.
[91.92-94.40] What did Captain Richardson say about the money?
[110.21-112.21] He said he had the money at his office.
[113.63-117.39] Repeat: He said he had the money at his office.
[123.31-125.95] Now listen to another question and dialogue.
[127.68-129.60] What did Jane say about cooking?
[132.32-134.00] This chicken is very good, Jane.
[134.24-134.96] Thanks, Mary.
[135.20-136.80] It's very easy to prepare.
[138.80-140.08] I'm not a very good cook.
[140.56-142.40] Maybe you could teach me some things.
[142.48-143.20] Certainly.
[143.36-144.40] I like to cook.
[146.98-148.98] What did Jane say about cooking?
[162.18-164.34] She said she liked to cook.
[165.22-168.50] Repeat: She said she liked to cook.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3.
This is a dictation exercise.
You will hear a paragraph three times.
Listen carefully the first time.
Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change.
What could he do to change his house?
Well, he could enlarge his kitchen, he could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio.
He's going to think about it during the weekend.
He'll make his decision on Monday.
Then he'll have to ask his wife.
I hope she likes his plans.
Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear.
Carl walked into his house last night.
And decided he wanted a change.
What could he do?
To change his house.
Well, he could enlarge.
His kitchen.
He could add on.
Another bedroom.
And he could build.
A patio.
He's going to think about it.
During the weekend.
He'll make his decision.
On Monday.
Then he'll have to ask his wife.
I hope she likes.
His plans.
Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change.
What could he do to change his house?
Well, he could enlarge his kitchen, he could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio.
He's going to think about it during the weekend.
He'll make his decision on Monday.
Then he'll have to ask his wife.
I hope she likes his plans.
Look at Page 65 to check your work.
This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.94-3.14] Look at Figure 3.
[3.97-6.37] This is a dictation exercise.
[7.42-9.82] You will hear a paragraph three times.
[10.69-12.37] Listen carefully the first time.
[13.34-17.66] Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change.
[18.30-20.14] What could he do to change his house?
[20.78-28.18] Well, he could enlarge his kitchen, he could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio.
[28.90-31.30] He's going to think about it during the weekend.
[31.86-33.78] He'll make his decision on Monday.
[34.59-36.83] Then he'll have to ask his wife.
[37.23-38.99] I hope she likes his plans.
[42.54-45.74] Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear.
[47.17-49.65] Carl walked into his house last night.
[76.08-78.40] And decided he wanted a change.
[108.02-109.14] What could he do?
[141.62-142.98] To change his house.
[178.19-180.03] Well, he could enlarge.
[203.98-207.63] His kitchen.
[235.01-239.61] He could add on.
[274.06-275.10] Another bedroom.
[300.64-305.19] And he could build.
[338.27-339.23] A patio.
[366.03-370.35] He's going to think about it.
[401.07-402.19] During the weekend.
[431.18-435.63] He'll make his decision.
[468.08-469.04] On Monday.
[496.14-501.21] Then he'll have to ask his wife.
[532.78-534.14] I hope she likes.
[559.65-563.19] His plans.
[584.61-588.40] Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
[588.68-593.55] Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change.
[594.83-596.99] What could he do to change his house?
[597.79-606.10] Well, he could enlarge his kitchen, he could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio.
[607.06-609.30] He's going to think about it during the weekend.
[610.48-612.48] He'll make his decision on Monday.
[613.83-615.66] Then he'll have to ask his wife.
[616.46-618.22] I hope she likes his plans.
[626.00-628.40] Look at Page 65 to check your work.
[633.98-637.26] This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 12.

367
sources/book-12/tape-4D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4D.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4D.
Repeat these words and sentences.
Brought.
Brought.
Ginger has brought that chicken dish before.
Ginger has brought that chicken dish before.
Cut.
Cut.
I have cut the wood 4 times this week.
I have cut the wood 4 times this week.
Fallen.
Fallen.
Those curtains have fallen 3 times this week.
Let's fix them.
Those curtains have fallen 3 times this week.
Let's fix them.
Forgotten.
Forgotten.
Do you think Sergeant Wilson has forgotten about this meeting?
Do you think Sergeant Wilson has forgotten about this meeting?
Grown.
Grown.
That tree has really grown since last year.
That tree has really grown since last year.
Hidden.
Hidden.
The children have hidden my car keys.
I can't go to work.
The children have hidden my car keys.
I can't go to work.
Left.
Left.
Barbara has left her umbrella here.
Barbara has left her umbrella here.
Made.
Made.
Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before.
Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before.
Look at Figure 1.
Take notes on a dialogue.
Be ready to answer questions.
Where are you from?
I used to live in Texas.
Now I live in California.
Did you go to school in Texas?
Yes, I did.
I used to ride a bus to school every day.
Then, when I was 16, my father bought me a car.
Did you drive to school?
I would usually drive, but sometimes I didn't have enough money for gas.
Did your father ever lend you money?
He'd lend me money occasionally, but not very often.
Now write the answers to the questions.
Number 1: Where did he used to live?
Number 2: Where does he live now?
Number 3: How did he used to go to school?
Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was 16?
Number 5: Would he always drive to school?
Number 6: Would his father lend him money?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Where did he used to live?
He used to live in Texas.
Repeat: He used to live in Texas.
Number 2: Where does he live now?
Now he lives in California.
Repeat: Now he lives in California.
Number 3: How did he used to go to school?
He used to ride a bus to school.
Repeat: He used to ride a bus to school.
Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was 16?
When he was 16, his father bought him a car.
Repeat: When he was 16, his father bought him a car.
Number 5: Would he always drive to school?
He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
Repeat: He would usually drive to school,
but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
Number 6: Would his father lend him money?
He would lend him money occasionally.
Repeat: He would lend him money occasionally.
Listen to the next dialogue.
Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
Have you ever been in the military?
Yes, I have.
I was in the Army for 20 years.
Did you enjoy it?
Yes, I did.
Sometimes it was difficult, but I liked my job.
I was an instructor.
Where did you work?
Well, I worked at Fort Benning in Georgia.
I used to get up at 4:30 every morning, and then I would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
After breakfast, I would go to class.
My students used to work very hard.
They used to stay in their rooms and study all weekend.
Okay.
Write the answers to the questions.
Number 1: Has he ever been in the military?
Number 2: What was his job?
Number 3: When did he used to get up?
Number 4: Where would he go after he got up?
Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast?
Number 6: Did his students used to work very hard?
Number 7: What did they used to do all weekend?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Has he ever been in the military?
Yes, he has been in the military.
Repeat: Yes, he has been in the military.
Number 2: What was his job?
He was an instructor.
Repeat: He was an instructor.
Number 3: When did he used to get up?
He used to get up at 4:30.
Repeat: He used to get up at 4:30.
Number 4: Where would he go after he got up?
He would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
Repeat: He would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast?
He would go to class.
Repeat: He would go to class.
Number 6: Did his students used to work very hard?
Yes, his students used to work very hard.
Repeat: Yes, his students used to work very hard.
Number 7: What did they used to do all weekend?
They used to study all weekend.
Repeat: They used to study all weekend.
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.57-13.57] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 4D.
[20.88-21.36] Hello.
[22.19-25.39] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4D.
[33.31-35.39] Repeat these words and sentences.
[39.38-39.86] Brought.
[41.01-41.49] Brought.
[45.39-48.19] Ginger has brought that chicken dish before.
[54.05-56.85] Ginger has brought that chicken dish before.
[62.94-63.18] Cut.
[64.43-64.91] Cut.
[66.34-68.98] I have cut the wood 4 times this week.
[73.20-75.84] I have cut the wood 4 times this week.
[81.90-82.70] Fallen.
[83.18-83.90] Fallen.
[85.38-88.34] Those curtains have fallen 3 times this week.
[91.97-93.01] Let's fix them.
[96.69-99.49] Those curtains have fallen 3 times this week.
[104.53-105.46] Let's fix them.
[109.14-109.94] Forgotten.
[109.94-111.54] Forgotten.
[111.54-115.73] Do you think Sergeant Wilson has forgotten about this meeting?
[122.78-126.19] Do you think Sergeant Wilson has forgotten about this meeting?
[133.57-134.21] Grown.
[134.85-135.49] Grown.
[136.58-139.06] That tree has really grown since last year.
[145.39-148.11] That tree has really grown since last year.
[154.21-154.45] Hidden.
[155.49-155.97] Hidden.
[157.53-159.95] The children have hidden my car keys.
[165.17-166.45] I can't go to work.
[170.61-172.50] The children have hidden my car keys.
[177.63-179.01] I can't go to work.
[184.23-184.59] Left.
[185.91-186.33] Left.
[187.89-189.78] Barbara has left her umbrella here.
[195.36-197.52] Barbara has left her umbrella here.
[203.73-204.37] Made.
[205.25-205.30] Made.
[207.15-211.07] Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before.
[218.72-223.04] Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before.
[231.78-232.26] Look at Figure 1.
[233.67-234.91] Take notes on a dialogue.
[235.33-237.14] Be ready to answer questions.
[240.69-241.59] Where are you from?
[242.67-244.30] I used to live in Texas.
[244.40-246.08] Now I live in California.
[246.72-248.24] Did you go to school in Texas?
[248.48-248.93] Yes, I did.
[249.68-252.24] I used to ride a bus to school every day.
[253.12-256.24] Then, when I was 16, my father bought me a car.
[256.96-258.08] Did you drive to school?
[259.15-262.64] I would usually drive, but sometimes I didn't have enough money for gas.
[263.98-265.58] Did your father ever lend you money?
[266.22-269.42] He'd lend me money occasionally, but not very often.
[273.15-275.39] Now write the answers to the questions.
[276.63-279.86] Number 1: Where did he used to live?
[300.27-302.86] Number 2: Where does he live now?
[323.19-325.78] Number 3: How did he used to go to school?
[347.55-351.76] Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was 16?
[369.00-372.85] Number 5: Would he always drive to school?
[393.37-397.19] Number 6: Would his father lend him money?
[422.38-424.32] Let's check your answers.
[424.58-427.00] Number 1: Where did he used to live?
[427.27-430.21] He used to live in Texas.
[430.48-432.77] Repeat: He used to live in Texas.
[436.41-438.61] Number 2: Where does he live now?
[439.73-441.57] Now he lives in California.
[442.05-444.36] Repeat: Now he lives in California.
[450.69-453.87] Number 3: How did he used to go to school?
[454.96-456.56] He used to ride a bus to school.
[457.04-460.20] Repeat: He used to ride a bus to school.
[464.10-467.67] Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was 16?
[469.47-473.52] When he was 16, his father bought him a car.
[474.66-478.23] Repeat: When he was 16, his father bought him a car.
[485.49-488.25] Number 5: Would he always drive to school?
[489.55-494.71] He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
[495.23-500.91] Repeat: He would usually drive to school,
[502.89-505.22] but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
[513.99-517.77] Number 6: Would his father lend him money?
[518.05-520.67] He would lend him money occasionally.
[520.86-523.84] Repeat: He would lend him money occasionally.
[530.49-531.84] Listen to the next dialogue.
[532.40-535.36] Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
[538.75-540.11] Have you ever been in the military?
[540.11-541.55] Yes, I have.
[542.40-544.08] I was in the Army for 20 years.
[544.32-545.41] Did you enjoy it?
[546.08-546.48] Yes, I did.
[547.04-550.72] Sometimes it was difficult, but I liked my job.
[550.72-551.76] I was an instructor.
[552.16-553.00] Where did you work?
[553.36-555.97] Well, I worked at Fort Benning in Georgia.
[556.64-562.10] I used to get up at 4:30 every morning, and then I would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
[562.67-564.75] After breakfast, I would go to class.
[565.77-567.93] My students used to work very hard.
[568.65-571.47] They used to stay in their rooms and study all weekend.
[613.17-613.47] Okay.
[614.43-616.17] Write the answers to the questions.
[618.27-621.33] Number 1: Has he ever been in the military?
[643.47-646.23] Number 2: What was his job?
[672.09-675.69] Number 3: When did he used to get up?
[697.71-701.07] Number 4: Where would he go after he got up?
[727.71-731.19] Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast?
[751.65-755.25] Number 6: Did his students used to work very hard?
[780.15-784.17] Number 7: What did they used to do all weekend?
[807.63-808.95] Let's check your answers.
[809.85-812.73] Number 1: Has he ever been in the military?
[813.81-815.67] Yes, he has been in the military.
[816.27-819.33] Repeat: Yes, he has been in the military.
[826.17-828.63] Number 2: What was his job?
[829.59-830.91] He was an instructor.
[831.15-833.01] Repeat: He was an instructor.
[839.25-842.49] Number 3: When did he used to get up?
[843.09-845.07] He used to get up at 4:30.
[845.55-849.03] Repeat: He used to get up at 4:30.
[854.61-857.91] Number 4: Where would he go after he got up?
[858.63-860.91] He would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
[861.21-864.63] Repeat: He would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
[869.49-873.27] Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast?
[874.11-875.55] He would go to class.
[876.03-878.07] Repeat: He would go to class.
[885.51-889.95] Number 6: Did his students used to work very hard?
[890.43-893.55] Yes, his students used to work very hard.
[894.33-899.07] Repeat: Yes, his students used to work very hard.
[923.49-927.15] Number 7: What did they used to do all weekend?
[927.75-929.67] They used to study all weekend.
[930.15-933.39] Repeat: They used to study all weekend.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l4d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2.
Listen to a short dialogue.
Circle the letter of the answer.
Look at the example.
Look, Dad, I caught one.
That's wonderful, son.
The sun is
The
answer is: The sun is excited.
Now listen to the other dialogues and circle the correct answer.
Number 1.
Oh no, the cigarette burned my new dress.
Don't worry, Nancy, I think I can fix it.
Nancy is
Number 2.
That's my check, Bobby.
Give it to me.
No, I'm playing with it.
She is
Number 3.
Hey, Matt.
Let's go hunting this weekend.
I'd love to.
What time do you want to leave?
Matt is
Number 4.
Janet, where are my socks?
I'm sorry, Jack.
I forgot to wash them.
Jack is
Number 5.
Did you hear that shot?
Yes, I did.
It was near here.
They are
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is B.
Nancy is upset.
Repeat: Nancy is upset.
Number 2 is A.
She is angry.
Repeat: She is angry.
Number 3 is C.
Matt is happy.
Repeat: Matt is happy.
Number 4 is C.
Jack is angry.
Repeat: Jack is angry.
Number 5 is A.
They are afraid.
Repeat: They are afraid.
This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.11-2.99] Now look at Figure 2.
[4.30-5.82] Listen to a short dialogue.
[6.66-8.34] Circle the letter of the answer.
[9.31-10.35] Look at the example.
[19.70-21.30] Look, Dad, I caught one.
[21.62-22.74] That's wonderful, son.
[24.22-25.10] The sun is
[27.45-27.51] The
[31.41-33.73] answer is: The sun is excited.
[34.78-38.22] Now listen to the other dialogues and circle the correct answer.
[39.54-40.34] Number 1.
[41.52-44.56] Oh no, the cigarette burned my new dress.
[44.88-47.20] Don't worry, Nancy, I think I can fix it.
[48.98-50.18] Nancy is
[57.06-58.64] Number 2.
[58.96-60.64] That's my check, Bobby.
[61.28-62.32] Give it to me.
[63.12-64.64] No, I'm playing with it.
[65.68-66.64] She is
[74.16-74.88] Number 3.
[76.70-77.26] Hey, Matt.
[77.34-78.70] Let's go hunting this weekend.
[79.54-80.34] I'd love to.
[80.58-81.94] What time do you want to leave?
[84.85-85.65] Matt is
[92.98-93.78] Number 4.
[94.93-96.77] Janet, where are my socks?
[97.57-98.61] I'm sorry, Jack.
[98.61-99.97] I forgot to wash them.
[101.28-102.32] Jack is
[109.66-110.46] Number 5.
[111.49-112.53] Did you hear that shot?
[113.09-113.97] Yes, I did.
[114.29-115.09] It was near here.
[117.10-117.74] They are
[128.38-129.82] Let's check your answers.
[130.91-132.67] Number 1 is B.
[133.31-134.67] Nancy is upset.
[135.07-137.31] Repeat: Nancy is upset.
[140.26-141.70] Number 2 is A.
[142.34-143.38] She is angry.
[143.78-145.62] Repeat: She is angry.
[148.46-150.06] Number 3 is C.
[150.54-151.74] Matt is happy.
[151.98-154.14] Repeat: Matt is happy.
[158.67-160.27] Number 4 is C.
[160.67-161.87] Jack is angry.
[162.35-164.25] Repeat: Jack is angry.
[167.85-169.39] Number 5 is A.
[169.79-170.83] They are afraid.
[171.31-173.23] Repeat: They are afraid.
[194.69-198.03] This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 12.